WO2021149596A1 - Color composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device - Google Patents

Color composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021149596A1
WO2021149596A1 PCT/JP2021/001141 JP2021001141W WO2021149596A1 WO 2021149596 A1 WO2021149596 A1 WO 2021149596A1 JP 2021001141 W JP2021001141 W JP 2021001141W WO 2021149596 A1 WO2021149596 A1 WO 2021149596A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
compound
formula
coloring composition
structure represented
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2021/001141
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
拓也 鶴田
康晴 白石
Original Assignee
富士フイルム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士フイルム株式会社 filed Critical 富士フイルム株式会社
Priority to CN202180007478.5A priority Critical patent/CN114846089A/en
Priority to JP2021573118A priority patent/JPWO2021149596A1/ja
Publication of WO2021149596A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021149596A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B25/00Quinophthalones
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B67/00Influencing the physical, e.g. the dyeing or printing properties of dyestuffs without chemical reactions, e.g. by treating with solvents grinding or grinding assistants, coating of pigments or dyes; Process features in the making of dyestuff preparations; Dyestuff preparations of a special physical nature, e.g. tablets, films
    • C09B67/0033Blends of pigments; Mixtured crystals; Solid solutions
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • G02B5/22Absorbing filters
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a coloring composition containing a yellow colorant.
  • the present invention also relates to a film, an optical filter, a solid-state image sensor, and an image display device using the coloring composition.
  • color filters are used as key devices for displays and optical elements.
  • a color filter usually includes pixels of the three primary colors of red, green, and blue, and plays a role of decomposing transmitted light into the three primary colors.
  • the colored pixels of each color of the color filter are manufactured by using a coloring composition containing a coloring agent.
  • a coloring composition containing a yellow colorant is used.
  • the yellow colorant a quinophthalone compound and the like are known (see Patent Documents 1 and 2).
  • the present inventor has found that by using a coloring composition containing a predetermined colorant described later as the yellow colorant, storage stability is good and discoloration due to light irradiation is suppressed.
  • the yellow colorant is represented by the formula (1) with respect to the total number of moles of the structure represented by the formula (1), the structure represented by the formula (2) and the structure represented by the formula (3).
  • Contains colorant A which has a ratio of the number of moles of the structure to 0.50 to 0.99.
  • R 1 to R 6 independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent
  • X 1 represents an atom or an atomic group constituting a ring
  • at least one of R 1 to R 6 and X 1 is adjacent to each other. It may include a bond with the atom to be used.
  • the colorant A is at least one selected from a compound having a structure represented by the above formula (1), a structure represented by the above formula (2), and a structure represented by the above formula (3).
  • the coloring composition according to ⁇ 1> which comprises a compound having a seed structure.
  • the colorant A includes a compound having a structure represented by the above formula (1) and a compound having a structure represented by the above formula (2) in ⁇ 1> or ⁇ 2>.
  • the colored composition described. ⁇ 4> The structure represented by the above formula (1) is a structure represented by the following formula (1a).
  • the structure represented by the above formula (2) is a structure represented by the following formula (2a).
  • the structure represented by the above formula (3) is a structure represented by the following formula (3a).
  • the two groups may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and at least one of R 1 to R 6 and R 9 to R 12 may include a bond with an adjacent atom.
  • the structure represented by the above formula (1) is a structure represented by the following formula (1b).
  • the structure represented by the above formula (2) is a structure represented by the following formula (2b).
  • the structure represented by the above formula (3) is a structure represented by the following formula (3b).
  • ⁇ 6> The coloring composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 5>, further comprising at least one selected from a red colorant and a green colorant.
  • ⁇ 7> The coloring composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 6>, further containing an infrared absorber.
  • ⁇ 8> The coloring composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 7>, which is for a color filter or an infrared transmission filter.
  • ⁇ 9> A film obtained from the coloring composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 8>.
  • ⁇ 10> An optical filter having the film according to ⁇ 9>.
  • ⁇ 11> A solid-state image sensor having the film according to ⁇ 9>.
  • ⁇ 12> An image display device having the film according to ⁇ 9>.
  • the present invention it is possible to provide a coloring composition capable of forming a film having good storage stability and excellent light resistance. Further, it is possible to provide a film, an optical filter, a solid-state image sensor, and an image display device using the coloring composition.
  • the contents of the present invention will be described in detail.
  • "-" is used to mean that the numerical values described before and after it are included as the lower limit value and the upper limit value.
  • the notation not describing substitution and non-substitution also includes a group having a substituent (atomic group) as well as a group having no substituent (atomic group).
  • the "alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
  • exposure includes not only exposure using light but also drawing using particle beams such as an electron beam and an ion beam, unless otherwise specified.
  • the light used for exposure include the emission line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays typified by an excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), X-rays, active rays such as electron beams, or radiation.
  • EUV light extreme ultraviolet rays
  • (meth) acrylate” represents both acrylate and methacrylate, or either
  • (meth) acrylic represents both acrylic and methacrylic, or either.
  • Acryloyl "represents both acryloyl and / or methacryloyl.
  • Me in the structural formula represents a methyl group
  • Et represents an ethyl group
  • Bu represents a butyl group
  • Ph represents a phenyl group.
  • the weight average molecular weight and the number average molecular weight are polystyrene-equivalent values measured by a GPC (gel permeation chromatography) method.
  • the total solid content means the total mass of all the components of the composition excluding the solvent.
  • the term pigment means a compound that is difficult to dissolve in a solvent.
  • the term "process" is included in this term not only as an independent process but also as long as the desired action of the process is achieved even if it cannot be clearly distinguished from other processes. ..
  • the coloring composition of the present invention is a coloring composition containing a yellow colorant and a curable compound.
  • the yellow colorant is represented by the formula (1) with respect to the total number of moles of the structure represented by the formula (1) described later, the structure represented by the formula (2) and the structure represented by the formula (3). It is characterized by containing a colorant A in which the ratio of the number of moles of the structure to be formed is 0.50 to 0.99.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention by containing the yellow coloring agent containing the above-mentioned coloring agent A, it is possible to form a film having good storage stability and excellent light resistance.
  • the detailed reason why such an effect is obtained is unknown, but the total mole of the structure represented by the formula (1), the structure represented by the formula (2), and the structure represented by the formula (3). Since the ratio of the number of moles of the structure represented by the formula (1) to the number is 0.99 or less, the crystallinity of the colorant A is lowered and the aggregation of the colorant in the coloring composition is suppressed. As a result, it is presumed that excellent storage stability was obtained.
  • the colorant A described above has a structure (1) with respect to the total number of moles of the structure represented by the formula (1), the structure represented by the formula (2) and the structure represented by the formula (3). Since the ratio of the number of moles of the structure represented by is 0.50 or more, it is presumed that the colorant A is likely to associate in the film. Therefore, it is presumed that an aggregate of the colorant A was easily formed in the film, and a film having excellent light resistance could be formed.
  • the above-mentioned colorant A has a high yellow color value, and according to the coloring composition of the present invention, it is possible to form a film having excellent spectral characteristics.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention is preferably used as a coloring composition for a color filter or an infrared transmission filter, and more preferably a coloring composition for forming pixels of a color filter or coloring for forming an infrared transmission filter. Used as a composition. Further, the coloring composition of the present invention is preferably used as a coloring composition for a solid-state image sensor.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention contains a coloring agent.
  • the colorant include a chromatic colorant such as a red colorant, a green colorant, a blue colorant, a yellow colorant, and a purple colorant, and a black colorant.
  • the colorant may be a pigment or a dye. Pigments and dyes may be used in combination.
  • the pigment may be either an inorganic pigment or an organic pigment.
  • an inorganic pigment or a material in which a part of the organic-inorganic pigment is replaced with an organic chromophore can be used. Hue design can be facilitated by replacing inorganic pigments and organic-inorganic pigments with organic chromophores.
  • the average primary particle size of the pigment is preferably 1 to 200 nm.
  • the lower limit is preferably 5 nm or more, more preferably 10 nm or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 180 nm or less, more preferably 150 nm or less, and even more preferably 100 nm or less.
  • the primary particle size of the pigment can be determined from the image photograph obtained by observing the primary particles of the pigment with a transmission electron microscope. Specifically, the projected area of the primary particles of the pigment is obtained, and the corresponding circle-equivalent diameter is calculated as the primary particle diameter of the pigment.
  • the average primary particle size in the present invention is an arithmetic mean value of the primary particle size for the primary particles of 400 pigments.
  • the primary particles of the pigment refer to independent particles without agglomeration.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention contains a yellow colorant.
  • the one containing the colorant A having a total number of moles with the structure represented by (3) of 0.50 to 0.99 is used.
  • the colorant A is also referred to as a specific yellow colorant.
  • R 1 to R 6 independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent
  • X 1 represents an atom or an atomic group constituting a ring
  • at least one of R 1 to R 6 and X 1 is adjacent to each other. It may include a bond with the atom to be used.
  • the substituents represented by R 1 to R 6 include the group mentioned in the substituent T described later, the group represented by the following formula (T-1), the group represented by the following formula (T-2), and the following formula. Examples include the group represented by (T-3).
  • L T1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group
  • R T101 represents an acid group
  • R T102 represents a basic group
  • R T103 represents a polymerizable group.
  • Examples of the divalent linking group L T1 represents an alkylene group (preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms), an arylene group (preferably an arylene group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms), a heterocyclic group, -NH-, Examples thereof include -SO-, -SO 2- , -CO-, -O-, -COO-, OCO-, -S-, and groups composed of a combination of two or more of these.
  • Examples of the acid group represented by RT101 include a carboxyl group, a sulfo group, a phosphoric acid group and salts thereof.
  • the atoms or groups that make up the salt include alkali metal ions (Li + , Na + , K +, etc.), alkaline earth metal ions (Ca 2+ , Mg 2+, etc.), ammonium ions, imidazolium ions, pyridinium ions, etc. Examples include phosphonium ions.
  • Examples of the basic group represented by RT102 include an amino group, a salt of an amino group and a salt of an ammonium group.
  • the amino group include -NH 2 , a dialkylamino group, an alkylarylamino group, a diarylamino group, a cyclic amino group and the like.
  • Examples of the atom or atomic group constituting the salt include hydroxide ion, halogen ion, carboxylic acid ion, sulfonic acid ion, and phenoxide ion.
  • Examples of the polymerizable group represented by RT103 include an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group, a cyclic ether group, a methylol group, and an alkoxymethyl group.
  • Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group include a vinyl group, an allyl group, and a (meth) acryloyl group.
  • Examples of the cyclic ether group include an epoxy group and an oxetanyl group.
  • R 1 of the formulas (1) to (3) is preferably an aryl group, a phthalimide group or a naphthalimide group, and may be a phthalimide group or a phthalimide group because better storage stability can be obtained. More preferably, it is a phthalimide group.
  • Aryl groups, phthalimide groups and naphthalimide groups may have substituents. Examples of the substituent include a substituent T described later, a group represented by the above formula (T-1), a group represented by the above formula (T-2) and a group represented by the above formula (T-3). Be done. When these groups contain two or more substituents, the substituents may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • Examples of the ring formed by bonding the substituents include a 5- to 7-membered aliphatic ring or an aromatic ring, and a 5- or 6-membered aliphatic ring or an aromatic ring is preferable. It is more preferably a 6-membered aliphatic ring or an aromatic ring, and even more preferably a benzene ring.
  • the ring formed by bonding these groups to each other may further have a substituent.
  • the substituent T described later the group represented by the above formula (T-1), the group represented by the above formula (T-2) and the above formula (T-3) are represented. The group is mentioned.
  • R 2 ⁇ R 6 of formula (1) to (3) are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, represented by a nitro group, a hydroxy group, the above formulas (T-1)
  • the group is preferably a group represented by the above formula (T-2) or a group represented by the above formula (T-3).
  • Alkyl groups and aryl groups may have substituents. Examples of the substituent include a substituent T described later, a group represented by the above formula (T-1), a group represented by the above formula (T-2) and a group represented by the above formula (T-3). Be done.
  • halogen atom examples include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom, and a chlorine atom or a bromine atom is preferable.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 15, and even more preferably 1 to 8.
  • the alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic, preferably linear or branched, more preferably linear.
  • the aryl group preferably has 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • R 2 - R 6 of formula (1) to (3) independently R 2 - R 6 are each a hydrogen atom, a manner a nitro group or a hydroxy group. In this embodiment, the reason that more excellent light resistance is obtained, it is preferable that at least one of R 2 ⁇ R 6 is a nitro group or a hydroxy group.
  • R 2 - R 6 the group or the formula at least one of R 2 - R 6 is represented by the formula (T-1) (T-2) Examples thereof include aspects that are the basis of the group. According to this aspect, the dispersibility of the specific yellow colorant in the coloring composition is good, and more excellent storage stability can be easily obtained.
  • R 2 - R 6 of formula (1) to (3) at least one of R 2 - R 6 can be cited aspect is a group represented by the formula (T-3). According to this aspect, more excellent light resistance can be easily obtained.
  • X 1 of the formulas (1) to (3) represents an atom or an atomic group constituting a ring.
  • the above ring include a 5- to 7-membered ring, preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring, and more preferably a 5-membered ring.
  • the above ring may further have a substituent.
  • the substituent include a substituent T described later, a group represented by the above formula (T-1), a group represented by the above formula (T-2) and a group represented by the above formula (T-3). Can be mentioned.
  • T-1 a group represented by the above formula (T-1)
  • T-2 group represented by the above formula (T-2)
  • T-3 group represented by the above formula
  • Examples of the ring formed by bonding the substituents include a 5- to 7-membered aliphatic ring or an aromatic ring, and a 5- or 6-membered aliphatic ring or an aromatic ring is preferable. It is more preferably a 6-membered aliphatic ring or an aromatic ring, and even more preferably a benzene ring.
  • the ring formed by bonding these groups to each other may further have a substituent.
  • Further substituents include a substituent T described later, a group represented by the above formula (T-1), a group represented by the above formula (T-2), and a group represented by the above formula (T-3). Can be mentioned.
  • the structure represented by the above formula (1) is a structure represented by the following formula (1a)
  • the structure represented by the above formula (2) is a structure represented by the following formula (2a). Therefore, it is preferable that the structure represented by the above formula (3) is a structure represented by the following formula (3a). According to this aspect, the above-mentioned effect can be obtained more remarkably.
  • R 1 to R 6 independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent
  • R 9 to R 12 independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent
  • R 9 to R 12 are adjacent to each other.
  • the two groups may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and at least one of R 1 to R 6 and R 9 to R 12 may contain a bond with an adjacent atom.
  • R 1 ⁇ R 6 of formula (1a) - (3a) has the same meaning as R 1 - R 6 of formula (1) to (3), and preferred ranges are also the same.
  • R 9 to R 12 of the formulas (1a) to (3a) include the group mentioned in the substituent T described later, the group represented by the above formula (T-1), and the above formula (T-2). ) And the group represented by the above formula (T-3).
  • R 9 to R 12 of the formulas (1a) to (3a) are independently represented by a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a thioalkyl group, an aryl group, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, and the above formula (T-1).
  • the group represented, the group represented by the above formula (T-2) or the group represented by the above formula (T-3) is preferable.
  • Alkyl groups, thioalkyl groups, and aryl groups may have substituents.
  • substituents include a substituent T described later, a group represented by the above formula (T-1), a group represented by the above formula (T-2) and a group represented by the above formula (T-3). Be done.
  • halogen atom examples include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom, and a chlorine atom or a bromine atom is preferable.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group and the thioalkyl group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 15, and even more preferably 1 to 8.
  • the alkyl group and the thioalkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic, preferably linear or branched, and more preferably linear.
  • the aryl group preferably has 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • Two adjacent groups of R 9 to R 12 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • the ring formed by bonding these groups to each other include a 5- to 7-membered aliphatic ring or an aromatic ring, and a 5- or 6-membered aliphatic ring or an aromatic ring is preferable.
  • a 6-membered aliphatic ring or an aromatic ring is more preferable, and a benzene ring is further preferable.
  • the ring formed by bonding these groups to each other may further have a substituent.
  • the substituent T described later the group represented by the above formula (T-1), the group represented by the above formula (T-2) and the above formula (T-3) are represented. The group is mentioned.
  • At least one of a halogen atom R 9 ⁇ R 12 include embodiments a nitro group or a hydroxy group. According to this aspect, better light resistance can be obtained.
  • a preferred example of this embodiment is an embodiment in which R 9 to R 12 are all halogen atoms.
  • an embodiment in which 1 to 3 of R 9 to R 12 are halogen atoms and the rest are thioalkyl groups can be mentioned. Even in this aspect, better light resistance can be obtained.
  • R 9 ⁇ R 12 of formula (1a) ⁇ (3a) include embodiments where two groups adjacent to each other are bonded to form a ring of R 9 ⁇ R 12.
  • R 10 and R 11 are combined to form a ring.
  • the ring formed by bonding these groups to each other include a 5- to 7-membered aliphatic ring or an aromatic ring, and a 5- or 6-membered aliphatic ring or an aromatic ring is preferable.
  • a 6-membered aliphatic ring or an aromatic ring is more preferable, and a benzene ring is further preferable. According to this aspect, better light resistance can be obtained.
  • R 9 ⁇ R 12 of formula (1a) ⁇ (3a) at least one of R 9 ⁇ R 12 are exemplified embodiment a nitro group or a hydroxy group. According to this aspect, more excellent light resistance can be easily obtained.
  • R 9 ⁇ R 12 of (3a) R 9 at least a base one is represented by the formula (T-1) or the formula ⁇ R 12 (T-2) Examples thereof include aspects that are the basis of the group. According to this aspect, the dispersibility of the specific yellow colorant in the coloring composition is good, and more excellent storage stability can be easily obtained.
  • R 9 ⁇ R 12 of formula (1a) ⁇ (3a) at least one of R 9 ⁇ R 12 are exemplified embodiment is a group represented by the formula (T-3). According to this aspect, more excellent light resistance can be easily obtained.
  • the structure represented by the above formula (1) is a structure represented by the following formula (1b)
  • the structure represented by the above formula (2) is a structure represented by the following formula (2b). Therefore, it is preferable that the structure represented by the above formula (3) is a structure represented by the following formula (3b). According to this aspect, the above-mentioned effect can be obtained more remarkably.
  • R 9 ⁇ R 16 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a substituent, two groups adjacent to each other among R 9 ⁇ R 16 may form a ring, R 9 ⁇ At least one of R 16 may include a bond with an adjacent atom.
  • R 9 ⁇ R 12 of formula (1b) ⁇ (3b) has the same meaning as R 9 ⁇ R 12 of formula (1a) ⁇ (3a), and preferred ranges are also the same.
  • R 13 to R 16 of the formulas (1b) to (3b) include the group mentioned in the substituent T described later, the group represented by the above formula (T-1), and the above formula (T-2). ) And the group represented by the above formula (T-3).
  • R 13 to R 16 of the formulas (1a) to (3a) are independently represented by a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a thioalkyl group, an aryl group, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, and the above formula (T-1).
  • the group represented, the group represented by the above formula (T-2) or the group represented by the above formula (T-3) is preferable.
  • Alkyl groups, thioalkyl groups and aryl groups may have substituents.
  • substituents include a substituent T described later, a group represented by the above formula (T-1), a group represented by the above formula (T-2) and a group represented by the above formula (T-3). Be done.
  • halogen atom examples include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom, and a chlorine atom or a bromine atom is preferable.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group and the thioalkyl group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 15, and even more preferably 1 to 8.
  • the alkyl group and the thioalkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic, preferably linear or branched, and more preferably linear.
  • the aryl group preferably has 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • Two adjacent groups of R 13 to R 16 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • the ring formed by bonding these groups to each other include a 5- to 7-membered aliphatic ring or an aromatic ring, and a 5- or 6-membered aliphatic ring or an aromatic ring is preferable.
  • a 6-membered aliphatic ring or an aromatic ring is more preferable, and a benzene ring is further preferable.
  • the ring formed by bonding these groups to each other may further have a substituent.
  • the substituent T described later the group represented by the above formula (T-1), the group represented by the above formula (T-2) and the above formula (T-3) are represented. The group is mentioned.
  • At least one halogen atom R 13 ⁇ R 16 include embodiments a nitro group or a hydroxy group. According to this aspect, better light resistance can be obtained.
  • a preferred example of this embodiment is an embodiment in which R 13 to R 16 are all halogen atoms.
  • an embodiment in which 1 to 3 of R 13 to R 16 are halogen atoms and the rest are thioalkyl groups can be mentioned. Even in this aspect, better light resistance can be obtained.
  • R 13 ⁇ R 16 of formula (1b) ⁇ (3b) include embodiments where two groups adjacent to each other are bonded to form a ring of R 13 ⁇ R 16.
  • R 14 and R 15 are combined to form a ring.
  • the ring formed by bonding these groups to each other include a 5- to 7-membered aliphatic ring or an aromatic ring, and a 5- or 6-membered aliphatic ring or an aromatic ring is preferable.
  • a 6-membered aliphatic ring or an aromatic ring is more preferable, and a benzene ring is further preferable. According to this aspect, better light resistance can be obtained.
  • R 13 ⁇ R 16 of formula (1b) ⁇ (3b) at least one of R 13 ⁇ R 16 can be mentioned a mode a nitro group or a hydroxy group. According to this aspect, more excellent light resistance can be easily obtained.
  • R 13 ⁇ R 16 of (3b), R 13 group, or a group of the formula at least one ⁇ R 16 is represented by the formula (T-1) (T- 2) Examples thereof include aspects that are the basis of the group. According to this aspect, the dispersibility of the specific yellow colorant in the coloring composition is good, and more excellent storage stability can be easily obtained.
  • R 13 ⁇ R 16 of formula (1b) ⁇ (3b) at least one of R 13 ⁇ R 16 can be mentioned a mode is a group represented by the formula (T-3). According to this aspect, more excellent light resistance can be easily obtained.
  • substituent T a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, -ORt 1 , -CORt 1 , -COORt 1 , -OCORt 1 , -NRt 1 Rt 2 , -NHCORt 1 , -CONRT 1 Rt 2 , -NHCONRT 1 Rt 2 , -NHCOORt 1 , -SRt 1 , -SO 2 Rt 1 , -SO 2 ORt 1 , -NHSO 2 Rt 1 and -SO 2 NRt 1 Rt 2 .
  • Rt 1 and Rt 2 independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, respectively.
  • Rt 1 and Rt 2 may be combined to form a ring.
  • halogen atom examples include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 15, and even more preferably 1 to 8.
  • the alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic, preferably linear or branched, more preferably linear.
  • the aryl group preferably has 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • the heterocyclic group may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring.
  • the heterocyclic group is preferably a single ring or a condensed ring having 2 to 4 condensation numbers.
  • the number of heteroatoms constituting the ring of the heterocyclic group is preferably 1 to 3.
  • the hetero atom constituting the ring of the heterocyclic group is preferably a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom.
  • the number of carbon atoms constituting the ring of the heterocyclic group is preferably 3 to 30, more preferably 3 to 18, and even more preferably 3 to 12.
  • Alkyl groups, aryl groups and heterocyclic groups may have additional substituents.
  • the substituent described by the above-mentioned Substituent T the group represented by the above formula (T-1), the group represented by the above formula (T-2) and the above formula (T-3).
  • the specific yellow colorant it is represented by the formula (1) with respect to the total number of moles of the structure represented by the formula (1), the structure represented by the formula (2) and the structure represented by the formula (3).
  • the ratio of the number of moles of the structure is preferably 0.55 or more, more preferably 0.75 or more, and 0.90 or more from the viewpoint of light resistance and spectral characteristics of the obtained film. Is more preferable.
  • the mole of the structure represented by the formula (1) is relative to the total number of moles of the structure represented by the formula (1), the structure represented by the formula (2) and the structure represented by the formula (3).
  • the ratio of numbers is preferably 0.98 or less, more preferably 0.95 or less, and even more preferably 0.93 or less from the viewpoint of storage stability.
  • the formula (2) is represented by the formula (2) with respect to the total number of moles of the structure represented by the formula (1), the structure represented by the formula (2) and the structure represented by the formula (3).
  • the ratio of the number of moles of the structure is preferably 0.005 or more, more preferably 0.01 or more, and further preferably 0.05 or more from the viewpoint of storage stability.
  • the mole of the structure represented by the formula (2) is relative to the total number of moles of the structure represented by the formula (1), the structure represented by the formula (2), and the structure represented by the formula (3).
  • the ratio of numbers is preferably 0.50 or less, more preferably 0.25 or less, and even more preferably 0.10 or less from the viewpoint of spectral characteristics.
  • the ratio of the number of moles of the structure is preferably 0.005 or more, more preferably 0.01 or more, and further preferably 0.05 or more from the viewpoint of storage stability. Further, the mole of the structure represented by the formula (3) is relative to the total number of moles of the structure represented by the formula (1), the structure represented by the formula (2), and the structure represented by the formula (3).
  • the ratio of numbers is preferably 0.50 or less, more preferably 0.25 or less, and even more preferably 0.10 or less from the viewpoint of spectral characteristics.
  • the acid value of the specific yellow colorant is preferably 150 mgKOH / g or less, more preferably 100 mgKOH / g or less, and 50 mgKOH / g or less because it is easy to form a film having more excellent moisture resistance. It is more preferably present, and particularly preferably 0 mgKOH / g.
  • the specific yellow colorant may be a pigment or a dye, but is preferably a pigment because it is easy to form a film having more excellent light resistance and moisture resistance.
  • the compound having a structure represented by the formula (1) is also referred to as a compound (1)
  • the compound having a structure represented by the formula (2) is also referred to as a compound (2) and is represented by the formula (3).
  • a compound having a structure is also referred to as compound (3).
  • the compound (1) may be a compound having only one structure represented by the formula (1) in one molecule, or a compound having two or more structures.
  • the compound (1) is a compound having two or more structures represented by the formula (1) in one molecule, the compound is adjacent to at least one of R 1 to R 6 and X 1 of the formula (1).
  • the compound (1) may be a compound containing a structure represented by the formula (1) and a structure represented by the formula (2) in one molecule, respectively, and the formula (1) may be contained in one molecule.
  • the structure represented by the formula (3), respectively may be a compound, and the structure represented by the formula (1) and the structure represented by the formula (2) in one molecule may be used. It may be a compound containing the above-mentioned structure and the structure represented by the formula (3).
  • the compound (1) is represented by the formula (1) via a divalent or higher valent linking group.
  • Examples thereof include compounds having a bonded structure.
  • Compound (1) contains a structure represented by the formula (1) and a structure represented by the formula (3) in one molecule, and compound (1) is represented by the formula (1) in one molecule. The same applies to a compound containing the above-mentioned structure, the structure represented by the formula (2), and the structure represented by the formula (3).
  • the compound (2) may be a compound having only one structure represented by the formula (2) in one molecule, or a compound having two or more structures. Further, the compound (2) may be a compound containing a structure represented by the formula (2) and a structure represented by the formula (3) in one molecule.
  • the compound (3) may be a compound having only one structure represented by the formula (3) in one molecule, or a compound having two or more structures.
  • the compound (2) contained together with the compound (1) is preferably a tautomer of the compound (1).
  • the compound (3) contained together with the compound (1) is preferably a tautomer of the compound (1). That is, the specific yellow colorant preferably contains compound (1) and at least one selected from compound (2) and compound (3) having a structure that is a tautomer of compound (1).
  • AIII-1 (specific example of compound (2)) and AIII-1 (specific example of compound (3)) are AI-1 (specific examples). It is a tautomer of compound (1).
  • Specific examples of the compound (1) include compounds having a structure represented by the following formula (AI) (structural examples (AI-1) to (AI-22)).
  • AI structural examples (AI-1) to (AI-22)
  • Formula The structure of the elements constituting the R A1 ⁇ R A7 of (AI) are shown in the following Table.
  • Specific examples of the compound (2) include compounds having a structure represented by the following formula (AII) (structural examples (AII-1) to (AII-22). R B1 to R of the following formula (AII). The structure of each element constituting B7 is shown in the table below.
  • Specific examples of the compound (3) include compounds having a structure represented by the following formula (AIII) (Structural Examples (AIII-1) to (AIII-22)). Formula The structure of the elements constituting the R C1 ⁇ R C7 of (AIII) in the following Table.
  • the yellow colorant used in the present invention may contain a yellow colorant other than the above-mentioned specific yellow colorant (hereinafter, also referred to as another yellow colorant). According to this aspect, the effect that the crystallinity of the specific yellow colorant in the coloring composition can be lowered and the thixotropy property of the coloring composition can be further lowered can be obtained.
  • pigments used as yellow colorants include Color Index (CI) Pigment Yellow 1,2,3,4,5,6,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17, 18, 20, 24, 31, 32, 34, 35, 35: 1,36,36: 1,37,37: 1,40,42,43,53,55,60,61,62,63,65, 73,74,77,81,83,86,93,94,95,97,98,100,101,104,106,108,109,110,113,114,115,116,117,118,119, 120, 123, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 137, 139, 147, 148, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 161, 162, 164, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 179, 180, 181, 182, 185, 187, 188, 193, 194, 199, 213, 214, 21
  • dyes used as other yellow colorants include C.I. I. Acid Yellow 1,7,9,11,17,23,25,29,34,36,42,54,72,73,76,79,98,99,111,112,114,116,184,200, etc. Can be mentioned.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention may further contain a coloring agent other than the yellow coloring agent.
  • a coloring agent other than the yellow coloring agent According to this aspect, the crystallinity of the specific yellow colorant in the coloring composition can be lowered, and the thixotropy property of the coloring composition can be further lowered.
  • other colorants used in combination include chromatic colorants such as green colorants, red colorants, purple colorants, blue colorants, and orange colorants, and black colorants. As other colorants, green colorants and red colorants are preferable.
  • a green colorant is contained as another colorant, it is preferably used as a coloring composition for forming green pixels of a color filter.
  • red colorant When a red colorant is contained as another colorant, it is preferably used as a coloring composition for forming red pixels of a color filter. It is also preferable to use a black colorant as another colorant. When a black colorant is contained as another colorant, it is preferably used as a color composition for forming an infrared transmission filter.
  • the other colorant may be a pigment or a dye.
  • the colorant contained in the coloring composition may contain two or more kinds of chromatic colorants, and a combination of two or more kinds of chromatic colorants may form black.
  • a coloring composition is preferably used as a coloring composition for forming an infrared transmission filter.
  • the following are examples of combinations of chromatic colorants when black is formed by a combination of two or more chromatic colorants.
  • An embodiment containing a red colorant, a blue colorant, and a yellow colorant. An embodiment containing a red colorant, a blue colorant, a yellow colorant, and a purple colorant.
  • An embodiment containing a red colorant, a blue colorant, a yellow colorant, a purple colorant, and a green colorant An embodiment containing a red colorant, a blue colorant, a yellow colorant, and a green colorant.
  • An embodiment containing a red colorant, a blue colorant, a yellow colorant, and a green colorant. An embodiment containing a
  • pigments used as other colorants include those shown below.
  • a halogenated zinc phthalocyanine having an average of 10 to 14 halogen atoms in one molecule, an average of 8 to 12 bromine atoms, and an average of 2 to 5 chlorine atoms. Pigments can also be used. Specific examples include the compounds described in WO 2015/118720. Further, as a green colorant, a compound described in Chinese Patent Application No. 106909027, a phthalocyanine compound having a phosphate ester described in International Publication No. 2012/10395 as a ligand, and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2019-008014. The phthalocyanine compound of the above, the phthalocyanine compound described in JP-A-2018-180023, the compound described in JP-A-2019-038958, and the like can also be used.
  • an aluminum phthalocyanine compound having a phosphorus atom can also be used. Specific examples include the compounds described in paragraphs 0022 to 0030 of JP2012-247591A and paragraph numbers 0047 of JP2011-157478A.
  • red colorant a diketopyrrolopyrrole compound in which at least one bromine atom is substituted in the structure described in JP-A-2017-201384, and a diketopyrrolopyrrole compound described in paragraphs 0016 to 0022 of Patent No. 6248838.
  • Diketopyrrolopyrrole compound described in WO2012 / 102399 Diketopyrrolopyrrole compound described in WO2012 / 117965, naphtholazo compound described in JP2012-229344, patent No. 6516119.
  • the red colorant described in Japanese Patent No. 6525101, the red colorant described in Japanese Patent No. 6525101, and the like can also be used.
  • red colorant a compound having a structure in which an aromatic ring group having an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or a nitrogen atom bonded to the aromatic ring is bonded to a diketopyrrolopyrrole skeleton is used. You can also.
  • Examples of the black colorant include bisbenzofuranone compounds, azomethine compounds, perylene compounds, and azo compounds, and bisbenzofuranone compounds and perylene compounds are preferable.
  • Examples of the bisbenzofuranone compound include the compounds described in JP-A-2010-534726, JP-A-2012-515233, and JP-A-2012-515234.
  • Examples of the perylene compound include the compounds described in paragraphs 0016 to 0020 of JP-A-2017-226821, C.I. I. Pigment Black 31, 32 and the like can be mentioned.
  • Examples of the azomethine compound include compounds described in JP-A-01-170601 and JP-A-02-0346664, and are available as, for example, "Chromofine Black A1103" manufactured by Dainichiseika.
  • the content of the colorant in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 10 to 80% by mass.
  • the lower limit is preferably 15% by mass or more, and more preferably 20% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 70% by mass or less, and more preferably 60% by mass or less.
  • the content of the specific yellow colorant in the colorant is preferably 3.5% by mass or more, more preferably 4.0% by mass or more, and preferably 4.5% by mass or more. It is more preferably 5.0% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit can be 100% by mass, 95% by mass or less, or 90% by mass or less.
  • the content of the specific yellow colorant in the yellow colorant is preferably 3.5% by mass or more, more preferably 4.0% by mass or more, and preferably 4.5% by mass or more. More preferred.
  • the upper limit can be 100% by mass, 95% by mass or less, or 90% by mass or less.
  • the yellow colorant may be substantially only the specific yellow colorant. When the yellow colorant is substantially only the specific yellow colorant, it means that the ratio of the specific yellow colorant in the total amount of the yellow colorant is 99% by mass or more, and 99.5% by mass or more. It is preferable to have a specific yellow colorant, and more preferably only a specific yellow colorant.
  • the content of the specific yellow colorant in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.35% by mass or more, more preferably 1.0% by mass or more, and 2.0% by mass. The above is more preferable.
  • the upper limit is preferably 80% by mass or less, more preferably 70% by mass or less, and further preferably 60% by mass or less.
  • the content of the specific yellow coloring agent in the coloring agent is 3.5 mass by mass from the viewpoint of spectral characteristics, light resistance and moisture resistance. % Or more, more preferably 4.5% by mass or more, and even more preferably 5.0% by mass or more.
  • the content of the specific yellow coloring agent in the coloring agent is 3.5 to 3 from the viewpoint of spectral characteristics, light resistance and moisture resistance. It is preferably 60% by mass, more preferably 4.5 to 55% by mass, and even more preferably 5.0 to 50% by mass.
  • the colorant used in combination with the specific yellow colorant is preferably a green colorant.
  • the content of the specific yellow coloring agent in the coloring agent is 3.5 from the viewpoint of spectral characteristics, light resistance and moisture resistance. It is preferably to 60% by mass, more preferably 4.5 to 55% by mass, and even more preferably 5.0 to 50% by mass.
  • the colorant used in combination with the specific yellow colorant is preferably a red colorant.
  • the content of the specific yellow colorant in the colorant is 3.5 to 60 from the viewpoint of spectral characteristics, light resistance and moisture resistance. It is preferably by mass, more preferably 4.5 to 55% by mass, and even more preferably 5.0 to 50% by mass.
  • examples of the colorant used in combination with the specific yellow colorant include a red colorant, a blue colorant, a purple colorant, a green colorant, and a black colorant.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention contains a curable compound.
  • the curable compound include polymerizable compounds and resins.
  • the resin may be a non-polymerizable resin (a resin having no polymerizable group) or a polymerizable resin (a resin having a polymerizable group).
  • the polymerizable group include an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group, a cyclic ether group, a methylol group, and an alkoxymethyl group.
  • Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group include a vinyl group, an allyl group, and a (meth) acryloyl group.
  • the cyclic ether group include an epoxy group and an oxetanyl group, and an epoxy group is preferable.
  • the resin having a polymerizable group is also a polymerizable compound.
  • the curable compound preferably contains at least a resin, more preferably a resin and a monomer-type polymerizable compound, and has a resin and a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond. It is more preferable to use a monomer type polymerizable compound.
  • the content of the curable compound in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.1 to 80% by mass.
  • the lower limit is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, more preferably 1% by mass or more, and further preferably 5% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 75% by mass or less, more preferably 70% by mass or less.
  • the curable compound may be only one kind or two or more kinds. In the case of two or more types, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
  • polymerizable compound examples include a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group, a compound having a cyclic ether group, a compound having a methylol group, and a compound having an alkoxymethyl group.
  • the polymerizable compound may be a monomer or a resin.
  • a monomer-type polymerizable compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group can be preferably used as a radically polymerizable compound.
  • a compound having a cyclic ether group, a compound having a methylol group, and a compound having an alkoxymethyl group can be preferably used as the cationically polymerizable compound.
  • the molecular weight of the monomer-type polymerizable compound is preferably less than 2000, more preferably 100 or more and less than 2000, and further preferably 200 or more and less than 2000.
  • the upper limit of the molecular weight is preferably 1500 or less.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin-type polymerizable compound is preferably 2000 to 2000000.
  • the upper limit of the weight average molecular weight is preferably 1,000,000 or less, and more preferably 500,000 or less.
  • the lower limit of the weight average molecular weight is preferably 3000 or more, and more preferably 5000 or more.
  • Examples of the resin type polymerizable compound include an epoxy resin and a resin containing a repeating unit having a polymerizable group.
  • the compound containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group as a polymerizable monomer is preferably a (meth) acrylate compound having 3 to 15 functions, and more preferably a (meth) acrylate compound having 3 to 6 functions.
  • paragraph numbers 0905 to 0108 of JP2009-288705A, paragraphs 0227 of JP2013-029760A, paragraph numbers 0254 to 0257 of JP2008-292970A, and paragraph numbers 0254 to 0257 of JP2013-253224 Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-253224. It is described in paragraph numbers 0034 to 0038 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No.
  • Compounds containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group include dipentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate (commercially available KAYARAD D-330; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) and dipentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate (commercially available).
  • KAYARAD D-320 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate (commercially available KAYARAD D-310; manufactured by Nihon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) ) Acrylate (as a commercial product, KAYARAD DPHA; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., NK ester A-DPH-12E; manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), and the (meth) acryloyl group of these compounds is ethylene glycol and / Or compounds having a structure linked via a propylene glycol residue (for example, SR454, SR499 commercially available from Sartmer) and the like can be mentioned.
  • SR454, SR499 commercially available from Sartmer
  • Examples of the compound containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group include diglycerin EO (ethylene oxide) modified (meth) acrylate (commercially available M-460; manufactured by Toa Synthetic) and pentaerythritol tetraacrylate (Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.).
  • diglycerin EO ethylene oxide modified (meth) acrylate
  • M-460 manufactured by Toa Synthetic
  • pentaerythritol tetraacrylate Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.
  • NK ester A-TMMT (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., KAYARAD HDDA), RP-1040 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), Aronix TO-2349 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.)
  • NK Oligo UA-7200 Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • 8UH-1006 8UH-1012
  • Light Acrylate POB-A0 (Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.)
  • Etc. can also be used.
  • Examples of the compound containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group include trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane propylene oxide-modified tri (meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane ethylene oxide-modified tri (meth) acrylate, and ethylene oxide isocyanurate. It is also preferable to use a trifunctional (meth) acrylate compound such as a modified trimethylolpropane or pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate.
  • trifunctional (meth) acrylate compounds include Aronix M-309, M-310, M-321, M-350, M-360, M-313, M-315, M-306, and M-305. , M-303, M-452, M-450 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), NK ester A9300, A-GLY-9E, A-GLY-20E, A-TMM-3, A-TMM-3L, A -TMM-3LM-N, A-TMPT, TMPT (manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), KAYARAD GPO-303, TMPTA, THE-330, TPA-330, PET-30 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) And so on.
  • the compound containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group may further have an acid group such as a carboxyl group, a sulfo group, and a phosphoric acid group.
  • an acid group such as a carboxyl group, a sulfo group, and a phosphoric acid group.
  • Examples of commercially available products of such compounds include Aronix M-305, M-510, M-520, Aronix TO-2349 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.) and the like.
  • a compound having a caprolactone structure can also be used.
  • the description in paragraphs 0042 to 0045 of JP2013-253224A can be referred to, and the content thereof is incorporated in the present specification.
  • Examples of the compound having a caprolactone structure include DPCA-20, DPCA-30, DPCA-60, DPCA-120, etc., which are commercially available from Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. as the KAYARAD DPCA series.
  • a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group and an alkyleneoxy group can also be used.
  • Such a compound is preferably a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group and an ethyleneoxy group and / or a propyleneoxy group, and is a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group and an ethyleneoxy group. It is more preferable that the compound is a 3 to 6 functional (meth) acrylate compound having 4 to 20 ethyleneoxy groups.
  • SR-494 which is a tetrafunctional (meth) acrylate having four ethyleneoxy groups manufactured by Sartmer, and trifunctional (meth) acrylate having three isobutyleneoxy groups manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. KAYARAD TPA-330 and the like.
  • a polymerizable compound having a fluorene skeleton can also be used.
  • examples of commercially available products include Ogsol EA-0200 and EA-0300 (manufactured by Osaka Gas Chemical Co., Ltd., (meth) acrylate monomer having a fluorene skeleton).
  • the compound containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group it is also preferable to use a compound that does not substantially contain an environmentally regulated substance such as toluene.
  • an environmentally regulated substance such as toluene.
  • commercially available products of such compounds include KAYARAD DPHA LT and KAYARAD DPEA-12 LT (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.).
  • Compounds containing ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups are UA-7200 (manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), DPHA-40H (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), UA-306H, UA-306T, UA-306I.
  • the content of the compound containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group in the total solid content of the coloring composition is 0.1 to 50% by mass is preferable.
  • the lower limit is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and more preferably 1% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 40% by mass or less, more preferably 30% by mass or less.
  • the content of the compound (polymerizable monomer) containing a monomer-type ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group is preferably 0.1 to 50% by mass based on the total solid content of the coloring composition.
  • the lower limit is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and more preferably 1% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 40% by mass or less, more preferably 30% by mass or less.
  • Examples of the compound having a cyclic ether group include a compound having an epoxy group, a compound having an oxetanyl group, and the like, and a compound having an epoxy group is preferable.
  • Examples of the compound having an epoxy group include a compound having 1 to 100 epoxy groups in one molecule.
  • the upper limit of the number of epoxy groups may be, for example, 10 or less, or 5 or less.
  • the lower limit of the number of epoxy groups is preferably two or more.
  • Examples of the compound having an epoxy group include paragraph numbers 0034 to 0036 of JP2013-011869A, paragraph numbers 0147 to 0156 of JP2014-043556, and paragraph numbers 0085 to 0092 of JP2014-089408.
  • the described compound, the compound described in JP-A-2017-179172 can also be used, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
  • the compound having an epoxy group may be either a low molecular weight compound (for example, a molecular weight of less than 1000) or a polymer compound (for example, a molecular weight of 1000 or more, and in the case of a polymer, a weight average molecular weight of 1000 or more).
  • the weight average molecular weight of the compound having an epoxy group is preferably 200 to 100,000, more preferably 500 to 50,000.
  • the upper limit of the weight average molecular weight is preferably 10,000 or less, more preferably 5000 or less, and even more preferably 3000 or less.
  • EHPE3150 manufactured by Daicel Co., Ltd.
  • EPICLON N-695 manufactured by DIC Corporation
  • Marproof G-0150M Marproof G-0150M, G-0105SA, G-0130SP, G. -0250SP, G-1005S, G-1005SA, G-1010S, G-2050M, G-01100, G-01758 (all manufactured by Nichiyu Co., Ltd., epoxy group-containing polymer) and the like can be mentioned.
  • the content of the compound having a cyclic ether group in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.1 to 50% by mass.
  • the lower limit is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and more preferably 1% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 40% by mass or less, more preferably 30% by mass or less.
  • Examples of the compound having a methylol group include a compound in which the methylol group is bonded to a nitrogen atom or a carbon atom forming an aromatic ring.
  • Examples of the compound having an alkoxymethyl group include a compound in which the alkoxymethyl group is bonded to a nitrogen atom or a carbon atom forming an aromatic ring.
  • Examples of compounds in which an alkoxymethyl group or a methylol group is bonded to a nitrogen atom include alkoxymethylated melamine, methylolated melamine, alkoxymethylated benzoguanamine, methylolated benzoguanamine, alkoxymethylated glycoluril, methylolated glycoluril, and alkoxymethylated.
  • Urea, methylolated urea and the like are preferred.
  • the compounds described in paragraphs 0134 to 0147 of JP-A-2004-295116 and paragraphs 095 to 0126 of JP-A-2014-089408 can also be used.
  • the content of the methylol compound in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.1 to 50% by mass.
  • the lower limit is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and more preferably 1% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 40% by mass or less, more preferably 30% by mass or less.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention contains an alkoxymethyl compound, the content of the alkoxymethyl compound in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.1 to 50% by mass.
  • the lower limit is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and more preferably 1% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 40% by mass or less, more preferably 30% by mass or less.
  • a resin in the coloring composition of the present invention, can be used as the curable compound. It is preferable to use a curable compound containing at least a resin.
  • the resin is blended, for example, for the purpose of dispersing a pigment or the like in a resin composition or for the purpose of a binder.
  • a resin mainly used for dispersing a pigment or the like in a resin composition is also referred to as a dispersant.
  • such an application of the resin is an example, and the resin can be used for purposes other than such an application.
  • the resin having a polymerizable group also corresponds to a polymerizable compound.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin is preferably 2000 to 2000000.
  • the upper limit is preferably 1,000,000 or less, and more preferably 500,000 or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 3000 or more, and more preferably 5000 or more.
  • the resin examples include (meth) acrylic resin, epoxy resin, en-thiol resin, polycarbonate resin, polyether resin, polyarylate resin, polysulfone resin, polyethersulfone resin, polyphenylene resin, polyarylene ether phosphine oxide resin, and polyimide resin.
  • examples thereof include polyamideimide resin, polyolefin resin, cyclic olefin resin, polyester resin, and styrene resin. One of these resins may be used alone, or two or more of these resins may be mixed and used.
  • a resin having an acid group examples include a carboxyl group, a phosphoric acid group, a sulfo group, and a phenolic hydroxy group. These acid groups may be only one kind or two or more kinds.
  • a resin having an acid group can be preferably used as an alkali-soluble resin. Since the coloring composition of the present invention contains an alkali-soluble resin, a desired pattern can be formed by alkaline development.
  • the acid value of the resin having an acid group is preferably 30 to 500 mgKOH / g.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 50 mgKOH / g or more, and even more preferably 70 mgKOH / g or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 400 mgKOH / g or less, further preferably 200 mgKOH / g or less, particularly preferably 150 mgKOH / g or less, and most preferably 120 mgKOH / g or less.
  • ether dimer a resin containing a repeating unit derived from a compound represented by the following formula (ED1) and / or a compound represented by the following formula (ED2) (hereinafter, these compounds may be referred to as "ether dimer"). It is also preferable to use.
  • R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • R represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms.
  • the description of JP-A-2010-168539 can be referred to.
  • paragraph number 0317 of JP2013-209760A can be referred to, and the content thereof is incorporated in the present specification.
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • R 21 and R 22 each independently represent an alkylene group
  • n represents an integer of 0 to 15.
  • the alkylene group represented by R 21 and R 22 preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms, further preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 2 or 3 carbon atoms.
  • n represents an integer of 0 to 15, preferably an integer of 0 to 5, more preferably an integer of 0 to 4, and even more preferably an integer of 0 to 3.
  • Examples of the compound represented by the formula (X) include ethylene oxide of paracumylphenol or propylene oxide-modified (meth) acrylate.
  • Examples of commercially available products include Aronix M-110 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.).
  • the resin having a basic group is preferably a resin containing a repeating unit having a basic group in the side chain, and a copolymer having a repeating unit having a basic group in the side chain and a repeating unit not containing a basic group.
  • a polymer is more preferable, and a block copolymer having a repeating unit having a basic group in the side chain and a repeating unit not containing a basic group is further preferable.
  • a resin having a basic group can also be used as a dispersant.
  • the amine value of the resin having a basic group is preferably 5 to 300 mgKOH / g.
  • the lower limit is preferably 10 mgKOH / g or more, and more preferably 20 mgKOH / g or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 200 mgKOH / g or less, and more preferably 100 mgKOH / g or less.
  • Examples of the basic group contained in the resin having a basic group include a group represented by the following formula (a-1), a group represented by the following formula (a-2), and the like, and the formula (a-2). ) Is preferable.
  • Ra1 and Ra2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, and Ra1 and Ra2 may be bonded to each other to form a ring;
  • R a11 represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy group, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, an acyl group or an oxy radical
  • R a12 ⁇ R a19 are each independently , Hydrogen atom, alkyl group or aryl group.
  • R a1, R a2, R a11 number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group represented by ⁇ R a19 is 1-30, more preferably 1-15, more preferably 1-8, particularly preferably 1-5.
  • the alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic, preferably linear or branched, more preferably linear.
  • the alkyl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the above-mentioned Substituent T.
  • R a1, R a2, R a11 ⁇ number of carbon atoms of the aryl group R a19 represents is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, more preferably 6 to 12.
  • the aryl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the above-mentioned Substituent T.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the alkoxy group R a11 represents 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 15, more preferably 1-8, particularly preferably 1-5.
  • the alkoxy group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the above-mentioned Substituent T.
  • the aryloxy group represented by Ra11 preferably has 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • the aryloxy group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the above-mentioned Substituent T.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the acyl group R a11 represents from 2 to 30, more preferably 2 to 20, 2 to 12 is more preferred.
  • the acyl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the above-mentioned Substituent T.
  • the resin having a basic group examples include a resin having the following structure (block copolymer).
  • block copolymer refers to the block copolymers (B) described in paragraphs 0063 to 0112 of JP2014-219665A and paragraphs 0046 to 0076 of JP2018-156021.
  • the described block copolymer A1 can also be used and these contents are incorporated herein.
  • the resin contains a resin having an aromatic carboxyl group (hereinafter, also referred to as resin Ac).
  • the aromatic carboxyl group may be contained in the main chain of the repeating unit or may be contained in the side chain of the repeating unit.
  • the aromatic carboxyl group is preferably contained in the main chain of the repeating unit.
  • an aromatic carboxyl group is a group having a structure in which one or more carboxyl groups are bonded to an aromatic ring.
  • the number of carboxyl groups bonded to the aromatic ring is preferably 1 to 4, and more preferably 1 to 2.
  • the resin Ac is preferably a resin containing at least one repeating unit selected from the repeating unit represented by the formula (Ac-1) and the repeating unit represented by the formula (Ac-2).
  • Ar 1 represents a group containing an aromatic carboxyl group
  • L 1 represents -COO- or -CONH-
  • L 2 represents a divalent linking group
  • Ar 10 represents a group containing an aromatic carboxyl group
  • L 11 represents -COO- or -CONH-
  • L 12 represents a trivalent linking group
  • P 10 is a polymer. Represents a chain.
  • Examples of the group containing an aromatic carboxyl group represented by Ar 1 in the formula (Ac-1) include a structure derived from an aromatic tricarboxylic acid anhydride, a structure derived from an aromatic tetracarboxylic acid anhydride, and the like.
  • Examples of the aromatic tricarboxylic acid anhydride and the aromatic tetracarboxylic acid anhydride include compounds having the following structures.
  • Q 1 is represented by a single bond, -O-, -CO-, -COOCH 2 CH 2 OCO-, -SO 2- , -C (CF 3 ) 2- , and the following formula (Q-1). Represents a group to be used or a group represented by the following formula (Q-2).
  • Specific examples of the group containing an aromatic carboxyl group represented by Ar 1 include a group represented by the formula (Ar-11), a group represented by the formula (Ar-12), and a group represented by the formula (Ar-13). Examples include the base.
  • n1 represents an integer of 1 to 4, preferably 1 or 2, and more preferably 2.
  • n2 represents an integer of 1 to 8, preferably an integer of 1 to 4, more preferably 1 or 2, and even more preferably 2.
  • n3 and n4 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4, preferably an integer of 0 to 2, more preferably 1 or 2, and preferably 1. More preferred. However, at least one of n3 and n4 is an integer of 1 or more.
  • Q 1 is a single bond, -O-, -CO-, -COOCH 2 CH 2 OCO-, -SO 2- , -C (CF 3 ) 2- , and the above formula (Q-). It represents a group represented by 1) or a group represented by the above formula (Q-2).
  • L 1 represents -COO- or -CONH-, and preferably -COO-.
  • the divalent linking group represented by L 2 in the formula (Ac-1) includes an alkylene group, an arylene group, -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH-, -S- and these.
  • a group that combines two or more of the above can be mentioned.
  • the alkylene group preferably has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms.
  • the alkylene group may be linear, branched or cyclic.
  • the arylene group preferably has 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the alkylene group and the arylene group may have a substituent.
  • the substituent include a hydroxy group and the like.
  • the divalent linking group L 2 represents is preferably a group represented by -O-L 2a -O-.
  • L 2a is an alkylene group; an arylene group; a group combining an alkylene group and an arylene group; at least one selected from an alkylene group and an arylene group, and —O—, ⁇ CO ⁇ , ⁇ COO ⁇ , —OCO ⁇ , Examples thereof include a group in which at least one selected from -NH- and -S- is combined.
  • the alkylene group preferably has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms.
  • the alkylene group may be linear, branched or cyclic.
  • the alkylene group and the arylene group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a hydroxy group and the like.
  • the group containing the aromatic carboxyl group represented by Ar 10 in the formula (Ac-2) has the same meaning as Ar 1 in the formula (Ac-1), and the preferable range is also the same.
  • L 11 represents -COO- or -CONH-, and preferably -COO-.
  • the trivalent linking group represented by L 12 in the formula (Ac-2) includes a hydrocarbon group, -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH-, -S- and two of these. Groups that combine species and above can be mentioned.
  • the hydrocarbon group include an aliphatic hydrocarbon group and an aromatic hydrocarbon group.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, and even more preferably 1 to 15.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be linear, branched or cyclic.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, and even more preferably 6 to 10.
  • the hydrocarbon group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a hydroxy group and the like.
  • P 10 represents a polymer chain.
  • the polymer chain represented by P 10 preferably has at least one repeating unit selected from poly (meth) acrylic repeating units, polyether repeating units, polyester repeating units and polyol repeating units.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the polymer chain P 10 is preferably 500 to 20,000.
  • the lower limit is preferably 1000 or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 10,000 or less, more preferably 5000 or less, and even more preferably 3000 or less.
  • the weight average molecular weight of P 10 is in the above range, the dispersibility of the pigment in the composition is good.
  • the resin having an aromatic carboxyl group is a resin having a repeating unit represented by the formula (Ac-2), this resin is preferably used as a dispersant.
  • the resin preferably contains a resin as a dispersant.
  • the dispersant include an acidic dispersant (acidic resin) and a basic dispersant (basic resin).
  • the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) represents a resin in which the amount of acid groups is larger than the amount of basic groups.
  • the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) a resin having an acid group amount of 70 mol% or more is preferable when the total amount of the acid group amount and the basic group amount is 100 mol%.
  • the acid group of the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably a carboxyl group.
  • the acid value of the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably 10 to 105 mgKOH / g.
  • the basic dispersant represents a resin in which the amount of basic groups is larger than the amount of acid groups.
  • a resin in which the amount of basic groups exceeds 50 mol% is preferable when the total amount of the amount of acid groups and the amount of basic groups is 100 mol%.
  • the basic group contained in the basic dispersant is preferably an amino group.
  • the resin used as the dispersant is also preferably a graft resin.
  • graft resin the description in paragraphs 0025 to 0094 of JP2012-255128A can be referred to, and the content thereof is incorporated in the present specification.
  • the resin used as the dispersant is also preferably a resin having an aromatic carboxyl group (resin Ac).
  • resin Ac resin having an aromatic carboxyl group
  • examples of the resin having an aromatic carboxyl group include those described above.
  • the resin used as the dispersant is a polyimine-based dispersant containing a nitrogen atom in at least one of the main chain and the side chain.
  • the polyimine-based dispersant has a main chain having a partial structure having a functional group of pKa14 or less, a side chain having 40 to 10,000 atoms, and a basic nitrogen atom in at least one of the main chain and the side chain.
  • the resin to have is preferable.
  • the basic nitrogen atom is not particularly limited as long as it is a nitrogen atom exhibiting basicity.
  • the description in paragraphs 0102 to 0166 of JP2012-255128A can be referred to, and this content is incorporated in the present specification.
  • the resin used as the dispersant is also preferably a resin having a structure in which a plurality of polymer chains are bonded to the core portion.
  • a resin include dendrimers (including star-shaped polymers).
  • specific examples of the dendrimer include polymer compounds C-1 to C-31 described in paragraphs 0196 to 0209 of JP2013-043962.
  • the resin used as the dispersant is also preferably a resin containing a repeating unit having a polymerizable group in the side chain.
  • the content of the repeating unit having a polymerizable group in the side chain is preferably 10 mol% or more, more preferably 10 to 80 mol%, and 20 to 70 mol% in all the repeating units of the resin. Is even more preferable.
  • the block copolymers (EB-1) to (EB-9) described in paragraphs 0219 to 0221 of Japanese Patent No. 6432077 can also be used.
  • Dispersants are also available as commercial products, and specific examples thereof include DISPERBYK series manufactured by BYK Chemie (for example, DISPERBYK-111, 142, 161 etc.) and sparse sparse manufactured by Nippon Lubrizol Co., Ltd. Examples include series (eg, Solsparse 76500). Further, the pigment dispersants described in paragraphs 0041 to 0130 of JP-A-2014-130338 can also be used, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification. Dispersants include JP-A-2018-150498, JP-A-2017-100116, JP-A-2017-100115, JP-A-2016-108520, JP-A-2016-108519, and JP-A-2015. The compound described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 232105 may be used. The resin described as the dispersant can also be used for purposes other than the dispersant. For example, it can also be used as a binder.
  • the content of the resin in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 1 to 80% by mass.
  • the lower limit is preferably 5% by mass or more, more preferably 10% by mass or more, further preferably 15% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 20% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 70% by mass or less, more preferably 60% by mass or less, further preferably 50% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 40% by mass or less.
  • the content of the resin containing an acid group is preferably 0.1 to 50% by mass based on the total solid content of the coloring composition.
  • the lower limit is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, more preferably 1% by mass or more, further preferably 2% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 3% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 30% by mass or less, further preferably 20% by mass or less.
  • the content of the dispersant is preferably 0.1 to 40% by mass based on the total solid content of the coloring composition.
  • the upper limit is preferably 20% by mass or less, and more preferably 10% by mass or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and more preferably 1% by mass or more.
  • the content of the dispersant is preferably 1 to 100 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the pigment.
  • the upper limit is preferably 80 parts by mass or less, more preferably 75 parts by mass or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 2.5 parts by mass or more, and more preferably 5 parts by mass or more.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention may contain only one type of resin, or may contain two or more types of resin. When two or more kinds of resins are contained, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention contains a solvent.
  • the solvent include organic solvents.
  • the type of solvent is basically not particularly limited as long as it satisfies the solubility of each component and the coatability of the composition.
  • the organic solvent include ester solvents, ketone solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, ether solvents, hydrocarbon solvents and the like.
  • paragraph No. 0223 of WO 2015/166779 can be referred to, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • an ester solvent substituted with a cyclic alkyl group and a ketone solvent substituted with a cyclic alkyl group can also be preferably used.
  • organic solvent examples include polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether, dichloromethane, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2 -Heptanone, cyclohexanone, cyclohexyl acetate, cyclopentanone, ethyl carbitol acetate, butyl carbitol acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, 3-methoxy-N, N-dimethylpropanamide, 3-butoxy-N , N-Dimethylpropanamide and the like.
  • aromatic hydrocarbons (benzene, toluene, xylene, ethylbenzene, etc.) as organic solvents may need to be reduced for environmental reasons (for example, 50 mass ppm (parts) with respect to the total amount of organic solvent. Per million) or less, 10 mass ppm or less, or 1 mass ppm or less).
  • an organic solvent having a low metal content it is preferable to use an organic solvent having a low metal content, and the metal content of the organic solvent is preferably, for example, 10 mass ppb (parts per parts) or less. If necessary, an organic solvent at the mass ppt (parts per parts) level may be used, and such an organic solvent is provided by, for example, Toyo Synthetic Co., Ltd. (The Chemical Daily, November 13, 2015).
  • Examples of the method for removing impurities such as metals from the organic solvent include distillation (molecular distillation, thin film distillation, etc.) and filtration using a filter.
  • the filter pore diameter of the filter used for filtration is preferably 10 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 5 ⁇ m or less, and even more preferably 3 ⁇ m or less.
  • the filter material is preferably polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene or nylon.
  • the organic solvent may contain isomers (compounds having the same number of atoms but different structures). Further, only one kind of isomer may be contained, or a plurality of kinds may be contained.
  • the content of peroxide in the organic solvent is preferably 0.8 mmol / L or less, and more preferably substantially free of peroxide.
  • the content of the solvent in the coloring composition is preferably 10 to 95% by mass, more preferably 20 to 90% by mass, and even more preferably 30 to 90% by mass.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention does not substantially contain an environmentally regulated substance from the viewpoint of environmental regulation.
  • substantially free of the environmentally regulated substance means that the content of the environmentally regulated substance in the coloring composition is 50 mass ppm or less, and preferably 30 mass ppm or less. It is more preferably 10 mass ppm or less, and particularly preferably 1 mass ppm or less.
  • environmentally regulated substances include benzene; alkylbenzenes such as toluene and xylene; and halogenated benzenes such as chlorobenzene.
  • REACH Registration Evolution Analysis and Restriction of Chemicals
  • PRTR Policy Release and Transfer Register
  • VOC Volatile Organic Compounds
  • VOC Volatile Organic Compounds
  • VOC Volatile Organic Compounds
  • VOC Volatile Organic Compounds
  • the method is strictly regulated.
  • These compounds may be used as a solvent in producing each component used in the coloring composition, and may be mixed in the coloring composition as a residual solvent. From the viewpoint of human safety and consideration for the environment, it is preferable to reduce these substances as much as possible.
  • As a method for reducing the environmentally regulated substance there is a method of heating or depressurizing the inside of the system to raise the boiling point of the environmentally regulated substance to the boiling point or higher, and distilling off the environmentally regulated substance from the system to reduce the amount.
  • distillation methods include a stage of a raw material, a stage of a product obtained by reacting the raw materials (for example, a resin solution after polymerization or a polyfunctional monomer solution), or a stage of a coloring composition prepared by mixing these compounds. It is possible at any stage of.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention can further contain an infrared absorber.
  • an infrared transmission filter is formed using the coloring composition of the present invention, the wavelength of light transmitted through the film obtained by containing an infrared absorber in the coloring composition is shifted to a longer wavelength side.
  • the infrared absorber used in the present invention is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength on the longer wavelength side than the wavelength of 700 nm.
  • the infrared absorber is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the range of more than 700 nm and 1800 nm or less.
  • the ratio A 1 / A 2 between the absorbance A 2 in the absorbance A 1 and the maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength 500nm of the infrared absorbing agent is preferably 0.08 or less, and more preferably 0.04 or less ..
  • infrared absorbers examples include pyrolopyrrole compounds, cyanine compounds, squarylium compounds, phthalocyanine compounds, naphthalocyanine compounds, quaterylene compounds, merocyanine compounds, croconium compounds, oxonor compounds, iminium compounds, dithiol compounds, triarylmethane compounds, pyromethene compounds and azomethine.
  • examples thereof include compounds, anthraquinone compounds, dibenzofuranone compounds, dithiolene metal complexes, metal oxides, and metal boroides.
  • Examples of the pyrolopyrrole compound include the compounds described in paragraphs 0016 to 0058 of JP2009-263614, the compounds described in paragraphs 0037 to 0052 of JP2011-066731, and International Publication No. 2015/166783. Examples thereof include the compounds described in paragraphs 0010 to 0033.
  • Examples of the squarylium compound include the compounds described in paragraphs 0044 to 0049 of JP2011-208101A, the compounds described in paragraphs 0060 to 0061 of Patent No. 6065169, and paragraph numbers 0040 of International Publication No. 2016/181987. , The compound described in JP-A-2015-176046, the compound described in paragraph number 0072 of International Publication No.
  • JP2012-077153 the oxytitanium phthalocyanine described in JP2006-343631, and paragraphs 0013 to 0029 of JP2013-195480.
  • vanadium phthalocyanine compound described in Japanese Patent No. 6081771.
  • examples of the naphthalocyanine compound include the compounds described in paragraph No. 0093 of JP2012-077153.
  • Examples of the dithiolene metal complex include the compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 5733804.
  • the metal oxide include indium tin oxide, antimonthine oxide, zinc oxide, Al-doped zinc oxide, fluorine-doped tin dioxide, niobium-doped titanium dioxide, and tungsten oxide.
  • tungsten oxide paragraph number 0080 of JP-A-2016-006476 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
  • the metal boride include lanthanum hexaboride. Examples of commercially available lanthanum boride, LaB 6 -F (manufactured by Japan New Metals Co., Ltd.), and the like. Further, as the metal boride, the compound described in International Publication No. 2017/119394 can also be used. Examples of commercially available indium tin oxide products include F-ITO (manufactured by DOWA Hi-Tech Co., Ltd.).
  • Examples of the infrared absorber include a squarylium compound described in JP-A-2017-197437, a squarylium compound described in JP-A-2017-025311, a squarylium compound described in International Publication No. 2016/154782, and Patent No. 5884953.
  • Squalylium compounds described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 6036689 Squalylium compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 581604, Squalylium compounds described in International Publication No. 2017/213047, paragraph numbers 0090 to 0107, specially mentioned.
  • Concatenated squalylium compound compound having a pyrrolbis type squalylium skeleton or croconium skeleton described in JP-A-2017-141215, dihydrocarbazolebis-type squalylium compound described in JP-A-2017-082029, JP-A-2017-068120
  • the asymmetric compound described in paragraphs 0027 to 0114 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2017, the pyrrole ring-containing compound (carbazole type) described in JP-A-2017-067963, the phthalocyanine compound described in Japanese Patent No. 6251530, and the like are used. You can also do it.
  • the content of the infrared absorber in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 50% by mass or less, more preferably 40% by mass or less, still more preferably 30% by mass or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 1% by mass or more, more preferably 3% by mass or more, and further preferably 5% by mass or more.
  • the total content of the infrared absorber and the colorant in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 10 to 80% by mass.
  • the lower limit is preferably 20% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more.
  • the content of the infrared absorber is preferably 5 to 50 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the colorant.
  • the upper limit is preferably 45 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 40 parts by mass or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 10 parts by mass or more, and more preferably 15 parts by mass or more.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention can contain a pigment derivative.
  • the pigment derivative include compounds having a structure in which an acid group or a basic group is bonded to the pigment skeleton.
  • the pigment skeletons constituting the pigment derivatives include quinoline pigment skeleton, benzoimidazolone pigment skeleton, benzoisoindole pigment skeleton, benzothiazole pigment skeleton, inimium pigment skeleton, squarylium pigment skeleton, croconium pigment skeleton, oxonor pigment skeleton, and pyrolopyrrolop pigment.
  • Examples of the acid group include a sulfo group, a carboxyl group, a phosphoric acid group and salts thereof.
  • the atoms or groups that make up the salt include alkali metal ions (Li + , Na + , K +, etc.), alkaline earth metal ions (Ca 2+ , Mg 2+, etc.), ammonium ions, imidazolium ions, pyridinium ions, etc.
  • Examples include phosphonium ions.
  • Examples of the basic group include an amino group, a pyridinyl group and a salt thereof, a salt of an ammonium group, and a phthalimide methyl group.
  • Examples of the atom or atomic group constituting the salt include hydroxide ion, halogen ion, carboxylic acid ion, sulfonic acid ion, and phenoxide ion.
  • a pigment derivative having excellent visible transparency (hereinafter, also referred to as a transparent pigment derivative) can be contained as the pigment derivative.
  • the maximum value of the molar extinction coefficient in the wavelength region of 400 ⁇ 700 nm of the transparent pigment derivative (.epsilon.max) is that it is preferable, 1000L ⁇ mol -1 ⁇ cm -1 or less is not more than 3000L ⁇ mol -1 ⁇ cm -1 Is more preferable, and 100 L ⁇ mol -1 ⁇ cm -1 or less is further preferable.
  • the lower limit of ⁇ max is, for example, 1 L ⁇ mol -1 ⁇ cm -1 or more, and may be 10 L ⁇ mol -1 ⁇ cm -1 or more.
  • pigment derivative examples include the compounds described in Examples described later, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 56-118462, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 63-246674, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 01-2170777, and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 03-009961. , Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 03-026767, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 03-153780, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 03-045662, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 04-285669, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 06-145546, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 06-212088, Kaihei 06-240158, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No.
  • the content of the pigment derivative is preferably 1 to 30 parts by mass, more preferably 3 to 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the pigment. Only one type of pigment derivative may be used, or two or more types may be used in combination. When two or more kinds are used in combination, the total amount thereof is preferably in the above range.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention can contain a photopolymerization initiator.
  • a photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected from known photopolymerization initiators.
  • a compound having photosensitivity to light rays in the ultraviolet region to the visible region is preferable.
  • the photopolymerization initiator is preferably a photoradical polymerization initiator.
  • photopolymerization initiator examples include halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives (for example, compounds having a triazine skeleton, compounds having an oxadiazole skeleton, etc.), acylphosphine compounds, hexaarylbiimidazoles, oxime compounds, organic peroxides, and thio compounds. , Ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, ⁇ -hydroxyketone compounds, ⁇ -aminoketone compounds and the like.
  • the photopolymerization initiator is a trihalomethyltriazine compound, a benzyl dimethyl ketal compound, an ⁇ -hydroxyketone compound, an ⁇ -aminoketone compound, an acylphosphine compound, a phosphine oxide compound, a metallocene compound, an oxime compound, or a triarylimidazole.
  • Dimer, onium compound, benzothiazole compound, benzophenone compound, acetophenone compound, cyclopentadiene-benzene-iron complex, halomethyloxaziazole compound and 3-aryl substituted coumarin compound are preferable, and oxime compound and ⁇ -hydroxyketone compound.
  • ⁇ -Aminoketone compound, and an acylphosphine compound are more preferable, and an oxime compound is further preferable.
  • the photopolymerization initiator include compounds described in paragraphs 0065 to 0111 of JP-A-2014-130173, compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 6301489, MATERIAL STAGE 37-60p, vol. 19, No. Peroxide-based photopolymerization initiator described in 3, 2019, photopolymerization initiator described in International Publication No. 2018/221177, photopolymerization initiator described in International Publication No. 2018/110179, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No.
  • ⁇ -hydroxyketone compounds include Omnirad 184, Omnirad 1173, Omnirad 2959, Omnirad 127 (all manufactured by IGM Resins BV), Irgacure 184, Irgacure 1173, Irgacare 1173, Irgacure29. (Manufactured by the company) and the like.
  • Commercially available ⁇ -aminoketone compounds include Omnirad 907, Omnirad 369, Omnirad 369E, Omnirad 379EG (above, IGM Resins BV), Irgacare 907, Irgacare 369, Irgacure 369, Irgacure 369, Irgar (Made) and so on.
  • acylphosphine compounds examples include Omnirad 819, Omnirad TPO (above, manufactured by IGM Resins BV), Irgacure 819, and Irgacure TPO (above, manufactured by BASF).
  • Examples of the oxime compound include the compounds described in JP-A-2001-233842, the compounds described in JP-A-2000-080068, and the compounds described in JP-A-2006-342166.
  • oxime compound examples include 3-benzoyloxyiminobutane-2-one, 3-acetoxyiminobutane-2-one, 3-propionyloxyiminovtan-2-one, 2-acetoxyimiminopentane-3-one, 2-acetoxyimino-1-phenylpropane-1-one, 2-benzoyloxyimino-1-phenylpropane-1-one, 3- (4-toluenesulfonyloxy) iminobutane-2-one, and 2-ethoxycarbonyloxy Examples thereof include imino-1-phenylpropane-1-one.
  • an oxime compound having a fluorene ring can also be used.
  • Specific examples of the oxime compound having a fluorene ring include the compounds described in JP-A-2014-137466.
  • an oxime compound having a skeleton in which at least one benzene ring of the carbazole ring is a naphthalene ring can also be used.
  • Specific examples of such an oxime compound include the compounds described in International Publication No. 2013/083505.
  • an oxime compound having a fluorine atom can also be used as the photopolymerization initiator.
  • Specific examples of the oxime compound having a fluorine atom are described in the compounds described in JP-A-2010-262028, compounds 24, 36-40 described in JP-A-2014-500852, and JP-A-2013-164471. Compound (C-3) and the like.
  • an oxime compound having a nitro group can be used as the photopolymerization initiator.
  • the oxime compound having a nitro group is also preferably a dimer.
  • Specific examples of the oxime compound having a nitro group include the compounds described in paragraphs 0031 to 0047 of JP2013-114249A and paragraphs 0008-0012 and 0070-0079 of JP2014-137466. Examples thereof include the compound described in paragraphs 0007 to 0025 of Japanese Patent No. 4223071, ADEKA ARKULS NCI-831 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation).
  • an oxime compound having a benzofuran skeleton can also be used.
  • Specific examples include OE-01 to OE-75 described in International Publication No. 2015/036910.
  • an oxime compound in which a substituent having a hydroxy group is bonded to the carbazole skeleton can also be used.
  • Examples of such a photopolymerization initiator include the compounds described in International Publication No. 2019/088055.
  • the oxime compound is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 350 to 500 nm, and more preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 360 to 480 nm.
  • the molar extinction coefficient of the oxime compound at a wavelength of 365 nm or a wavelength of 405 nm is preferably high, more preferably 1000 to 300,000, further preferably 2000 to 300,000, and more preferably 5000 to 200,000. It is particularly preferable to have.
  • the molar extinction coefficient of a compound can be measured using a known method. For example, it is preferable to measure at a concentration of 0.01 g / L using an ethyl acetate solvent with a spectrophotometer (Cary-5 spectrophotometer manufactured by Varian).
  • a bifunctional or trifunctional or higher functional photoradical polymerization initiator may be used as the photopolymerization initiator.
  • a photoradical polymerization initiator two or more radicals are generated from one molecule of the photoradical polymerization initiator, so that good sensitivity can be obtained.
  • the crystallinity is lowered, the solubility in a solvent or the like is improved, the precipitation is less likely to occur with time, and the stability of the coloring composition with time can be improved.
  • Specific examples of the bifunctional or trifunctional or higher functional photo-radical polymerization initiators include JP-A-2010-527339, JP-A-2011-524436, International Publication No.
  • the content of the photopolymerization initiator in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass.
  • the lower limit is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and more preferably 1% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 20% by mass or less, more preferably 15% by mass or less.
  • only one type of photopolymerization initiator may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more kinds are used, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention may contain a curing accelerator.
  • the curing accelerator include thiol compounds, methylol compounds, amine compounds, phosphonium salt compounds, amidin salt compounds, amide compounds, base generators, isocyanate compounds, alkoxysilane compounds, and onium salt compounds.
  • Specific examples of the curing accelerator include the compounds described in paragraphs 0094 to 0097 of WO2018 / 056189, the compounds described in paragraphs 0246 to 0253 of JP2015-034963, and JP2013-014165. Compounds described in paragraphs 0186 to 0251 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No.
  • the curing accelerator when the curing accelerator is contained, the content of the curing accelerator in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.3 to 8.9% by mass, more preferably 0.8 to 6.4% by mass.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention can contain an ultraviolet absorber.
  • an ultraviolet absorber a conjugated diene compound, an aminodiene compound, a salicylate compound, a benzophenone compound, a benzotriazole compound, an acrylonitrile compound, a hydroxyphenyltriazine compound, an indol compound, a triazine compound and the like can be used. Examples of such compounds include paragraph numbers 0038 to 0052 of JP2009-217221A, paragraph numbers 0052 to 0072 of JP2012-208374A, and paragraph numbers 0317 to 0334 of JP2013-068814.
  • Examples include the compounds described in paragraphs 0061 to 0080 of JP 2016-162946, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • Specific examples of the ultraviolet absorber include compounds having the following structures. Examples of commercially available ultraviolet absorbers include UV-503 (manufactured by Daito Kagaku Co., Ltd.). Examples of the benzotriazole compound include the MYUA series made by Miyoshi Oil & Fat Co., Ltd. (The Chemical Daily, February 1, 2016). Further, as the ultraviolet absorber, the compounds described in paragraphs 0049 to 0059 of Japanese Patent No. 6268967 can also be used.
  • the content of the ultraviolet absorber in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass.
  • the content of the ultraviolet absorber in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass.
  • only one type of ultraviolet absorber may be used, or two or more types may be used.
  • the total amount is preferably in the above range.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention can contain a polymerization inhibitor.
  • the polymerization inhibitor include hydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, pyrogallol, tert-butylcatechol, benzoquinone, 4,4'-thiobis (3-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), and the like.
  • examples thereof include 2,2'-methylenebis (4-methyl-6-t-butylphenol) and N-nitrosophenylhydroxyamine salts (ammonium salt, primary cerium salt, etc.). Of these, p-methoxyphenol is preferable.
  • the content of the polymerization inhibitor in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.0001 to 5% by mass.
  • the polymerization inhibitor may be only one type or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the total amount is preferably in the above range.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention can contain a silane coupling agent.
  • the silane coupling agent means a silane compound having a hydrolyzable group and other functional groups.
  • the hydrolyzable group refers to a substituent that is directly linked to a silicon atom and can form a siloxane bond by at least one of a hydrolysis reaction and a condensation reaction.
  • Examples of the hydrolyzable group include a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group and the like, and an alkoxy group is preferable. That is, the silane coupling agent is preferably a compound having an alkoxysilyl group.
  • Examples of the functional group other than the hydrolyzable group include a vinyl group, a (meth) allyl group, a (meth) acryloyl group, a mercapto group, an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group, an amino group, a ureido group, a sulfide group and an isocyanate group.
  • a phenyl group and the like preferably an amino group, a (meth) acryloyl group and an epoxy group.
  • silane coupling agent examples include N- ⁇ -aminoethyl- ⁇ -aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBM-602), N- ⁇ -aminoethyl- ⁇ -amino.
  • Propyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBM-603), N- ⁇ -aminoethyl- ⁇ -aminopropyltriethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBE-602), ⁇ -Aminopropyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBM-903), ⁇ -aminopropyltriethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBE-903), 3-methacryloxy There are propylmethyldimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBM-502), 3-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co
  • the silane coupling agent include the compounds described in paragraphs 0018 to 0036 of JP2009-288703 and the compounds described in paragraphs 0056 to 0066 of JP2009-242604A. , These contents are incorporated herein by reference.
  • the content of the silane coupling agent in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.01 to 15.0% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 10.0% by mass. preferable.
  • the silane coupling agent may be only one type or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the total amount is preferably in the above range.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention can contain a surfactant.
  • a surfactant various surfactants such as a fluorine-based surfactant, a nonionic surfactant, a cationic surfactant, an anionic surfactant, and a silicone-based surfactant can be used.
  • the surfactant described in paragraph Nos. 0238 to 0245 of International Publication No. 2015/166779 is mentioned, and the content thereof is incorporated in the present specification.
  • the surfactant is preferably a fluorine-based surfactant.
  • a fluorine-based surfactant in the coloring composition, the liquid characteristics (particularly, fluidity) can be further improved, and the liquid saving property can be further improved. It is also possible to form a film having a small thickness unevenness.
  • the fluorine content in the fluorine-based surfactant is preferably 3 to 40% by mass, more preferably 5 to 30% by mass, and particularly preferably 7 to 25% by mass.
  • a fluorine-based surfactant having a fluorine content within this range is effective in terms of uniformity of coating film thickness and liquid saving property, and has good solubility in a coloring composition.
  • fluorine-based surfactant examples include the surfactants described in paragraphs 0060 to 0064 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2014-041318 (paragraphs 0060 to 0064 of the corresponding International Publication No. 2014/017669) and the like, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2011-.
  • the surfactants described in paragraphs 0117 to 0132 of JP 132503 are mentioned and their contents are incorporated herein by reference.
  • fluorine-based surfactants include, for example, Megafuck F171, F172, F173, F176, F177, F141, F142, F143, F144, R30, F437, F475, F479, F482, F554, F780, EXP, MFS.
  • the fluorine-based surfactant has a molecular structure having a functional group containing a fluorine atom, and an acrylic compound in which a portion of the functional group containing a fluorine atom is cut off and the fluorine atom volatilizes when heat is applied.
  • fluorine-based surfactants include the Megafuck DS series manufactured by DIC Corporation (The Chemical Daily (February 22, 2016), Nikkei Sangyo Shimbun (February 23, 2016)), for example, Megafuck. DS-21 can be mentioned.
  • fluorine-based surfactant it is also preferable to use a polymer of a fluorine atom-containing vinyl ether compound having a fluorinated alkyl group or a fluorinated alkylene ether group and a hydrophilic vinyl ether compound.
  • a fluorine-based surfactant include the fluorine-based surfactants described in JP-A-2016-216602, the contents of which are incorporated in the present specification.
  • the fluorine-based surfactant a block polymer can also be used.
  • the fluorine-based surfactant has a repeating unit derived from a (meth) acrylate compound having a fluorine atom and 2 or more (preferably 5 or more) alkyleneoxy groups (preferably ethyleneoxy groups and propyleneoxy groups) (meth).
  • a fluorine-containing polymer compound containing a repeating unit derived from an acrylate compound can also be preferably used.
  • the fluorine-containing surfactants described in paragraphs 0016 to 0037 of JP-A-2010-032698 and the following compounds are also exemplified as the fluorine-based surfactants used in the present invention.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the above compounds is preferably 3000 to 50000, for example 14000.
  • % indicating the ratio of the repeating unit is mol%.
  • a fluorine-based surfactant a fluorine-containing polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group in the side chain can also be used.
  • the compounds described in paragraphs 0050 to 0090 and paragraph numbers 0289 to 0295 of JP2010-164965, Megafuck RS-101, RS-102, RS-718K manufactured by DIC Corporation, RS-72-K and the like can be mentioned.
  • the fluorine-based surfactant the compounds described in paragraphs 0015 to 0158 of JP2015-117327A can also be used.
  • Nonionic surfactants include glycerol, trimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane, their ethoxylates and propoxylates (eg, glycerol propoxylate, glycerol ethoxylate, etc.), polyoxyethylene lauryl ethers, polyoxyethylene stearyl ethers, etc.
  • silicone-based surfactant examples include Torre Silicone DC3PA, Torre Silicone SH7PA, Torre Silicone DC11PA, Torre Silicone SH21PA, Torre Silicone SH28PA, Torre Silicone SH29PA, Torre Silicone SH30PA, Torre Silicone SH8400 (all, Toray Dow Corning Co., Ltd.). ), TSF-4440, TSF-4300, TSF-4445, TSF-4460, TSF-4452 (above, manufactured by Momentive Performance Materials), KP-341, KF-6001, KF-6002 (above, (Shinetsu Silicone Co., Ltd.), BYK307, BYK323, BYK330 (all manufactured by Big Chemie) and the like.
  • the content of the surfactant in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.001% by mass to 5.0% by mass, more preferably 0.005 to 3.0% by mass. preferable.
  • the surfactant may be only one kind or two or more kinds. In the case of two or more types, the total amount is preferably in the above range.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention can contain an antioxidant.
  • the antioxidant include phenol compounds, phosphite ester compounds, thioether compounds and the like.
  • the phenol compound any phenol compound known as a phenolic antioxidant can be used.
  • Preferred phenolic compounds include hindered phenolic compounds.
  • a compound having a substituent at a site (ortho position) adjacent to the phenolic hydroxy group is preferable.
  • a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms is preferable.
  • the antioxidant a compound having a phenol group and a phosphite ester group in the same molecule is also preferable.
  • a phosphorus-based antioxidant can also be preferably used.
  • the content of the antioxidant in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.01 to 20% by mass, more preferably 0.3 to 15% by mass.
  • containing an antioxidant only one type of antioxidant may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, the total amount is preferably in the above range.
  • the coloring compositions of the present invention include sensitizers, curing accelerators, fillers, thermosetting accelerators, plasticizers and other auxiliaries (eg, conductive particles, fillers, defoamers, It may contain a flame retardant, a leveling agent, a peeling accelerator, a fragrance, a surface tension modifier, a chain transfer agent, etc.).
  • auxiliaries eg, conductive particles, fillers, defoamers, It may contain a flame retardant, a leveling agent, a peeling accelerator, a fragrance, a surface tension modifier, a chain transfer agent, etc.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention may contain a latent antioxidant, if necessary.
  • the latent antioxidant is a compound in which the site that functions as an antioxidant is protected by a protecting group, and is heated at 100 to 250 ° C. or at 80 to 200 ° C. in the presence of an acid / base catalyst.
  • a compound in which the protecting group is eliminated and functions as an antioxidant can be mentioned.
  • Examples of the latent antioxidant include compounds described in International Publication No. 2014/021023, International Publication No. 2017/030005, and JP-A-2017-008219.
  • Examples of commercially available products of latent antioxidants include ADEKA ARKULS GPA-5001 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation) and the like. Further, as described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2018-155881, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 129 may be added for the purpose of improving weather resistance.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention may contain a metal oxide in order to adjust the refractive index of the obtained film.
  • the metal oxide include TiO 2 , ZrO 2 , Al 2 O 3 , SiO 2 and the like.
  • the primary particle size of the metal oxide is preferably 1 to 100 nm, more preferably 3 to 70 nm, and even more preferably 5 to 50 nm.
  • the metal oxide may have a core-shell structure. Further, in this case, the core portion may be hollow.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention may contain a light resistance improving agent.
  • the light resistance improving agent include the compounds described in paragraphs 0036 to 0037 of JP-A-2017-198787, the compounds described in paragraphs 0029 to 0034 of JP-A-2017-146350, and JP-A-2017-129774.
  • the water content of the coloring composition of the present invention is usually 3% by mass or less, preferably 0.01 to 1.5% by mass, and more preferably 0.1 to 1.0% by mass.
  • the water content can be measured by the Karl Fischer method.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention can be used by adjusting the viscosity for the purpose of adjusting the film surface (flatness, etc.), adjusting the film thickness, and the like.
  • the viscosity value can be appropriately selected as needed, but for example, at 25 ° C., 0.3 mPa ⁇ s to 50 mPa ⁇ s is preferable, and 0.5 mPa ⁇ s to 20 mPa ⁇ s is more preferable.
  • a method for measuring the viscosity for example, a cone plate type viscometer can be used, and the viscosity can be measured in a state where the temperature is adjusted to 25 ° C.
  • the container for the colored composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, and a known container can be used.
  • a storage container for the purpose of suppressing impurities from being mixed into raw materials and compositions, a multi-layer bottle in which the inner wall of the container is composed of 6 types and 6 layers of resin and a bottle in which 6 types of resin are composed of 7 layers are used. It is also preferable to use it.
  • Examples of such a container include the container described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2015-123351.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention can be prepared by mixing the above-mentioned components. In preparing the coloring composition, all the components may be dissolved and / or dispersed in a solvent at the same time to prepare the coloring composition, or each component may be appropriately used as two or more solutions or dispersions, if necessary. Then, these may be mixed at the time of use (at the time of application) to prepare a coloring composition.
  • the mechanical force used for dispersing the pigment includes compression, squeezing, impact, shearing, cavitation and the like.
  • Specific examples of these processes include bead mills, sand mills, roll mills, ball mills, paint shakers, microfluidizers, high speed impellers, sand grinders, flow jet mixers, high pressure wet atomization, ultrasonic dispersion and the like.
  • the process and disperser for dispersing pigments are "Dispersion Technology Complete Works, Published by Information Organization Co., Ltd., July 15, 2005" and "Dispersion technology centered on suspension (solid / liquid dispersion system) and industrial. Practical application The process and disperser described in Paragraph No.
  • JP-A-2015-157893 "Comprehensive Data Collection, Published by Management Development Center Publishing Department, October 10, 1978" can be preferably used.
  • the particles may be miniaturized in the salt milling step.
  • the materials, equipment, processing conditions, etc. used in the salt milling step for example, the descriptions in JP-A-2015-194521 and JP-A-2012-046629 can be referred to.
  • any filter that has been conventionally used for filtration or the like can be used without particular limitation.
  • fluororesins such as polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), polyamide resins such as nylon (eg, nylon-6, nylon-6,6), and polyolefin resins such as polyethylene and polypropylene (PP) (high density, ultrahigh molecular weight).
  • PTFE polytetrafluoroethylene
  • nylon eg, nylon-6, nylon-6,6)
  • polyolefin resins such as polyethylene and polypropylene (PP) (high density, ultrahigh molecular weight).
  • PP polypropylene
  • the pore size of the filter is preferably 0.01 to 7.0 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.01 to 3.0 ⁇ m, and even more preferably 0.05 to 0.5 ⁇ m. If the pore size of the filter is within the above range, fine foreign matter can be removed more reliably.
  • the nominal value of the filter manufacturer can be referred to.
  • various filters provided by Nippon Pole Co., Ltd. (DFA4201NIEY, etc.), Advantech Toyo Co., Ltd., Japan Entegris Co., Ltd. (formerly Nippon Microlith Co., Ltd.), KITZ Microfilter Co., Ltd., etc. can be used.
  • a fibrous filter medium As the filter.
  • the fibrous filter medium include polypropylene fiber, nylon fiber, glass fiber and the like.
  • examples of commercially available products include SBP type series (SBP008, etc.), TPR type series (TPR002, TPR005, etc.) and SHPX type series (SHPX003, etc.) manufactured by Roki Techno Co., Ltd.
  • filters different filters (eg, first filter and second filter, etc.) may be combined. At that time, the filtration with each filter may be performed only once or twice or more. Further, filters having different pore diameters may be combined within the above-mentioned range. Further, the filtration with the first filter may be performed only on the dispersion liquid, and after mixing the other components, the filtration may be performed with the second filter.
  • the film of the present invention is a film obtained from the above-mentioned coloring composition of the present invention.
  • the film of the present invention can be used for an optical filter such as a color filter or a near-infrared transmission filter.
  • the film thickness of the film of the present invention can be appropriately adjusted according to the purpose.
  • the film thickness is preferably 20 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 10 ⁇ m or less, and even more preferably 5 ⁇ m or less.
  • the lower limit of the film thickness is preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 0.2 ⁇ m or more, and even more preferably 0.3 ⁇ m or more.
  • the film of the present invention When the film of the present invention is used as a color filter, the film of the present invention preferably has a hue of green, red, blue, cyan, magenta or yellow, and more preferably has a hue of green, red or yellow. preferable. Further, the film of the present invention can be preferably used as a colored pixel of a color filter. Examples of the colored pixel include a red pixel, a green pixel, a blue pixel, a magenta color pixel, a cyan color pixel, a yellow pixel, and the like, and red pixel, green pixel, and yellow pixel are preferable.
  • the film of the present invention preferably has, for example, any of the following spectral characteristics (1) to (4).
  • the maximum value of the light transmittance in the film thickness direction in the wavelength range of 400 to 640 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less), and the light in the film thickness direction.
  • the minimum value of the transmittance in the wavelength range of 800 to 1300 nm is 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more).
  • a film having such spectral characteristics can block light in the wavelength range of 400 to 640 nm and transmit light having a wavelength of more than 700 nm.
  • the maximum value of the light transmittance in the film thickness direction in the wavelength range of 400 to 750 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less), and the light in the film thickness direction.
  • a film having such spectral characteristics can block light in the wavelength range of 400 to 750 nm and transmit light having a wavelength exceeding 850 nm.
  • the maximum value of the light transmittance in the film thickness direction in the wavelength range of 400 to 830 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less), and the light in the film thickness direction.
  • a film having such spectral characteristics can block light in the wavelength range of 400 to 830 nm and transmit light having a wavelength exceeding 940 nm.
  • the maximum value of the light transmittance in the film thickness direction in the wavelength range of 400 to 950 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less), and the light in the film thickness direction.
  • a film having such spectral characteristics can block light in the wavelength range of 400 to 950 nm and transmit light having a wavelength of more than 1040 nm.
  • the film of the present invention can be produced through a step of applying the coloring composition of the present invention.
  • the method for producing a film preferably further includes a step of forming a pattern (pixel). Examples of the pattern (pixel) forming method include a photolithography method and a dry etching method, and the photolithography method is preferable.
  • Pattern formation by the photolithography method includes a step of forming a coloring composition layer on a support using the coloring composition of the present invention, a step of exposing the coloring composition layer in a pattern, and a step of exposing the coloring composition layer in a pattern. It is preferable to include a step of developing and removing the exposed portion to form a pattern (pixel). If necessary, a step of baking the coloring composition layer (pre-baking step) and a step of baking the developed pattern (pixels) (post-baking step) may be provided.
  • the coloring composition layer of the present invention is used to form the coloring composition layer on the support.
  • the support is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected depending on the intended use.
  • a glass substrate, a silicon substrate, and the like can be mentioned, and a silicon substrate is preferable.
  • a charge-coupled device (CCD), a complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS), a transparent conductive film, or the like may be formed on the silicon substrate.
  • CMOS complementary metal oxide semiconductor
  • a black matrix that isolates each pixel may be formed on the silicon substrate.
  • the silicon substrate may be provided with a base layer for improving the adhesion with the upper layer, preventing the diffusion of substances, or flattening the surface of the substrate.
  • the base layer may be formed by using a composition obtained by removing a colorant from the coloring composition described in the present specification, a composition containing a curable compound, a surfactant or the like described in the present specification, or the like.
  • the surface contact angle of the base layer is preferably 20 to 70 ° when measured with diiodomethane. Further, it is preferably 30 to 80 ° when measured with water. When the surface contact angle of the base layer is within the above range, the wettability of the resin composition is good.
  • the surface contact angle of the base layer can be adjusted by, for example, adding a surfactant.
  • a known method can be used as a method for applying the coloring composition.
  • a dropping method drop casting
  • a slit coating method for example, a spray method; a roll coating method; a rotary coating method (spin coating); a casting coating method; a slit and spin method; a pre-wet method (for example, JP-A-2009-145395).
  • Methods described in the publication Inkjet (for example, on-demand method, piezo method, thermal method), ejection system printing such as nozzle jet, flexographic printing, screen printing, gravure printing, reverse offset printing, metal mask printing, etc.
  • Various printing methods; transfer method using a mold or the like; nano-imprint method and the like can be mentioned.
  • the method of application to inkjet is not particularly limited, and is, for example, the method shown in "Expandable and usable inkjet-infinite possibilities seen in patents-, published in February 2005, Sumi Betechno Research" (especially from page 115). (Page 133), and the methods described in JP-A-2003-262716, JP-A-2003-185831, JP-A-2003-261827, JP-A-2012-126830, JP-A-2006-169325, and the like. Can be mentioned. Further, regarding the method of applying the coloring composition, the description of International Publication No. 2017/030174 and International Publication No. 2017/018419 can be referred to, and these contents are incorporated in the present specification.
  • the colored composition layer formed on the support may be dried (prebaked).
  • the prebaking temperature is preferably 150 ° C. or lower, more preferably 120 ° C. or lower, and even more preferably 110 ° C. or lower.
  • the lower limit can be, for example, 50 ° C. or higher, or 80 ° C. or higher.
  • the prebaking time is preferably 10 to 300 seconds, more preferably 40 to 250 seconds, and even more preferably 80 to 220 seconds. Pre-baking can be performed on a hot plate, an oven, or the like.
  • the colored composition layer is exposed in a pattern (exposure step).
  • the colored composition layer can be exposed in a pattern by exposing the colored composition layer through a mask having a predetermined mask pattern using a stepper exposure machine, a scanner exposure machine, or the like. As a result, the exposed portion can be cured.
  • Examples of radiation (light) that can be used for exposure include g-line and i-line. Further, light having a wavelength of 300 nm or less (preferably light having a wavelength of 180 to 300 nm) can also be used. Examples of the light having a wavelength of 300 nm or less include KrF line (wavelength 248 nm) and ArF line (wavelength 193 nm), and KrF line (wavelength 248 nm) is preferable. Further, a long wave light source having a diameter of 300 nm or more can also be used.
  • pulse exposure is an exposure method of a method of repeatedly irradiating and pausing light in a cycle of a short time (for example, a millisecond level or less).
  • Irradiation dose for example, preferably 0.03 ⁇ 2.5J / cm 2, more preferably 0.05 ⁇ 1.0J / cm 2.
  • the oxygen concentration at the time of exposure can be appropriately selected, and in addition to the operation in the atmosphere, for example, in a low oxygen atmosphere having an oxygen concentration of 19% by volume or less (for example, 15% by volume, 5% by volume, or substantially). It may be exposed in an oxygen-free environment), or may be exposed in a high oxygen atmosphere (for example, 22% by volume, 30% by volume, or 50% by volume) in which the oxygen concentration exceeds 21% by volume.
  • the exposure illuminance can be set as appropriate, and is usually selected from the range of 1000 W / m 2 to 100,000 W / m 2 (for example, 5000 W / m 2 , 15,000 W / m 2 , or 35,000 W / m 2). Can be done. Oxygen concentration and exposure illuminance may appropriately combined conditions, for example, illuminance 10000 W / m 2 at an oxygen concentration of 10 vol%, oxygen concentration of 35 vol% can be such illuminance 20000W / m 2.
  • the unexposed portion of the coloring composition layer is developed and removed to form a pattern (pixel).
  • the unexposed portion of the coloring composition layer can be developed and removed using a developing solution.
  • the colored composition layer of the unexposed portion in the exposure step is eluted in the developing solution, and only the photocured portion remains.
  • the temperature of the developing solution is preferably, for example, 20 to 30 ° C.
  • the development time is preferably 20 to 180 seconds. Further, in order to improve the residue removability, the steps of shaking off the developing solution every 60 seconds and further supplying a new developing solution may be repeated several times.
  • Examples of the developing solution include organic solvents and alkaline developing solutions, and alkaline developing solutions are preferably used.
  • the alkaline developer an alkaline aqueous solution (alkaline developer) obtained by diluting an alkaline agent with pure water is preferable.
  • the alkaline agent include ammonia, ethylamine, diethylamine, dimethylethanolamine, diglycolamine, diethanolamine, hydroxyamine, ethylenediamine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, tetrapropylammonium hydroxide, and tetrabutylammonium hydroxide.
  • Ethyltrimethylammonium hydroxide Ethyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, benzyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, dimethylbis (2-hydroxyethyl) ammonium hydroxide, choline, pyrrole, piperidine, 1,8-diazabicyclo- [5.4.0] -7-undecene, etc.
  • examples thereof include organic alkaline compounds and inorganic alkaline compounds such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium hydrogencarbonate, sodium silicate and sodium metasilicate.
  • the alkaline agent a compound having a large molecular weight is preferable in terms of environment and safety.
  • the concentration of the alkaline agent in the alkaline aqueous solution is preferably 0.001 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 1% by mass.
  • the developer may further contain a surfactant.
  • the developer may be once produced as a concentrated solution and diluted to a concentration required for use from the viewpoint of convenience of transfer and storage.
  • the dilution ratio is not particularly limited, but can be set in the range of, for example, 1.5 to 100 times. It is also preferable to wash (rinse) with pure water after development. Further, it is preferable that the rinsing is performed by supplying the rinsing liquid to the developed colored composition layer while rotating the support on which the developed colored composition layer is formed.
  • the nozzle for discharging the rinse liquid from the central portion of the support it is also preferable to move the nozzle for discharging the rinse liquid from the central portion of the support to the peripheral edge of the support.
  • the nozzle may be moved while gradually reducing the moving speed.
  • Additional exposure treatment and post-baking are post-development curing treatments to complete the curing.
  • the heating temperature in the post-baking is, for example, preferably 100 to 240 ° C, more preferably 200 to 240 ° C.
  • Post-baking can be performed on the developed film in a continuous or batch manner using a heating means such as a hot plate, a convection oven (hot air circulation dryer), or a high-frequency heater so as to meet the above conditions. ..
  • the light used for the exposure is preferably light having a wavelength of 400 nm or less. Further, the additional exposure process may be performed by the method described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2017-0122130.
  • Pattern formation by the dry etching method includes a step of forming a colored composition layer on a support using the colored composition of the present invention and curing the entire colored composition layer to form a cured product layer.
  • the optical filter of the present invention has the above-mentioned film of the present invention.
  • Examples of the type of optical filter include a color filter and an infrared transmission filter, and a color filter is preferable.
  • As the color filter it is preferable to have the film of the present invention as the colored pixels of the color filter.
  • the optical filter may be provided with a protective layer on the surface of the film of the present invention.
  • a protective layer By providing the protective layer, various functions such as oxygen blocking, low reflection, hydrophobicization, and shielding of light of a specific wavelength (ultraviolet rays, near infrared rays, etc.) can be imparted.
  • the thickness of the protective layer is preferably 0.01 to 10 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.1 to 5 ⁇ m.
  • Examples of the method for forming the protective layer include a method of applying a resin composition dissolved in an organic solvent to form the protective layer, a chemical vapor deposition method, and a method of attaching the molded resin with an adhesive.
  • the components constituting the protective layer include (meth) acrylic resin, en-thiol resin, polycarbonate resin, polyether resin, polyarylate resin, polysulfone resin, polyethersulfone resin, polyphenylene resin, polyarylene ether phosphine oxide resin, and polyimide.
  • Resin polyamideimide resin, polyolefin resin, cyclic olefin resin, polyester resin, styrene resin, polyol resin, polyvinylidene chloride resin, melamine resin, urethane resin, aramid resin, polyamide resin, alkyd resin, epoxy resin, modified silicone resin, fluorine Examples thereof include resins, polycarbonate resins, polyacrylonitrile resins, cellulose resins, Si, C, W, Al 2 O 3 , Mo, SiO 2 , and Si 2 N 4, and two or more of these components may be contained.
  • the protective layer preferably contains a polyol resin, SiO 2 , and Si 2 N 4 .
  • the protective layer preferably contains a (meth) acrylic resin and a fluororesin.
  • the resin composition When the resin composition is applied to form the protective layer, a known method such as a spin coating method, a casting method, a screen printing method, or an inkjet method can be used as the application method of the resin composition.
  • a known method such as a spin coating method, a casting method, a screen printing method, or an inkjet method can be used as the application method of the resin composition.
  • a known organic solvent for example, propylene glycol 1-monomethyl ether 2-acetate, cyclopentanone, ethyl lactate, etc.
  • the protective layer is formed by a chemical vapor deposition method
  • the chemical vapor deposition method is a known chemical vapor deposition method (thermochemical vapor deposition method, plasma chemical vapor deposition method, photochemical vapor deposition method). Can be used.
  • the protective layer may be an additive such as organic / inorganic fine particles, an absorber for light of a specific wavelength (for example, ultraviolet rays, near infrared rays, etc.), a refractive index adjuster, an antioxidant, an adhesive, a surfactant, etc., if necessary. May be contained.
  • organic / inorganic fine particles include polymer fine particles (for example, silicone resin fine particles, polystyrene fine particles, melamine resin fine particles), titanium oxide, zinc oxide, zirconium oxide, indium oxide, aluminum oxide, titanium nitride, and titanium oxynitride. , Magnesium fluoride, hollow silica, silica, calcium carbonate, barium sulfate and the like.
  • a known absorbent can be used as the light absorber of a specific wavelength.
  • the content of these additives can be adjusted as appropriate, but is preferably 0.1 to 70% by mass, more preferably 1 to 60% by mass, based on the total mass of the protective layer
  • the protective layer described in paragraphs 0073 to 0092 of JP-A-2017-151176 can also be used.
  • the optical filter may have a structure in which each pixel is embedded in a space partitioned by a partition wall, for example, in a grid pattern.
  • the solid-state image sensor of the present invention has the above-mentioned film of the present invention.
  • the configuration of the solid-state image sensor is not particularly limited as long as it includes the film of the present invention and functions as a solid-state image sensor, and examples thereof include the following configurations.
  • a solid-state image sensor CCD (charge-coupled device) image sensor, CMOS (complementary metal oxide semiconductor) image sensor, etc.
  • a transfer electrode made of polysilicon or the like.
  • the configuration has a color filter on the device protective film.
  • the color filter may have a structure in which each colored pixel is embedded in a space partitioned by a partition wall, for example, in a grid pattern.
  • the partition wall preferably has a low refractive index for each colored pixel.
  • Examples of the image pickup apparatus having such a structure include the apparatus described in JP-A-2012-227478, JP-A-2014-179557, and International Publication No. 2018/043654.
  • the image pickup device provided with the solid-state image pickup device of the present invention can be used not only for digital cameras and electronic devices having an image pickup function (mobile phones and the like), but also for in-vehicle cameras and surveillance cameras.
  • the image display device of the present invention has the above-mentioned film of the present invention.
  • the image display device include a liquid crystal display device and an organic electroluminescence display device.
  • the liquid crystal display device is described in, for example, “Next Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology (edited by Tatsuo Uchida, Kogyo Chosakai Co., Ltd., published in 1994)”.
  • the liquid crystal display device to which the present invention can be applied is not particularly limited, and for example, it can be applied to various types of liquid crystal display devices described in the above-mentioned "next-generation liquid crystal display technology".
  • Diethylene glycol was used as the binder.
  • the kneaded product after kneading and polishing was washed with 10 L of water at 24 ° C. to remove the grinding agent and the binder, and treated in a heating oven at 80 ° C. for 24 hours.
  • PY129 C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 129
  • PY139 C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 139
  • PY150 C.I. I. Pigment Yellow150
  • PY185 C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 185
  • PY215 C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 215
  • PG36 C.I. I. Pigment Green36 (green colorant)
  • PG58 C.I. I. Pigment Green 58 (green colorant)
  • PG62 C.I. I. Pigment Green62 (green colorant)
  • PG63 C.I. I. Pigment Green63 (green colorant)
  • SQ-1 Compound with the following structure (green colorant)
  • PR254 C.I. I. Pigment Red254 (red colorant)
  • PR264 C.I. I. Pigment Red 264 (red colorant)
  • Pr272 C.I. I. Pigment Red272 (red colorant)
  • PO71 C.I. I.
  • Pigment Orange 71 (orange colorant)
  • PB15 6: C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15: 6 (blue colorant)
  • PV23 C.I. I. Pigment Violet23 (purple colorant)
  • PBk32 Compound with the following structure (black colorant)
  • IB Compound with the following structure (black colorant)
  • IR1 Compound with the following structure (near infrared absorber)
  • D5 Resin having the following structure (the numerical value added to the main chain is the molar ratio, and the numerical value added to the side chain is the number of repeating units.
  • D6 Resin having the following structure (the numerical value added to the main chain is the molar ratio, and the numerical value added to the side chain is the number of repeating units.
  • Mw 10000
  • D7 Acrylic block copolymer (EB-1) described in paragraph No. 0219 of Japanese Patent No. 6432077.
  • D9 DISPERBYK-142 (manufactured by BYK Chemie)
  • D10 Resin having the following structure (block copolymer, the numerical value added to the main chain is the molar ratio.
  • Mw 6000
  • D11 Resin having the following structure (the numerical value added to the main chain is the molar ratio, and the numerical value added to the side chain is the number of repeating units.
  • Mw 7500)
  • ⁇ Evaluation of dispersion> The average particle size (secondary particle size) of the pigment in the dispersion obtained above was measured by a dynamic light scattering method using a particle size distribution meter (Nanotrac UPA-EX150, manufactured by Nikkiso Co., Ltd.). The smaller the average particle size, the more preferable.
  • C The average particle size of the pigment is 200 nm or more.
  • the viscosity (mPa ⁇ s) of the dispersion liquid obtained above at 25 ° C. was measured using an E-type viscometer under the condition of a rotation speed of 1000 rpm (revolutions per minute), and evaluated according to the following criteria.
  • C Exceeds 30 mPa ⁇ s.
  • the dispersion obtained above was heated at a temperature of 45 ° C. for 7 days.
  • the viscosity of the dispersion before and after heating is measured, and the viscosity over time is calculated from the absolute value of the difference between the viscosity of the dispersion before heating (X (ini)) and the viscosity of the dispersion after heating (X (thermo)). did.
  • the viscosity of the dispersion was measured using a viscometer (TV-22 type viscometer, cone plate type, manufactured by Toki Sangyo Co., Ltd.).
  • the viscosity of the dispersion liquid was measured by adjusting the temperature of the dispersion liquid to 25 ° C.
  • Thickness thickening rate over time
  • M1 A mixture of compounds having the following structure (a mixture of a left-side compound (bifunctional (meth) acrylate compound) and a right-side compound (5-functional (meth) acrylate compound) having a molar ratio of 7: 3).
  • M2 Compound with the following structure
  • M3 Compound with the following structure
  • M4 Succinic acid-modified dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate
  • M5 Compound with the following structure
  • M6 Compound with the following structure
  • UV absorber UV1, UV2: Compounds with the following structure
  • Each coloring composition was spin-coated on a glass substrate so that the film thickness after post-baking was 0.6 ⁇ m, and heat-treated (pre-baked) for 120 seconds using a hot plate at 100 ° C. Further, heat treatment (post-baking) was performed for 300 seconds using a hot plate at 200 ° C. to form a film.
  • the light transmittance in the wavelength range of 300 to 1000 nm was measured on the glass substrate on which the film was formed using an ultraviolet-visible near-infrared spectrophotometer U-4100 (manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation).
  • the spectral characteristics were evaluated using the transmittance ratio T calculated from the following formula.
  • T (T min / T 950 ) x 100 (%)
  • T min Minimum transmittance at wavelength 350 to 450 nm
  • T 950 Transmittance at wavelength 950 nm A: T ⁇ 5 B: 5 ⁇ T ⁇ 15 C: 15 ⁇ T ⁇ 25 D: 25 ⁇ T
  • Each colored composition was spin-coated on a silicon wafer so that the film thickness after prebaking was 0.7 ⁇ m, and heat-treated (prebaked) for 120 seconds using a hot plate at 100 ° C.
  • an i-line stepper exposure apparatus FPA-3000i5 + manufactured by Canon Inc.
  • light having a wavelength of 365 nm was irradiated with an exposure amount of 500 mJ / cm 2 for exposure.
  • a film was formed by heat treatment (post-baking) for 300 seconds using a hot plate at 220 ° C. The obtained film was subjected to a moisture resistance test for 250 hours at a temperature of 130 ° C.
  • the coloring composition obtained above was heated at a temperature of 45 ° C. for 7 days.
  • the viscosity of the coloring composition before and after heating is measured, and the viscosity with time is increased from the absolute value of the difference between the viscosity of the coloring composition before heating (X (ini)) and the viscosity of the coloring composition after heating (X (thermo)).
  • the rate was calculated.
  • the viscosity of the coloring composition was measured using a viscometer (TV-22 type viscometer, cone plate type, manufactured by Toki Sangyo Co., Ltd.).
  • the viscosity of the coloring composition was measured by adjusting the temperature of the coloring composition to 25 ° C.
  • Thickness thickening rate over time
  • Example 1001 The green coloring composition was applied onto the silicon wafer by a spin coating method so that the film thickness after film formation was 1.0 ⁇ m. Then, using a hot plate, it was heated at 100 ° C. for 2 minutes. Next, using an i-line stepper exposure apparatus FPA-3000i5 + (manufactured by Canon Inc.) , exposure was performed with an exposure amount of 1000 mJ / cm 2 through a mask with a dot pattern of 2 ⁇ m square. Then, paddle development was carried out at 23 ° C. for 60 seconds using a 0.3% by mass aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH). Then, it was rinsed with a spin shower and further washed with pure water.
  • TMAH tetramethylammonium hydroxide
  • the green coloring composition was patterned to form green pixels by heating at 200 ° C. for 5 minutes using a hot plate.
  • the red coloring composition and the blue coloring composition were patterned by the same process to sequentially form red pixels and blue pixels to form a color filter having green pixels, red pixels and blue pixels.
  • green pixels are formed in a Bayer pattern, and red pixels and blue pixels are formed in an island pattern in an adjacent region thereof.
  • the obtained color filter was incorporated into a solid-state image sensor according to a known method. This solid-state image sensor had a suitable image recognition ability.
  • the green coloring composition the coloring composition of G Example 45 was used.
  • the red coloring composition the coloring composition of R Example 1 was used.
  • the blue coloring composition will be described later.
  • the raw materials used to prepare the blue coloring composition are as follows.
  • C.I. I. A mixed solution consisting of 2.4 parts by mass of Pigment Violet 23, 5.5 parts by mass of a dispersant (Disperbyk-161, manufactured by BYK Chemie), and 82.4 parts by mass of PGMEA is mixed with a bead mill (zirconia beads 0.3 mm diameter). Was mixed and dispersed for 3 hours. After that, a high-pressure disperser with a decompression mechanism NANO-3000-10 (manufactured by Nippon BEE Co., Ltd.) was used to perform dispersion treatment at a flow rate of 500 g / min under a pressure of 2,000 kg / cm 3. This dispersion treatment was repeated 10 times to obtain a blue pigment dispersion liquid.
  • Polymerizable compound 101 KAYARAD DPHA (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.)
  • Polymerizable compound 102 A compound having the following structure
  • Photopolymerization initiator 101 Irgacure OXE01 (manufactured by BASF)
  • Example 1002 A cyan coloring composition was applied onto a silicon wafer by a spin coating method so that the film thickness after film formation was 1.0 ⁇ m. Then, using a hot plate, it was heated at 100 ° C. for 2 minutes. Next, using an i-line stepper exposure apparatus FPA-3000i5 + (manufactured by Canon Inc.) , exposure was performed with an exposure amount of 1000 mJ / cm 2 through a mask with a dot pattern of 2 ⁇ m square. Next, paddle development was performed at 23 ° C. for 60 seconds using a 0.3% by mass aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH). Then, it was rinsed with a spin shower and further washed with pure water.
  • TMAH tetramethylammonium hydroxide
  • the cyan-colored composition was patterned to form cyan-colored pixels by heating at 200 ° C. for 5 minutes using a hot plate.
  • the yellow coloring composition and the magenta coloring composition were patterned by the same process to form yellow pixels and magenta color pixels in order to form a color filter having cyan color pixels, yellow pixels and magenta color pixels. ..
  • cyan pixels are formed in a Bayer pattern, and yellow pixels and magenta pixels are formed in an island pattern in an adjacent region thereof.
  • the obtained color filter was incorporated into a solid-state image sensor according to a known method. This solid-state image sensor had a suitable image recognition ability.
  • the coloring composition the coloring composition of Y Example 1 was used. The cyan coloring composition and the magenta coloring composition will be described later.
  • a coloring composition is prepared by mixing various types of photopolymerization initiators, types of ultraviolet absorbers listed in the table below, surfactants of the types listed in the table below, and epoxy compounds of the types listed in the table below. Prepared.
  • the table below shows the blending amount of each component in each coloring composition.
  • the numerical value of the blending amount of each component is a mass part.
  • D3 Resin having the following structure (the numerical value added to the main chain is the molar ratio, and the numerical value added to the side chain is the number of repeating units.
  • Mw 16000
  • D4 Efka PX 4300 (BASF, acrylic resin)
  • M1 A mixture of compounds having the following structure (a mixture of a left-side compound (bifunctional (meth) acrylate compound) and a right-side compound (5-functional (meth) acrylate compound) having a molar ratio of 7: 3).
  • M2 Compound with the following structure
  • UV absorber UV absorber

Abstract

Provided is a color composition containing a yellow colorant and a curable compound, the yellow colorant containing a colorant A wherein the ratio of moles of a structure represented by formula (1) to the total moles of the structure represented by formula (1), a structure represented by formula (2), and a structure represented by formula (3), is 0.50–0.99. Also provided are a film, an optical filter, a solid-state imaging element, and an image display device that use the color composition.

Description

着色組成物、膜、光学フィルタ、固体撮像素子及び画像表示装置Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state image sensor and image display device
 本発明は、黄色着色剤を含む着色組成物に関する。また、本発明は、着色組成物を用いた膜、光学フィルタ、固体撮像素子および画像表示装置に関する。 The present invention relates to a coloring composition containing a yellow colorant. The present invention also relates to a film, an optical filter, a solid-state image sensor, and an image display device using the coloring composition.
 近年、デジタルカメラ、カメラ付き携帯電話等の普及から、電荷結合素子(CCD)イメージセンサなどの固体撮像素子の需要が大きく伸びている。ディスプレイや光学素子のキーデバイスとしてカラーフィルタが使用されている。カラーフィルタは、通常、赤、緑及び青の3原色の画素を備えており、透過光を3原色へ分解する役割を果たしている。 In recent years, with the spread of digital cameras, camera-equipped mobile phones, etc., demand for solid-state image sensors such as charge-coupled device (CCD) image sensors has increased significantly. Color filters are used as key devices for displays and optical elements. A color filter usually includes pixels of the three primary colors of red, green, and blue, and plays a role of decomposing transmitted light into the three primary colors.
 カラーフィルタの各色の着色画素は、着色剤を含む着色組成物を用いて製造されている。例えば、黄色着色剤を含む着色組成物などが用いられている。黄色着色剤としては、キノフタロン化合物などが知られている(特許文献1、2参照)。 The colored pixels of each color of the color filter are manufactured by using a coloring composition containing a coloring agent. For example, a coloring composition containing a yellow colorant is used. As the yellow colorant, a quinophthalone compound and the like are known (see Patent Documents 1 and 2).
特開2013-061622号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2013-061622 特表2004-502016号公報Special Table 2004-502016 Gazette
 光学フィルタなどに用いられる膜に関し、近年では分光特性および耐光性についての更なる向上が望まれている。 Regarding films used for optical filters and the like, in recent years, further improvement in spectral characteristics and light resistance has been desired.
 また、光学フィルタなどに用いられる膜に関し、近年ではさらなる薄膜化が望まれている。所望の分光特性を維持しつつ薄膜化を達成するためには、膜形成に用いる着色組成物中の着色剤濃度を高めることが必要である。しかしながら、着色組成物中の着色剤濃度を高めると、着色組成物中で着色剤などが凝集して経時的に粘度が増大しやすい傾向にあった。また、近年では、着色組成物の保存安定性についてさらなる改善が望まれている。 Further, in recent years, further thinning of the film used for optical filters and the like has been desired. In order to achieve thinning while maintaining the desired spectral characteristics, it is necessary to increase the concentration of the colorant in the coloring composition used for film formation. However, when the concentration of the colorant in the coloring composition is increased, the coloring agent and the like tend to aggregate in the coloring composition and the viscosity tends to increase with time. Further, in recent years, further improvement in storage stability of the coloring composition has been desired.
 よって、本発明の目的は、保存安定性が良好で、耐光性に優れた膜を形成できる着色組成物を提供することにある。また、着色組成物を用いた膜、光学フィルタ、固体撮像素子及び画像表示装置を提供することにある。 Therefore, an object of the present invention is to provide a coloring composition capable of forming a film having good storage stability and excellent light resistance. Another object of the present invention is to provide a film, an optical filter, a solid-state image sensor, and an image display device using the coloring composition.
 本発明者が黄色着色剤について鋭意検討を進めたところ、黄色着色剤として後述する所定の着色剤を含む着色組成物を用いることで、保存安定性が良好で、かつ、光照射による変色が抑制された膜を形成できることを見出し、本発明を完成するに至った。よって、本発明は以下を提供する。
 <1> 黄色着色剤と、硬化性化合物と、を含む着色組成物であって、
 上記黄色着色剤は、式(1)で表される構造と式(2)で表される構造と式(3)で表される構造との合計のモル数に対する、式(1)で表される構造のモル数の比が0.50~0.99である着色剤Aを含む、
 着色組成物;
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
 式中、R~Rはそれぞれ独立して水素原子または置換基を表し、Xは、環を構成する原子または原子団を表し、R~RおよびXの少なくとも一つは隣接する原子との結合手を含んでいてもよい。
 <2> 上記着色剤Aは、上記式(1)で表される構造を有する化合物と、上記式(2)で表される構造および上記式(3)で表される構造から選ばれる少なくとも1種の構造を有する化合物と、を含む、<1>に記載の着色組成物。
 <3> 上記着色剤Aは、上記式(1)で表される構造を有する化合物と、上記式(2)で表される構造を有する化合物と、を含む、<1>または<2>に記載の着色組成物。
 <4> 上記式(1)で表される構造が下記式(1a)で表される構造であり、
 上記式(2)で表される構造が下記式(2a)で表される構造であり、
 上記式(3)で表される構造が下記式(3a)で表される構造である、
 <1>~<3>のいずれか1つに記載の着色組成物;
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
 式中、R~Rはそれぞれ独立して水素原子または置換基を表し、R~R12は、それぞれ独立して水素原子または置換基を表し、R~R12のうち隣接する2つの基同士は結合して環を形成してもよく、R~R、R~R12の少なくとも一つは隣接する原子との結合手を含んでいてもよい。
 <5> 上記式(1)で表される構造が下記式(1b)で表される構造であり、
 上記式(2)で表される構造が下記式(2b)で表される構造であり、
 上記式(3)で表される構造が下記式(3b)で表される構造である、
 <1>~<3>のいずれか1つに記載の着色組成物;
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
 式中、R~R16は、それぞれ独立して水素原子または置換基を表し、R~R16のうち隣接する2つの基同士は結合して環を形成してもよく、R~R16の少なくとも一つは隣接する原子との結合手を含んでいてもよい。
 <6> 更に、赤色着色剤及び緑色着色剤から選ばれる少なくとも1種を含む、<1>~<5>のいずれか1つに記載の着色組成物。
 <7> 更に、赤外線吸収剤を含む、<1>~<6>のいずれか1つに記載の着色組成物。
 <8> カラーフィルタ用または赤外線透過フィルタ用である、<1>~<7>のいずれか1つに記載の着色組成物。
 <9> <1>~<8>のいずれか1つに記載の着色組成物から得られる膜。
 <10> <9>に記載の膜を有する光学フィルタ。
 <11> <9>に記載の膜を有する固体撮像素子。
 <12> <9>に記載の膜を有する画像表示装置。
As a result of diligent studies on a yellow colorant, the present inventor has found that by using a coloring composition containing a predetermined colorant described later as the yellow colorant, storage stability is good and discoloration due to light irradiation is suppressed. We have found that it is possible to form a film that has been formed, and have completed the present invention. Therefore, the present invention provides the following.
<1> A coloring composition containing a yellow colorant and a curable compound.
The yellow colorant is represented by the formula (1) with respect to the total number of moles of the structure represented by the formula (1), the structure represented by the formula (2) and the structure represented by the formula (3). Contains colorant A, which has a ratio of the number of moles of the structure to 0.50 to 0.99.
Coloring composition;
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
In the formula, R 1 to R 6 independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, X 1 represents an atom or an atomic group constituting a ring, and at least one of R 1 to R 6 and X 1 is adjacent to each other. It may include a bond with the atom to be used.
<2> The colorant A is at least one selected from a compound having a structure represented by the above formula (1), a structure represented by the above formula (2), and a structure represented by the above formula (3). The coloring composition according to <1>, which comprises a compound having a seed structure.
<3> The colorant A includes a compound having a structure represented by the above formula (1) and a compound having a structure represented by the above formula (2) in <1> or <2>. The colored composition described.
<4> The structure represented by the above formula (1) is a structure represented by the following formula (1a).
The structure represented by the above formula (2) is a structure represented by the following formula (2a).
The structure represented by the above formula (3) is a structure represented by the following formula (3a).
The coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <3>;
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
In the formula, R 1 to R 6 independently represent hydrogen atoms or substituents, and R 9 to R 12 independently represent hydrogen atoms or substituents, respectively, and two adjacent R 9 to R 12 are adjacent to each other. The two groups may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and at least one of R 1 to R 6 and R 9 to R 12 may include a bond with an adjacent atom.
<5> The structure represented by the above formula (1) is a structure represented by the following formula (1b).
The structure represented by the above formula (2) is a structure represented by the following formula (2b).
The structure represented by the above formula (3) is a structure represented by the following formula (3b).
The coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <3>;
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
Wherein, R 9 ~ R 16 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a substituent, two groups adjacent to each other among R 9 ~ R 16 may form a ring, R 9 ~ At least one of R 16 may include a bond with an adjacent atom.
<6> The coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <5>, further comprising at least one selected from a red colorant and a green colorant.
<7> The coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <6>, further containing an infrared absorber.
<8> The coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <7>, which is for a color filter or an infrared transmission filter.
<9> A film obtained from the coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <8>.
<10> An optical filter having the film according to <9>.
<11> A solid-state image sensor having the film according to <9>.
<12> An image display device having the film according to <9>.
 本発明によれば、保存安定性が良好で、耐光性に優れた膜を形成できる着色組成物を提供することができる。また、着色組成物を用いた膜、光学フィルタ、固体撮像素子及び画像表示装置を提供することができる。 According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a coloring composition capable of forming a film having good storage stability and excellent light resistance. Further, it is possible to provide a film, an optical filter, a solid-state image sensor, and an image display device using the coloring composition.
 以下において、本発明の内容について詳細に説明する。
 本明細書において、「~」とはその前後に記載される数値を下限値および上限値として含む意味で使用される。
 本明細書における基(原子団)の表記において、置換および無置換を記していない表記は、置換基を有さない基(原子団)と共に置換基を有する基(原子団)をも包含する。例えば、「アルキル基」とは、置換基を有さないアルキル基(無置換アルキル基)のみならず、置換基を有するアルキル基(置換アルキル基)をも包含する。
 本明細書において「露光」とは、特に断らない限り、光を用いた露光のみならず、電子線、イオンビーム等の粒子線を用いた描画も露光に含める。また、露光に用いられる光としては、水銀灯の輝線スペクトル、エキシマレーザに代表される遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV光)、X線、電子線等の活性光線または放射線が挙げられる。
 本明細書において、「(メタ)アクリレート」は、アクリレートおよびメタクリレートの双方、または、いずれかを表し、「(メタ)アクリル」は、アクリルおよびメタクリルの双方、または、いずれかを表し、「(メタ)アクリロイル」は、アクリロイルおよびメタクリロイルの双方、または、いずれかを表す。
 本明細書において、構造式中のMeはメチル基を表し、Etはエチル基を表し、Buはブチル基を表し、Phはフェニル基を表す。
 本明細書において、重量平均分子量および数平均分子量は、GPC(ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィ)法により測定したポリスチレン換算値である。
 本明細書において、全固形分とは、組成物の全成分から溶剤を除いた成分の総質量をいう。
 本明細書において、顔料とは、溶剤に対して溶解しにくい化合物を意味する。
 本明細書において「工程」との語は、独立した工程だけではなく、他の工程と明確に区別できない場合であってもその工程の所期の作用が達成されれば、本用語に含まれる。
Hereinafter, the contents of the present invention will be described in detail.
In the present specification, "-" is used to mean that the numerical values described before and after it are included as the lower limit value and the upper limit value.
In the notation of a group (atomic group) in the present specification, the notation not describing substitution and non-substitution also includes a group having a substituent (atomic group) as well as a group having no substituent (atomic group). For example, the "alkyl group" includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
In the present specification, "exposure" includes not only exposure using light but also drawing using particle beams such as an electron beam and an ion beam, unless otherwise specified. Examples of the light used for exposure include the emission line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays typified by an excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), X-rays, active rays such as electron beams, or radiation.
As used herein, "(meth) acrylate" represents both acrylate and methacrylate, or either, and "(meth) acrylic" represents both acrylic and methacrylic, or either. ) Acryloyl "represents both acryloyl and / or methacryloyl.
In the present specification, Me in the structural formula represents a methyl group, Et represents an ethyl group, Bu represents a butyl group, and Ph represents a phenyl group.
In the present specification, the weight average molecular weight and the number average molecular weight are polystyrene-equivalent values measured by a GPC (gel permeation chromatography) method.
In the present specification, the total solid content means the total mass of all the components of the composition excluding the solvent.
As used herein, the term pigment means a compound that is difficult to dissolve in a solvent.
In the present specification, the term "process" is included in this term not only as an independent process but also as long as the desired action of the process is achieved even if it cannot be clearly distinguished from other processes. ..
<着色組成物>
 本発明の着色組成物は、黄色着色剤と、硬化性化合物と、を含む着色組成物であって、
 黄色着色剤は、後述する式(1)で表される構造と式(2)で表される構造と式(3)で表される構造との合計のモル数に対する、式(1)で表される構造のモル数の比が0.50~0.99である着色剤Aを含むことを特徴とする。
<Coloring composition>
The coloring composition of the present invention is a coloring composition containing a yellow colorant and a curable compound.
The yellow colorant is represented by the formula (1) with respect to the total number of moles of the structure represented by the formula (1) described later, the structure represented by the formula (2) and the structure represented by the formula (3). It is characterized by containing a colorant A in which the ratio of the number of moles of the structure to be formed is 0.50 to 0.99.
 本発明の着色組成物によれば、上述した着色剤Aを含む黄色着色剤を含有することにより、保存安定性が良好で、かつ、耐光性に優れた膜を形成することができる。このような効果が得られる詳細な理由は不明であるが、式(1)で表される構造と式(2)で表される構造と式(3)で表される構造との合計のモル数に対する、式(1)で表される構造のモル数の比が0.99以下であるので、着色剤Aの結晶性を低下させて、着色組成物中での着色剤の凝集などを抑制でき、その結果優れた保存安定性が得られたと推測される。また、上述した着色剤Aは、式(1)で表される構造と式(2)で表される構造と式(3)で表される構造との合計のモル数に対する、式(1)で表される構造のモル数の比が0.50以上であるので、膜中で着色剤Aが会合がしやすいと推測される。このため、膜中で着色剤Aの会合体が形成されやすくなり、耐光性に優れた膜を形成することができたと推測される。 According to the coloring composition of the present invention, by containing the yellow coloring agent containing the above-mentioned coloring agent A, it is possible to form a film having good storage stability and excellent light resistance. The detailed reason why such an effect is obtained is unknown, but the total mole of the structure represented by the formula (1), the structure represented by the formula (2), and the structure represented by the formula (3). Since the ratio of the number of moles of the structure represented by the formula (1) to the number is 0.99 or less, the crystallinity of the colorant A is lowered and the aggregation of the colorant in the coloring composition is suppressed. As a result, it is presumed that excellent storage stability was obtained. Further, the colorant A described above has a structure (1) with respect to the total number of moles of the structure represented by the formula (1), the structure represented by the formula (2) and the structure represented by the formula (3). Since the ratio of the number of moles of the structure represented by is 0.50 or more, it is presumed that the colorant A is likely to associate in the film. Therefore, it is presumed that an aggregate of the colorant A was easily formed in the film, and a film having excellent light resistance could be formed.
 また、上述した着色剤Aは、黄色の色価が高く、本発明の着色組成物によれば、分光特性に優れた膜を形成することもできる。 Further, the above-mentioned colorant A has a high yellow color value, and according to the coloring composition of the present invention, it is possible to form a film having excellent spectral characteristics.
 本発明の着色組成物は、好ましくは、カラーフィルタ用または赤外線透過フィルタ用の着色組成物として用いられ、より好ましくは、カラーフィルタの画素形成用の着色組成物や、赤外線透過フィルタ形成用の着色組成物として用いられる。また、本発明の着色組成物は、固体撮像素子用の着色組成物として好ましく用いられる。 The coloring composition of the present invention is preferably used as a coloring composition for a color filter or an infrared transmission filter, and more preferably a coloring composition for forming pixels of a color filter or coloring for forming an infrared transmission filter. Used as a composition. Further, the coloring composition of the present invention is preferably used as a coloring composition for a solid-state image sensor.
 以下、本発明の着色組成物に用いられる各成分について説明する。 Hereinafter, each component used in the coloring composition of the present invention will be described.
<<着色剤>>
 本発明の着色組成物は、着色剤を含有する。着色剤としては赤色着色剤、緑色着色剤、青色着色剤、黄色着色剤、紫色着色剤などの有彩色着色剤、黒色着色剤が挙げられる。本発明において、着色剤は、顔料であってもよく、染料であってもよい。顔料と染料とを併用してもよい。また、顔料は、無機顔料、有機顔料のいずれでもよい。また、顔料には、無機顔料または有機-無機顔料の一部を有機発色団で置換した材料を用いることもできる。無機顔料や有機-無機顔料を有機発色団で置換することで、色相設計をしやすくできる。
<< Colorant >>
The coloring composition of the present invention contains a coloring agent. Examples of the colorant include a chromatic colorant such as a red colorant, a green colorant, a blue colorant, a yellow colorant, and a purple colorant, and a black colorant. In the present invention, the colorant may be a pigment or a dye. Pigments and dyes may be used in combination. Further, the pigment may be either an inorganic pigment or an organic pigment. Further, as the pigment, an inorganic pigment or a material in which a part of the organic-inorganic pigment is replaced with an organic chromophore can be used. Hue design can be facilitated by replacing inorganic pigments and organic-inorganic pigments with organic chromophores.
 顔料の平均一次粒子径は、1~200nmが好ましい。下限は5nm以上が好ましく、10nm以上がより好ましい。上限は、180nm以下が好ましく、150nm以下がより好ましく、100nm以下が更に好ましい。顔料の平均一次粒子径が上記範囲であれば、着色組成物中における顔料の分散安定性が良好である。なお、本発明において、顔料の一次粒子径は、顔料の一次粒子を透過型電子顕微鏡により観察し、得られた画像写真から求めることができる。具体的には、顔料の一次粒子の投影面積を求め、それに対応する円相当径を顔料の一次粒子径として算出する。また、本発明における平均一次粒子径は、400個の顔料の一次粒子についての一次粒子径の算術平均値とする。また、顔料の一次粒子とは、凝集のない独立した粒子をいう。 The average primary particle size of the pigment is preferably 1 to 200 nm. The lower limit is preferably 5 nm or more, more preferably 10 nm or more. The upper limit is preferably 180 nm or less, more preferably 150 nm or less, and even more preferably 100 nm or less. When the average primary particle size of the pigment is in the above range, the dispersion stability of the pigment in the coloring composition is good. In the present invention, the primary particle size of the pigment can be determined from the image photograph obtained by observing the primary particles of the pigment with a transmission electron microscope. Specifically, the projected area of the primary particles of the pigment is obtained, and the corresponding circle-equivalent diameter is calculated as the primary particle diameter of the pigment. Further, the average primary particle size in the present invention is an arithmetic mean value of the primary particle size for the primary particles of 400 pigments. Further, the primary particles of the pigment refer to independent particles without agglomeration.
(黄色着色剤)
 本発明の着色組成物は黄色着色剤を含有する。本発明の着色組成物では、黄色着色剤として、式(1)で表される構造と式(2)で表される構造と式(3)で表される構造との合計のモル数に対する、式(1)で表される構造のモル数の比(=式(1)で表される構造のモル数/式(1)で表される構造と式(2)で表される構造と式(3)で表される構造との合計のモル数)が0.50~0.99である着色剤Aを含むものを用いる。以下、着色剤Aを特定黄色着色剤ともいう。なお、特定黄色着色剤に含まれる、各式の構造のモル数は、核磁気共鳴法(NMR)で検出することができる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
 式中、R~Rはそれぞれ独立して水素原子または置換基を表し、Xは、環を構成する原子または原子団を表し、R~RおよびXの少なくとも一つは隣接する原子との結合手を含んでいてもよい。
(Yellow colorant)
The coloring composition of the present invention contains a yellow colorant. In the coloring composition of the present invention, as the yellow colorant, the total number of moles of the structure represented by the formula (1), the structure represented by the formula (2) and the structure represented by the formula (3) is increased. Ratio of the number of moles of the structure represented by the formula (1) (= the number of moles of the structure represented by the formula (1) / the structure represented by the formula (1) and the structure represented by the formula (2) and the formula. The one containing the colorant A having a total number of moles with the structure represented by (3) of 0.50 to 0.99 is used. Hereinafter, the colorant A is also referred to as a specific yellow colorant. The number of moles of the structure of each formula contained in the specific yellow colorant can be detected by nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
In the formula, R 1 to R 6 independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, X 1 represents an atom or an atomic group constituting a ring, and at least one of R 1 to R 6 and X 1 is adjacent to each other. It may include a bond with the atom to be used.
 R~Rが表す置換基としては、後述する置換基Tで挙げた基、下記式(T-1)で表される基、下記式(T-2)で表される基および下記式(T-3)で表される基が挙げられる。 The substituents represented by R 1 to R 6 include the group mentioned in the substituent T described later, the group represented by the following formula (T-1), the group represented by the following formula (T-2), and the following formula. Examples include the group represented by (T-3).
 -LT1-RT101   ・・・式(T-1)
 -LT1-RT102   ・・・式(T-2)
 -LT1-RT103   ・・・式(T-3)
 式中、LT1は、単結合または2価の連結基を表し、RT101は酸基を表し、RT102は塩基性基を表し、RT103は重合性基を表す。
-L T1- R T101 ... Equation (T-1)
-L T1- R T102 ... Equation (T-2)
-L T1 -R T103 ··· formula (T-3)
Wherein, L T1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, R T101 represents an acid group, R T102 represents a basic group, R T103 represents a polymerizable group.
 LT1が表す2価の連結基としては、アルキレン基(好ましくは炭素数1~12のアルキレン基)、アリーレン基(好ましくは炭素数6~20のアリーレン基)、複素環基、-NH-、-SO-、-SO-、-CO-、-O-、-COO-、OCO-、-S-およびこれらの2以上を組み合わせてなる基が挙げられる。
 RT101が表す酸基としては、カルボキシル基、スルホ基、リン酸基およびそれらの塩が挙げられる。塩を構成する原子または原子団としては、アルカリ金属イオン(Li、Na、Kなど)、アルカリ土類金属イオン(Ca2+、Mg2+など)、アンモニウムイオン、イミダゾリウムイオン、ピリジニウムイオン、ホスホニウムイオンなどが挙げられる。
 RT102が表す塩基性基としては、アミノ基、アミノ基の塩およびアンモニウム基の塩が挙げられる。アミノ基としては、-NH、ジアルキルアミノ基、アルキルアリールアミノ基、ジアリールアミノ基、環状アミノ基などが挙げられる。塩を構成する原子または原子団としては、水酸化物イオン、ハロゲンイオン、カルボン酸イオン、スルホン酸イオン、フェノキシドイオンなどが挙げられる。
 RT103が表す重合性基としては、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基、環状エーテル基、メチロール基、アルコキシメチル基などが挙げられる。エチレン性不飽和結合含有基としては、ビニル基、アリル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基などが挙げられる。環状エーテル基としては、エポキシ基、オキセタニル基などが挙げられる。
Examples of the divalent linking group L T1 represents an alkylene group (preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms), an arylene group (preferably an arylene group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms), a heterocyclic group, -NH-, Examples thereof include -SO-, -SO 2- , -CO-, -O-, -COO-, OCO-, -S-, and groups composed of a combination of two or more of these.
Examples of the acid group represented by RT101 include a carboxyl group, a sulfo group, a phosphoric acid group and salts thereof. The atoms or groups that make up the salt include alkali metal ions (Li + , Na + , K +, etc.), alkaline earth metal ions (Ca 2+ , Mg 2+, etc.), ammonium ions, imidazolium ions, pyridinium ions, etc. Examples include phosphonium ions.
Examples of the basic group represented by RT102 include an amino group, a salt of an amino group and a salt of an ammonium group. Examples of the amino group include -NH 2 , a dialkylamino group, an alkylarylamino group, a diarylamino group, a cyclic amino group and the like. Examples of the atom or atomic group constituting the salt include hydroxide ion, halogen ion, carboxylic acid ion, sulfonic acid ion, and phenoxide ion.
Examples of the polymerizable group represented by RT103 include an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group, a cyclic ether group, a methylol group, and an alkoxymethyl group. Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group include a vinyl group, an allyl group, and a (meth) acryloyl group. Examples of the cyclic ether group include an epoxy group and an oxetanyl group.
 式(1)~(3)のRは、アリール基、フタルイミド基またはナフタルイミド基であることが好ましく、より優れた保存安定性が得られるという理由からフタルイミド基またはナフタルイミド基であることがより好ましく、フタルイミド基であることが更に好ましい。アリール基、フタルイミド基およびナフタルイミド基は置換基を有してもよい。置換基としては後述する置換基T、上記式(T-1)で表される基、上記式(T-2)で表される基および上記式(T-3)で表される基が挙げられる。これらの基が置換基を2つ以上含む場合は、置換基同士が結合して環を形成していてもよい。置換基同士が結合して形成される環としては、5~7員環の脂肪族環または芳香族環が挙げられ、5または6員環の脂肪族環または芳香族環であることが好ましく、6員環の脂肪族環または芳香族環であることがより好ましく、ベンゼン環であることが更に好ましい。これらの基同士が結合して形成される環は、更に置換基を有していてもよい。更なる置換基としては、後述する置換基T、上記式(T-1)で表される基、上記式(T-2)で表される基および上記式(T-3)で表される基が挙げられる。 R 1 of the formulas (1) to (3) is preferably an aryl group, a phthalimide group or a naphthalimide group, and may be a phthalimide group or a phthalimide group because better storage stability can be obtained. More preferably, it is a phthalimide group. Aryl groups, phthalimide groups and naphthalimide groups may have substituents. Examples of the substituent include a substituent T described later, a group represented by the above formula (T-1), a group represented by the above formula (T-2) and a group represented by the above formula (T-3). Be done. When these groups contain two or more substituents, the substituents may be bonded to each other to form a ring. Examples of the ring formed by bonding the substituents include a 5- to 7-membered aliphatic ring or an aromatic ring, and a 5- or 6-membered aliphatic ring or an aromatic ring is preferable. It is more preferably a 6-membered aliphatic ring or an aromatic ring, and even more preferably a benzene ring. The ring formed by bonding these groups to each other may further have a substituent. Further, as the substituent, the substituent T described later, the group represented by the above formula (T-1), the group represented by the above formula (T-2) and the above formula (T-3) are represented. The group is mentioned.
 式(1)~(3)のR~Rは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アリール基、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、上記式(T-1)で表される基、上記式(T-2)で表される基または上記式(T-3)で表される基であることが好ましい。アルキル基およびアリール基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては後述する置換基T、上記式(T-1)で表される基、上記式(T-2)で表される基および上記式(T-3)で表される基が挙げられる。 R 2 ~ R 6 of formula (1) to (3) are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, represented by a nitro group, a hydroxy group, the above formulas (T-1) The group is preferably a group represented by the above formula (T-2) or a group represented by the above formula (T-3). Alkyl groups and aryl groups may have substituents. Examples of the substituent include a substituent T described later, a group represented by the above formula (T-1), a group represented by the above formula (T-2) and a group represented by the above formula (T-3). Be done.
 ハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子が挙げられ、塩素原子または臭素原子であることが好ましい。
 アルキル基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~15がより好ましく、1~8が更に好ましい。アルキル基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよく、直鎖または分岐が好ましく、直鎖がより好ましい。
 アリール基の炭素数は、6~30が好ましく、6~20がより好ましく、6~12が更に好ましい。
Examples of the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom, and a chlorine atom or a bromine atom is preferable.
The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 15, and even more preferably 1 to 8. The alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic, preferably linear or branched, more preferably linear.
The aryl group preferably has 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
 式(1)~(3)のR~Rの好ましい一態様として、R~Rがそれぞれ独立して、水素原子、ニトロ基またはヒドロキシ基である態様が挙げられる。この態様においては、より優れた耐光性が得られるという理由から、R~Rの少なくとも一つがニトロ基またはヒドロキシ基であることが好ましい。 One preferred embodiment of R 2 - R 6 of formula (1) to (3), independently R 2 - R 6 are each a hydrogen atom, a manner a nitro group or a hydroxy group. In this embodiment, the reason that more excellent light resistance is obtained, it is preferable that at least one of R 2 ~ R 6 is a nitro group or a hydroxy group.
 式(1)~(3)のR~Rの好ましい他の態様として、R~Rの少なくとも一つが式(T-1)で表される基または式(T-2)で表される基である態様が挙げられる。この態様によれば、着色組成物中での特定黄色着色剤の分散性が良好で、より優れた保存安定性が得られやすい。 Table In formulas (1) to (3) as a preferred alternative embodiment of R 2 - R 6, the group or the formula at least one of R 2 - R 6 is represented by the formula (T-1) (T-2) Examples thereof include aspects that are the basis of the group. According to this aspect, the dispersibility of the specific yellow colorant in the coloring composition is good, and more excellent storage stability can be easily obtained.
 式(1)~(3)のR~Rの好ましい他の態様として、R~Rの少なくとも一つが式(T-3)で表される基である態様が挙げられる。この態様によれば、より優れた耐光性が得られやすい。 Other preferable embodiments of R 2 - R 6 of formula (1) to (3), at least one of R 2 - R 6 can be cited aspect is a group represented by the formula (T-3). According to this aspect, more excellent light resistance can be easily obtained.
 式(1)~(3)のXは、環を構成する原子または原子団を表す。
 上記の環としては、5~7員環が挙げられ、5または6員環であることが好ましく、5員環であることが更に好ましい。上記の環は、さらに置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、後述する置換基T、上記式(T-1)で表される基、上記式(T-2)で表される基および上記式(T-3)で表される基が挙げられる。上記の環が置換基を2つ以上含む場合は、置換基同士が結合して環を形成していてもよい。置換基同士が結合して形成される環としては、5~7員環の脂肪族環または芳香族環が挙げられ、5または6員環の脂肪族環または芳香族環であることが好ましく、6員環の脂肪族環または芳香族環であることがより好ましく、ベンゼン環であることが更に好ましい。これらの基同士が結合して形成される環は、更に置換基を有していてもよい。更なる置換基としては後述する置換基T、上記式(T-1)で表される基、上記式(T-2)で表される基および上記式(T-3)で表される基が挙げられる。
X 1 of the formulas (1) to (3) represents an atom or an atomic group constituting a ring.
Examples of the above ring include a 5- to 7-membered ring, preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring, and more preferably a 5-membered ring. The above ring may further have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a substituent T described later, a group represented by the above formula (T-1), a group represented by the above formula (T-2) and a group represented by the above formula (T-3). Can be mentioned. When the above ring contains two or more substituents, the substituents may be bonded to each other to form a ring. Examples of the ring formed by bonding the substituents include a 5- to 7-membered aliphatic ring or an aromatic ring, and a 5- or 6-membered aliphatic ring or an aromatic ring is preferable. It is more preferably a 6-membered aliphatic ring or an aromatic ring, and even more preferably a benzene ring. The ring formed by bonding these groups to each other may further have a substituent. Further substituents include a substituent T described later, a group represented by the above formula (T-1), a group represented by the above formula (T-2), and a group represented by the above formula (T-3). Can be mentioned.
 特定黄色着色剤において、上記(1)で表される構造が下記式(1a)で表される構造であり、上記式(2)で表される構造が下記式(2a)で表される構造であり、上記式(3)で表される構造が下記式(3a)で表される構造であることが好ましい。この態様によれば、上述した効果がより顕著に得られる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
In the specific yellow colorant, the structure represented by the above formula (1) is a structure represented by the following formula (1a), and the structure represented by the above formula (2) is a structure represented by the following formula (2a). Therefore, it is preferable that the structure represented by the above formula (3) is a structure represented by the following formula (3a). According to this aspect, the above-mentioned effect can be obtained more remarkably.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
 上記式中、R~Rはそれぞれ独立して水素原子または置換基を表し、R~R12は、それぞれ独立して水素原子または置換基を表し、R~R12のうち隣接する2つの基同士は結合して環を形成してもよく、R~R、R~R12の少なくとも一つは隣接する原子との結合手を含んでいてもよい。 In the above formula, R 1 to R 6 independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and R 9 to R 12 independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and R 9 to R 12 are adjacent to each other. The two groups may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and at least one of R 1 to R 6 and R 9 to R 12 may contain a bond with an adjacent atom.
 式(1a)~(3a)のR~Rは、式(1)~(3)のR~Rと同義であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。 R 1 ~ R 6 of formula (1a) - (3a) has the same meaning as R 1 - R 6 of formula (1) to (3), and preferred ranges are also the same.
 式(1a)~(3a)のR~R12が表す置換基としては、後述する置換基Tで挙げた基、上記式(T-1)で表される基、上記式(T-2)で表される基および上記式(T-3)で表される基が挙げられる。式(1a)~(3a)のR~R12は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、チオアルキル基、アリール基、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、上記式(T-1)で表される基、上記式(T-2)で表される基または上記式(T-3)で表される基であることが好ましい。アルキル基、チオアルキル基、およびアリール基は置換基を有してもよい。置換基としては後述する置換基T、上記式(T-1)で表される基、上記式(T-2)で表される基および上記式(T-3)で表される基が挙げられる。 The substituents represented by R 9 to R 12 of the formulas (1a) to (3a) include the group mentioned in the substituent T described later, the group represented by the above formula (T-1), and the above formula (T-2). ) And the group represented by the above formula (T-3). R 9 to R 12 of the formulas (1a) to (3a) are independently represented by a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a thioalkyl group, an aryl group, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, and the above formula (T-1). The group represented, the group represented by the above formula (T-2) or the group represented by the above formula (T-3) is preferable. Alkyl groups, thioalkyl groups, and aryl groups may have substituents. Examples of the substituent include a substituent T described later, a group represented by the above formula (T-1), a group represented by the above formula (T-2) and a group represented by the above formula (T-3). Be done.
 ハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子が挙げられ、塩素原子または臭素原子であることが好ましい。
 アルキル基およびチオアルキル基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~15がより好ましく、1~8が更に好ましい。アルキル基およびチオアルキル基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよく、直鎖または分岐が好ましく、直鎖がより好ましい。
 アリール基の炭素数は、6~30が好ましく、6~20がより好ましく、6~12が更に好ましい。
Examples of the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom, and a chlorine atom or a bromine atom is preferable.
The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group and the thioalkyl group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 15, and even more preferably 1 to 8. The alkyl group and the thioalkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic, preferably linear or branched, and more preferably linear.
The aryl group preferably has 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
 R~R12のうち隣接する2つの基同士は結合して環を形成してもよい。これらの基同士が結合して形成される環としては、5~7員環の脂肪族環または芳香族環が挙げられ、5または6員環の脂肪族環または芳香族環であることが好ましく、6員環の脂肪族環または芳香族環であることがより好ましく、ベンゼン環であることが更に好ましい。これらの基同士が結合して形成される環は、更に置換基を有していてもよい。更なる置換基としては、後述する置換基T、上記式(T-1)で表される基、上記式(T-2)で表される基および上記式(T-3)で表される基が挙げられる。 Two adjacent groups of R 9 to R 12 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. Examples of the ring formed by bonding these groups to each other include a 5- to 7-membered aliphatic ring or an aromatic ring, and a 5- or 6-membered aliphatic ring or an aromatic ring is preferable. , A 6-membered aliphatic ring or an aromatic ring is more preferable, and a benzene ring is further preferable. The ring formed by bonding these groups to each other may further have a substituent. Further, as the substituent, the substituent T described later, the group represented by the above formula (T-1), the group represented by the above formula (T-2) and the above formula (T-3) are represented. The group is mentioned.
 式(1a)~(3a)のR~R12の好ましい態様として、R~R12の少なくとも一つがハロゲン原子、ニトロ基またはヒドロキシ基である態様が挙げられる。この態様によれば、より優れた耐光性が得られる。この態様の好ましい一例としては、R~R12がいずれもハロゲン原子である態様が挙げられる。また、他の好ましい一例としては、R~R12のうち1~3個がハロゲン原子で、残りがチオアルキル基である態様が挙げられる。この態様においても、より優れた耐光性が得られる。 In a preferred embodiment of R 9 ~ R 12 of formula (1a) ~ (3a), at least one of a halogen atom R 9 ~ R 12, include embodiments a nitro group or a hydroxy group. According to this aspect, better light resistance can be obtained. A preferred example of this embodiment is an embodiment in which R 9 to R 12 are all halogen atoms. Further, as another preferable example, an embodiment in which 1 to 3 of R 9 to R 12 are halogen atoms and the rest are thioalkyl groups can be mentioned. Even in this aspect, better light resistance can be obtained.
 式(1a)~(3a)のR~R12の好ましい他の態様として、R~R12のうち隣接する2つの基同士が結合して環を形成している態様が挙げられる。好ましくは、R10とR11とが結合して環を形成している態様である。これらの基同士が結合して形成される環としては、5~7員環の脂肪族環または芳香族環が挙げられ、5または6員環の脂肪族環または芳香族環であることが好ましく、6員環の脂肪族環または芳香族環であることがより好ましく、ベンゼン環であることが更に好ましい。この態様によれば、より優れた耐光性が得られる。 Other preferable embodiments of R 9 ~ R 12 of formula (1a) ~ (3a), include embodiments where two groups adjacent to each other are bonded to form a ring of R 9 ~ R 12. Preferably, R 10 and R 11 are combined to form a ring. Examples of the ring formed by bonding these groups to each other include a 5- to 7-membered aliphatic ring or an aromatic ring, and a 5- or 6-membered aliphatic ring or an aromatic ring is preferable. , A 6-membered aliphatic ring or an aromatic ring is more preferable, and a benzene ring is further preferable. According to this aspect, better light resistance can be obtained.
 式(1a)~(3a)のR~R12の好ましい他の態様として、R~R12の少なくとも一つがニトロ基またはヒドロキシ基である態様が挙げられる。この態様によれば、より優れた耐光性が得られやすい。 Other preferable embodiments of R 9 ~ R 12 of formula (1a) ~ (3a), at least one of R 9 ~ R 12 are exemplified embodiment a nitro group or a hydroxy group. According to this aspect, more excellent light resistance can be easily obtained.
 式(1a)~(3a)のR~R12の好ましい他の態様として、R~R12の少なくとも一つが式(T-1)で表される基または式(T-2)で表される基である態様が挙げられる。この態様によれば、着色組成物中での特定黄色着色剤の分散性が良好で、より優れた保存安定性が得られやすい。 Table formula (1a) ~ Other preferable embodiments of R 9 ~ R 12 of (3a), R 9 at least a base one is represented by the formula (T-1) or the formula ~ R 12 (T-2) Examples thereof include aspects that are the basis of the group. According to this aspect, the dispersibility of the specific yellow colorant in the coloring composition is good, and more excellent storage stability can be easily obtained.
 式(1a)~(3a)のR~R12の好ましい他の態様として、R~R12の少なくとも一つが式(T-3)で表される基である態様が挙げられる。この態様によれば、より優れた耐光性が得られやすい。 Other preferable embodiments of R 9 ~ R 12 of formula (1a) ~ (3a), at least one of R 9 ~ R 12 are exemplified embodiment is a group represented by the formula (T-3). According to this aspect, more excellent light resistance can be easily obtained.
 特定黄色着色剤において、上記(1)で表される構造が下記式(1b)で表される構造であり、上記式(2)で表される構造が下記式(2b)で表される構造であり、上記式(3)で表される構造が下記式(3b)で表される構造であることが好ましい。この態様によれば、上述した効果がより顕著に得られる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
 式中、R~R16は、それぞれ独立して水素原子または置換基を表し、R~R16のうち隣接する2つの基同士は結合して環を形成してもよく、R~R16の少なくとも一つは隣接する原子との結合手を含んでいてもよい。
In the specific yellow colorant, the structure represented by the above formula (1) is a structure represented by the following formula (1b), and the structure represented by the above formula (2) is a structure represented by the following formula (2b). Therefore, it is preferable that the structure represented by the above formula (3) is a structure represented by the following formula (3b). According to this aspect, the above-mentioned effect can be obtained more remarkably.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
Wherein, R 9 ~ R 16 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a substituent, two groups adjacent to each other among R 9 ~ R 16 may form a ring, R 9 ~ At least one of R 16 may include a bond with an adjacent atom.
 式(1b)~(3b)のR~R12は、式(1a)~(3a)のR~R12と同義であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。 R 9 ~ R 12 of formula (1b) ~ (3b) has the same meaning as R 9 ~ R 12 of formula (1a) ~ (3a), and preferred ranges are also the same.
 式(1b)~(3b)のR13~R16が表す置換基としては、後述する置換基Tで挙げた基、上記式(T-1)で表される基、上記式(T-2)で表される基および上記式(T-3)で表される基が挙げられる。式(1a)~(3a)のR13~R16は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、チオアルキル基、アリール基、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、上記式(T-1)で表される基、上記式(T-2)で表される基または上記式(T-3)で表される基であることが好ましい。アルキル基、チオアルキル基およびアリール基は置換基を有してもよい。置換基としては後述する置換基T、上記式(T-1)で表される基、上記式(T-2)で表される基および上記式(T-3)で表される基が挙げられる。 The substituents represented by R 13 to R 16 of the formulas (1b) to (3b) include the group mentioned in the substituent T described later, the group represented by the above formula (T-1), and the above formula (T-2). ) And the group represented by the above formula (T-3). R 13 to R 16 of the formulas (1a) to (3a) are independently represented by a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a thioalkyl group, an aryl group, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, and the above formula (T-1). The group represented, the group represented by the above formula (T-2) or the group represented by the above formula (T-3) is preferable. Alkyl groups, thioalkyl groups and aryl groups may have substituents. Examples of the substituent include a substituent T described later, a group represented by the above formula (T-1), a group represented by the above formula (T-2) and a group represented by the above formula (T-3). Be done.
 ハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子が挙げられ、塩素原子または臭素原子であることが好ましい。
 アルキル基およびチオアルキル基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~15がより好ましく、1~8が更に好ましい。アルキル基およびチオアルキル基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよく、直鎖または分岐が好ましく、直鎖がより好ましい。
 アリール基の炭素数は、6~30が好ましく、6~20がより好ましく、6~12が更に好ましい。
Examples of the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom, and a chlorine atom or a bromine atom is preferable.
The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group and the thioalkyl group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 15, and even more preferably 1 to 8. The alkyl group and the thioalkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic, preferably linear or branched, and more preferably linear.
The aryl group preferably has 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
 R13~R16のうち隣接する2つの基同士は結合して環を形成してもよい。これらの基同士が結合して形成される環としては、5~7員環の脂肪族環または芳香族環が挙げられ、5または6員環の脂肪族環または芳香族環であることが好ましく、6員環の脂肪族環または芳香族環であることがより好ましく、ベンゼン環であることが更に好ましい。これらの基同士が結合して形成される環は、更に置換基を有していてもよい。更なる置換基としては、後述する置換基T、上記式(T-1)で表される基、上記式(T-2)で表される基および上記式(T-3)で表される基が挙げられる。 Two adjacent groups of R 13 to R 16 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. Examples of the ring formed by bonding these groups to each other include a 5- to 7-membered aliphatic ring or an aromatic ring, and a 5- or 6-membered aliphatic ring or an aromatic ring is preferable. , A 6-membered aliphatic ring or an aromatic ring is more preferable, and a benzene ring is further preferable. The ring formed by bonding these groups to each other may further have a substituent. Further, as the substituent, the substituent T described later, the group represented by the above formula (T-1), the group represented by the above formula (T-2) and the above formula (T-3) are represented. The group is mentioned.
 式(1b)~(3b)のR13~R16の好ましい態様として、R13~R16の少なくとも一つがハロゲン原子、ニトロ基またはヒドロキシ基である態様が挙げられる。この態様によれば、より優れた耐光性が得られる。この態様の好ましい一例としては、R13~R16がいずれもハロゲン原子である態様が挙げられる。また、他の好ましい一例としては、R13~R16のうち1~3個がハロゲン原子で、残りがチオアルキル基である態様が挙げられる。この態様においても、より優れた耐光性が得られる。 In a preferred embodiment of R 13 ~ R 16 of formula (1b) ~ (3b), at least one halogen atom R 13 ~ R 16, include embodiments a nitro group or a hydroxy group. According to this aspect, better light resistance can be obtained. A preferred example of this embodiment is an embodiment in which R 13 to R 16 are all halogen atoms. Further, as another preferable example, an embodiment in which 1 to 3 of R 13 to R 16 are halogen atoms and the rest are thioalkyl groups can be mentioned. Even in this aspect, better light resistance can be obtained.
 式(1b)~(3b)のR13~R16の好ましい他の態様として、R13~R16のうち隣接する2つの基同士が結合して環を形成している態様が挙げられる。好ましくは、R14とR15とが結合して環を形成している態様である。これらの基同士が結合して形成される環としては、5~7員環の脂肪族環または芳香族環が挙げられ、5または6員環の脂肪族環または芳香族環であることが好ましく、6員環の脂肪族環または芳香族環であることがより好ましく、ベンゼン環であることが更に好ましい。この態様によれば、より優れた耐光性が得られる。 Other preferred embodiments of R 13 ~ R 16 of formula (1b) ~ (3b), include embodiments where two groups adjacent to each other are bonded to form a ring of R 13 ~ R 16. Preferably, R 14 and R 15 are combined to form a ring. Examples of the ring formed by bonding these groups to each other include a 5- to 7-membered aliphatic ring or an aromatic ring, and a 5- or 6-membered aliphatic ring or an aromatic ring is preferable. , A 6-membered aliphatic ring or an aromatic ring is more preferable, and a benzene ring is further preferable. According to this aspect, better light resistance can be obtained.
 式(1b)~(3b)のR13~R16の好ましい他の態様として、R13~R16の少なくとも一つがニトロ基またはヒドロキシ基である態様が挙げられる。この態様によれば、より優れた耐光性が得られやすい。 Other preferred embodiments of R 13 ~ R 16 of formula (1b) ~ (3b), at least one of R 13 ~ R 16 can be mentioned a mode a nitro group or a hydroxy group. According to this aspect, more excellent light resistance can be easily obtained.
 式(1b)~(3b)のR13~R16の好ましい他の態様として、R13~R16の少なくとも一つが式(T-1)で表される基または式(T-2)で表される基である態様が挙げられる。この態様によれば、着色組成物中での特定黄色着色剤の分散性が良好で、より優れた保存安定性が得られやすい。 Table formula (1b) ~ Other preferable embodiments of R 13 ~ R 16 of (3b), R 13 group, or a group of the formula at least one ~ R 16 is represented by the formula (T-1) (T- 2) Examples thereof include aspects that are the basis of the group. According to this aspect, the dispersibility of the specific yellow colorant in the coloring composition is good, and more excellent storage stability can be easily obtained.
 式(1b)~(3b)のR13~R16の好ましい他の態様として、R13~R16の少なくとも一つが式(T-3)で表される基である態様が挙げられる。この態様によれば、より優れた耐光性が得られやすい。 Other preferred embodiments of R 13 ~ R 16 of formula (1b) ~ (3b), at least one of R 13 ~ R 16 can be mentioned a mode is a group represented by the formula (T-3). According to this aspect, more excellent light resistance can be easily obtained.
(置換基T)
 置換基Tとしては、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、アルキル基、アリール基、複素環基、-ORt、-CORt、-COORt、-OCORt、-NRtRt、-NHCORt、-CONRtRt、-NHCONRtRt、-NHCOORt、-SRt、-SORt、-SOORt、-NHSORtおよび-SONRtRtが挙げられる。RtおよびRtは、それぞれ独立して水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基または複素環基を表す。RtとRtが結合して環を形成してもよい。
(Substituent T)
As the substituent T, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, -ORt 1 , -CORt 1 , -COORt 1 , -OCORt 1 , -NRt 1 Rt 2 , -NHCORt 1 , -CONRT 1 Rt 2 , -NHCONRT 1 Rt 2 , -NHCOORt 1 , -SRt 1 , -SO 2 Rt 1 , -SO 2 ORt 1 , -NHSO 2 Rt 1 and -SO 2 NRt 1 Rt 2 . Rt 1 and Rt 2 independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, respectively. Rt 1 and Rt 2 may be combined to form a ring.
 ハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子が挙げられる。
 アルキル基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~15がより好ましく、1~8が更に好ましい。アルキル基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよく、直鎖または分岐が好ましく、直鎖がより好ましい。
 アリール基の炭素数は、6~30が好ましく、6~20がより好ましく、6~12が更に好ましい。
 複素環基は、単環であってもよく、縮合環であってもよい。複素環基は、単環または縮合数が2~4の縮合環が好ましい。複素環基の環を構成するヘテロ原子の数は1~3が好ましい。複素環基の環を構成するヘテロ原子は、窒素原子、酸素原子または硫黄原子が好ましい。複素環基の環を構成する炭素原子の数は3~30が好ましく、3~18がより好ましく、3~12がより好ましい。
 アルキル基、アリール基および複素環基は、更なる置換基を有していてもよい。更なる置換基としては、上述した置換基Tで説明した置換基、上記式(T-1)で表される基、上記式(T-2)で表される基および上記式(T-3)で表される基が挙げられる。
Examples of the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom.
The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 15, and even more preferably 1 to 8. The alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic, preferably linear or branched, more preferably linear.
The aryl group preferably has 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
The heterocyclic group may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring. The heterocyclic group is preferably a single ring or a condensed ring having 2 to 4 condensation numbers. The number of heteroatoms constituting the ring of the heterocyclic group is preferably 1 to 3. The hetero atom constituting the ring of the heterocyclic group is preferably a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom. The number of carbon atoms constituting the ring of the heterocyclic group is preferably 3 to 30, more preferably 3 to 18, and even more preferably 3 to 12.
Alkyl groups, aryl groups and heterocyclic groups may have additional substituents. As further substituents, the substituent described by the above-mentioned Substituent T, the group represented by the above formula (T-1), the group represented by the above formula (T-2) and the above formula (T-3). ) Can be mentioned.
 特定黄色着色剤において、式(1)で表される構造と式(2)で表される構造と式(3)で表される構造との合計のモル数に対する、式(1)で表される構造のモル数の比は、得られる膜の耐光性や、分光特性の観点から0.55以上であることが好ましく、0.75以上であることがより好ましく、0.90以上であることが更に好ましい。また、式(1)で表される構造と式(2)で表される構造と式(3)で表される構造との合計のモル数に対する、式(1)で表される構造のモル数の比は、保存安定性の観点から0.98以下であることが好ましく、0.95以下であることがより好ましく、0.93以下であることが更に好ましい。 In the specific yellow colorant, it is represented by the formula (1) with respect to the total number of moles of the structure represented by the formula (1), the structure represented by the formula (2) and the structure represented by the formula (3). The ratio of the number of moles of the structure is preferably 0.55 or more, more preferably 0.75 or more, and 0.90 or more from the viewpoint of light resistance and spectral characteristics of the obtained film. Is more preferable. Further, the mole of the structure represented by the formula (1) is relative to the total number of moles of the structure represented by the formula (1), the structure represented by the formula (2) and the structure represented by the formula (3). The ratio of numbers is preferably 0.98 or less, more preferably 0.95 or less, and even more preferably 0.93 or less from the viewpoint of storage stability.
 特定黄色着色剤において、式(1)で表される構造と式(2)で表される構造と式(3)で表される構造との合計のモル数に対する、式(2)で表される構造のモル数の比は、保存安定性の観点から0.005以上であることが好ましく、0.01以上であることがより好ましく、0.05以上であることが更に好ましい。また、式(1)で表される構造と式(2)で表される構造と式(3)で表される構造との合計のモル数に対する、式(2)で表される構造のモル数の比は、分光特性の観点から0.50以下であることが好ましく、0.25以下であることがより好ましく、0.10以下であることが更に好ましい。 In the specific yellow colorant, it is represented by the formula (2) with respect to the total number of moles of the structure represented by the formula (1), the structure represented by the formula (2) and the structure represented by the formula (3). The ratio of the number of moles of the structure is preferably 0.005 or more, more preferably 0.01 or more, and further preferably 0.05 or more from the viewpoint of storage stability. Further, the mole of the structure represented by the formula (2) is relative to the total number of moles of the structure represented by the formula (1), the structure represented by the formula (2), and the structure represented by the formula (3). The ratio of numbers is preferably 0.50 or less, more preferably 0.25 or less, and even more preferably 0.10 or less from the viewpoint of spectral characteristics.
 特定黄色着色剤において、式(1)で表される構造と式(2)で表される構造と式(3)で表される構造との合計のモル数に対する、式(3)で表される構造のモル数の比は、保存安定性の観点から0.005以上であることが好ましく、0.01以上であることがより好ましく、0.05以上であることが更に好ましい。また、式(1)で表される構造と式(2)で表される構造と式(3)で表される構造との合計のモル数に対する、式(3)で表される構造のモル数の比は、分光特性の観点から0.50以下であることが好ましく、0.25以下であることがより好ましく、0.10以下であることが更に好ましい。 In the specific yellow colorant, it is represented by the formula (3) with respect to the total number of moles of the structure represented by the formula (1), the structure represented by the formula (2) and the structure represented by the formula (3). The ratio of the number of moles of the structure is preferably 0.005 or more, more preferably 0.01 or more, and further preferably 0.05 or more from the viewpoint of storage stability. Further, the mole of the structure represented by the formula (3) is relative to the total number of moles of the structure represented by the formula (1), the structure represented by the formula (2), and the structure represented by the formula (3). The ratio of numbers is preferably 0.50 or less, more preferably 0.25 or less, and even more preferably 0.10 or less from the viewpoint of spectral characteristics.
 特定黄色着色剤の酸価は、より耐湿性に優れた膜を形成しやすいという理由から、150mgKOH/g以下であることが好ましく、100mgKOH/g以下であることがより好ましく、50mgKOH/g以下であることが更に好ましく、0mgKOH/gであることが特に好ましい。 The acid value of the specific yellow colorant is preferably 150 mgKOH / g or less, more preferably 100 mgKOH / g or less, and 50 mgKOH / g or less because it is easy to form a film having more excellent moisture resistance. It is more preferably present, and particularly preferably 0 mgKOH / g.
 特定黄色着色剤は、顔料であってもよく、染料であってもよいが、より耐光性や耐湿性に優れた膜を形成しやすいという理由から顔料であることが好ましい。 The specific yellow colorant may be a pigment or a dye, but is preferably a pigment because it is easy to form a film having more excellent light resistance and moisture resistance.
 以下、式(1)で表される構造を有する化合物を化合物(1)ともいい、式(2)で表される構造を有する化合物を化合物(2)ともいい、式(3)で表される構造を有する化合物を化合物(3)ともいう。 Hereinafter, the compound having a structure represented by the formula (1) is also referred to as a compound (1), and the compound having a structure represented by the formula (2) is also referred to as a compound (2) and is represented by the formula (3). A compound having a structure is also referred to as compound (3).
 化合物(1)は、1分子中に式(1)で表される構造を1つのみ有する化合物であってもよく、2以上有する化合物であってもよい。化合物(1)が1分子中に式(1)で表される構造を2以上有する化合物の場合は、その化合物は、式(1)のR~RおよびXの少なくとも一つが隣接する原子との結合手を含んでおり、2価以上の連結基を介して式(1)で表される構造が2個以上結合した構造の化合物や、ポリマーの側鎖に式(1)で表される構造が結合した構造の化合物が挙げられる。 The compound (1) may be a compound having only one structure represented by the formula (1) in one molecule, or a compound having two or more structures. When the compound (1) is a compound having two or more structures represented by the formula (1) in one molecule, the compound is adjacent to at least one of R 1 to R 6 and X 1 of the formula (1). A compound having a structure in which two or more structures represented by the formula (1) are bonded via a divalent or higher valent linking group, which includes a bond with an atom, or a compound represented by the formula (1) on a side chain of a polymer. Examples thereof include compounds having a structure in which the structures to be formed are bonded.
 また、化合物(1)は、1分子中に式(1)で表される構造と、式(2)で表される構造とをそれぞれ含む化合物であってもよく、1分子中に式(1)で表される構造と、式(3)で表される構造とをそれぞれ含む化合物であってもよく、1分子中に式(1)で表される構造と、式(2)で表される構造と、式(3)で表される構造とをそれぞれ含む化合物であってもよい。
 化合物(1)が1分子中に式(1)で表される構造と式(2)で表される構造とをそれぞれ含む化合物としては、2価以上の連結基を介して式(1)で表される構造と式(2)で表される構造とが結合した構造の化合物や、ポリマーの側鎖に式(1)で表される構造と、式(2)で表される構造とがそれぞれ結合した構造の化合物などが挙げられる。化合物(1)が1分子中に式(1)で表される構造と式(3)で表される構造とをそれぞれ含む化合物、化合物(1)が1分子中に式(1)で表される構造と式(2)で表される構造と式(3)で表される構造とをそれぞれ含む化合物についても同様である。
Further, the compound (1) may be a compound containing a structure represented by the formula (1) and a structure represented by the formula (2) in one molecule, respectively, and the formula (1) may be contained in one molecule. ) And the structure represented by the formula (3), respectively, may be a compound, and the structure represented by the formula (1) and the structure represented by the formula (2) in one molecule may be used. It may be a compound containing the above-mentioned structure and the structure represented by the formula (3).
As a compound in which the compound (1) contains a structure represented by the formula (1) and a structure represented by the formula (2) in one molecule, the compound (1) is represented by the formula (1) via a divalent or higher valent linking group. A compound having a structure in which the structure represented by the formula (2) and the structure represented by the formula (2) are bonded, a structure represented by the formula (1) on the side chain of the polymer, and a structure represented by the formula (2). Examples thereof include compounds having a bonded structure. Compound (1) contains a structure represented by the formula (1) and a structure represented by the formula (3) in one molecule, and compound (1) is represented by the formula (1) in one molecule. The same applies to a compound containing the above-mentioned structure, the structure represented by the formula (2), and the structure represented by the formula (3).
 また、化合物(2)は、1分子中に式(2)で表される構造を1つのみ有する化合物であってもよく、2以上有する化合物であってもよい。また、化合物(2)は、1分子中に式(2)で表される構造と式(3)で表される構造とをそれぞれ含む化合物であってもよい。 Further, the compound (2) may be a compound having only one structure represented by the formula (2) in one molecule, or a compound having two or more structures. Further, the compound (2) may be a compound containing a structure represented by the formula (2) and a structure represented by the formula (3) in one molecule.
 また、化合物(3)は、1分子中に式(3)で表される構造を1つのみ有する化合物であってもよく、2以上有する化合物であってもよい。 Further, the compound (3) may be a compound having only one structure represented by the formula (3) in one molecule, or a compound having two or more structures.
 特定黄色着色剤において、化合物(1)とともに含まれる化合物(2)は化合物(1)の互変異生体であることが好ましい。また、化合物(1)とともに含まれる化合物(3)は化合物(1)の互変異生体であることが好ましい。すなわち、特定黄色着色剤は、化合物(1)と、化合物(1)の互変異生体である構造の化合物(2)および化合物(3)から選ばれる少なくとも1種とを含むことが好ましい。例えば、後述する化合物(1)~(3)の具体例のうち、AII-1(化合物(2)の具体例)と、AIII-1(化合物(3)の具体例)は、AI-1(化合物(1)の具体例)の互変異生体である。 In the specific yellow colorant, the compound (2) contained together with the compound (1) is preferably a tautomer of the compound (1). Further, the compound (3) contained together with the compound (1) is preferably a tautomer of the compound (1). That is, the specific yellow colorant preferably contains compound (1) and at least one selected from compound (2) and compound (3) having a structure that is a tautomer of compound (1). For example, among the specific examples of compounds (1) to (3) described later, AIII-1 (specific example of compound (2)) and AIII-1 (specific example of compound (3)) are AI-1 (specific examples). It is a tautomer of compound (1).
 化合物(1)の具体例としては、下記式(AI)で表される構造の化合物(構造例(AI-1)~(AI-22))が挙げられる。下記式(AI)のRA1~RA7を構成する各要素の構造を下記表に示す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000015
Specific examples of the compound (1) include compounds having a structure represented by the following formula (AI) (structural examples (AI-1) to (AI-22)). Formula The structure of the elements constituting the R A1 ~ R A7 of (AI) are shown in the following Table.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000015
 化合物(2)の具体例としては、下記式(AII)で表される構造の化合物(構造例(AII-1)~(AII-22)が挙げられる。下記式(AII)のRB1~RB7を構成する各要素の構造を下記表に示す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000021
Specific examples of the compound (2) include compounds having a structure represented by the following formula (AII) (structural examples (AII-1) to (AII-22). R B1 to R of the following formula (AII). The structure of each element constituting B7 is shown in the table below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000021
 化合物(3)の具体例としては、下記式(AIII)で表される構造の化合物(構造例(AIII-1)~(AIII-22))が挙げられる。下記式(AIII)のRC1~RC7を構成する各要素の構造を下記表に示す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000027
Specific examples of the compound (3) include compounds having a structure represented by the following formula (AIII) (Structural Examples (AIII-1) to (AIII-22)). Formula The structure of the elements constituting the R C1 ~ R C7 of (AIII) in the following Table.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000027
 本発明で用いられる黄色着色剤は、上述した特定黄色着色剤以外の黄色着色剤(以下、他の黄色着色剤ともいう)を含んでいてもよい。この態様によれば、着色組成物中での特定黄色着色剤の結晶性を低下させて、着色組成物のチキソトロピー性をより低くすることができるという効果が得られる。 The yellow colorant used in the present invention may contain a yellow colorant other than the above-mentioned specific yellow colorant (hereinafter, also referred to as another yellow colorant). According to this aspect, the effect that the crystallinity of the specific yellow colorant in the coloring composition can be lowered and the thixotropy property of the coloring composition can be further lowered can be obtained.
 他の黄色着色剤として用いられる顔料としては、カラーインデックス(C.I.)Pigment Yellow 1,2,3,4,5,6,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,20,24,31,32,34,35,35:1,36,36:1,37,37:1,40,42,43,53,55,60,61,62,63,65,73,74,77,81,83,86,93,94,95,97,98,100,101,104,106,108,109,110,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,123,125,126,127,128,129,137,139,147,148,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,161,162,164,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175,176,177,179,180,181,182,185,187,188,193,194,199,213,214,215,232(メチン系)等が挙げられる。 Other pigments used as yellow colorants include Color Index (CI) Pigment Yellow 1,2,3,4,5,6,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17, 18, 20, 24, 31, 32, 34, 35, 35: 1,36,36: 1,37,37: 1,40,42,43,53,55,60,61,62,63,65, 73,74,77,81,83,86,93,94,95,97,98,100,101,104,106,108,109,110,113,114,115,116,117,118,119, 120, 123, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 137, 139, 147, 148, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 161, 162, 164, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 179, 180, 181, 182, 185, 187, 188, 193, 194, 199, 213, 214, 215, 232 (methine type) and the like. Be done.
 他の黄色着色剤として用いられる染料としては、C.I.Acid Yellow1,7,9,11,17,23,25,29,34,36,42,54,72,73,76,79,98,99,111,112,114,116,184,200などが挙げられる。 Examples of dyes used as other yellow colorants include C.I. I. Acid Yellow 1,7,9,11,17,23,25,29,34,36,42,54,72,73,76,79,98,99,111,112,114,116,184,200, etc. Can be mentioned.
(他の着色剤)
 本発明の着色組成物は、黄色着色剤以外の他の着色剤をさらに含有することができる。この態様によれば、着色組成物中での特定黄色着色剤の結晶性を低下させて、着色組成物のチキソトロピー性をより低くすることができる。併用する他の着色剤としては、緑色着色剤、赤色着色剤、紫色着色剤、青色着色剤、オレンジ色着色剤などの有彩色着色剤、黒色着色剤などが挙げられる。他の着色剤としては、緑色着色剤および赤色着色剤が好ましい。他の着色剤として緑色着色剤を含む場合は、カラーフィルタの緑色画素形成用の着色組成物として好ましく用いられる。また、他の着色剤として赤色着色剤を含む場合は、カラーフィルタの赤色画素形成用の着色組成物として好ましく用いられる。また、他の着色剤として黒色着色剤を用いることも好ましい。他の着色剤として黒色着色剤を含む場合は、赤外線透過フィルタ形成用の着色組成物として好ましく用いられる。他の着色剤は、顔料であってもよく、染料であってもよい。
(Other colorants)
The coloring composition of the present invention may further contain a coloring agent other than the yellow coloring agent. According to this aspect, the crystallinity of the specific yellow colorant in the coloring composition can be lowered, and the thixotropy property of the coloring composition can be further lowered. Examples of other colorants used in combination include chromatic colorants such as green colorants, red colorants, purple colorants, blue colorants, and orange colorants, and black colorants. As other colorants, green colorants and red colorants are preferable. When a green colorant is contained as another colorant, it is preferably used as a coloring composition for forming green pixels of a color filter. When a red colorant is contained as another colorant, it is preferably used as a coloring composition for forming red pixels of a color filter. It is also preferable to use a black colorant as another colorant. When a black colorant is contained as another colorant, it is preferably used as a color composition for forming an infrared transmission filter. The other colorant may be a pigment or a dye.
 また、着色組成物に含まれる着色剤は、2種以上の有彩色着色剤を含み、かつ、2種以上の有彩色着色剤の組み合わせで黒色を形成していてもよい。このような着色組成物は、赤外線透過フィルタ形成用の着色組成物として好ましく用いられる。2種以上の有彩色着色剤の組み合わせで黒色を形成する場合の有彩色着色剤の組み合わせとしては以下が挙げられる。
 (1)赤色着色剤と青色着色剤と黄色着色剤とを含有する態様。
 (2)赤色着色剤と青色着色剤と黄色着色剤と紫色着色剤とを含有する態様。
 (3)赤色着色剤と青色着色剤と黄色着色剤と紫色着色剤と緑色着色剤とを含有する態様。
 (4)赤色着色剤と青色着色剤と黄色着色剤と緑色着色剤とを含有する態様。
 (5)黄色着色剤と紫色着色剤とを含有する態様。
Further, the colorant contained in the coloring composition may contain two or more kinds of chromatic colorants, and a combination of two or more kinds of chromatic colorants may form black. Such a coloring composition is preferably used as a coloring composition for forming an infrared transmission filter. The following are examples of combinations of chromatic colorants when black is formed by a combination of two or more chromatic colorants.
(1) An embodiment containing a red colorant, a blue colorant, and a yellow colorant.
(2) An embodiment containing a red colorant, a blue colorant, a yellow colorant, and a purple colorant.
(3) An embodiment containing a red colorant, a blue colorant, a yellow colorant, a purple colorant, and a green colorant.
(4) An embodiment containing a red colorant, a blue colorant, a yellow colorant, and a green colorant.
(5) An embodiment containing a yellow colorant and a purple colorant.
 他の着色剤として用いられる顔料としては、以下に示すものが挙げられる。
 C.I.Pigment Red 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,9,10,14,17,22,23,31,38,41,48:1,48:2,48:3,48:4,49,49:1,49:2,52:1,52:2,53:1,57:1,60:1,63:1,66,67,81:1,81:2,81:3,83,88,90,105,112,119,122,123,144,146,149,150,155,166,168,169,170,171,172,175,176,177,178,179,184,185,187,188,190,200,202,206,207,208,209,210,216,220,224,226,242,246,254,255,264,270,272,279,294(キサンテン系、Organo Ultramarine、Bluish Red),295(モノアゾ系),296(ジアゾ系),297(アミノケトン系)等(以上、赤色顔料)、
 C.I.Pigment Green 7,10,36,37,58,59,62,63,64(フタロシアニン系),65(フタロシアニン系),66(フタロシアニン系)等(以上、緑色顔料)、
 C.I.Pigment Violet 1,19,23,27,32,37,42,60(トリアリールメタン系),61(キサンテン系)等(以上、紫色顔料)、
 C.I.Pigment Blue 1,2,15,15:1,15:2,15:3,15:4,15:6,16,22,29,60,64,66,79,80,87(モノアゾ系),88(メチン系)等(以上、青色顔料)、
 C.I.Pigment Orange 2,5,13,16,17:1,31,34,36,38,43,46,48,49,51,52,55,59,60,61,62,64,71,73等(以上、オレンジ色顔料)。
Examples of pigments used as other colorants include those shown below.
C. I. Pigment Red 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,9,10,14,17,22,23,31,38,41,48: 1,48: 2,48: 3,48: 4, 49,49: 1,49: 2,52: 1,52: 2,53: 1,57: 1,60: 1,63: 1,66,67,81: 1,81: 2,81: 3, 83,88,90,105,112,119,122,123,144,146,149,150,155,166,168,169,170,171,172,175,176,177,178,179,184 185,187,188,190,200,202,206,207,208,209,210,216,220,224,226,242,246,254,255,264,270,272,279,294 (xanthene system) , Organo Ultramarine, Bruish Red), 295 (monoazo type), 296 (diazo type), 297 (aminoketone type), etc. (above, red pigment),
C. I. Pigment Green 7,10,36,37,58,59,62,63,64 (phthalocyanine type), 65 (phthalocyanine type), 66 (phthalocyanine type), etc. (above, green pigment),
C. I. Pigment Violet 1,19,23,27,32,37,42,60 (triarylmethane type), 61 (xanthene type), etc. (above, purple pigment),
C. I. Pigment Blue 1,2,15,15: 1,15: 2,15: 3,15: 4,15: 6,16,22,29,60,64,66,79,80,87 (monoazo system), 88 (methine type), etc. (above, blue pigment),
C. I. Pigment Orange 2,5,13,16,17: 1,31,34,36,38,43,46,48,49,51,52,55,59,60,61,62,64,71,73, etc. (The above is an orange pigment).
 また、緑色着色剤として、1分子中のハロゲン原子数が平均10~14個であり、臭素原子数が平均8~12個であり、塩素原子数が平均2~5個であるハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料を用いることもできる。具体例としては、国際公開第2015/118720号に記載の化合物が挙げられる。また、緑色着色剤として中国特許出願第106909027号明細書に記載の化合物、国際公開第2012/102395号に記載のリン酸エステルを配位子として有するフタロシアニン化合物、特開2019-008014号公報に記載のフタロシアニン化合物および特開2018-180023号公報に記載のフタロシアニン化合物、特開2019-038958号公報に記載の化合物などを用いることもできる。 Further, as a green colorant, a halogenated zinc phthalocyanine having an average of 10 to 14 halogen atoms in one molecule, an average of 8 to 12 bromine atoms, and an average of 2 to 5 chlorine atoms. Pigments can also be used. Specific examples include the compounds described in WO 2015/118720. Further, as a green colorant, a compound described in Chinese Patent Application No. 106909027, a phthalocyanine compound having a phosphate ester described in International Publication No. 2012/10395 as a ligand, and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2019-008014. The phthalocyanine compound of the above, the phthalocyanine compound described in JP-A-2018-180023, the compound described in JP-A-2019-038958, and the like can also be used.
 また、青色着色剤として、リン原子を有するアルミニウムフタロシアニン化合物を用いることもできる。具体例としては、特開2012-247591号公報の段落番号0022~0030、特開2011-157478号公報の段落番号0047に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 Further, as the blue colorant, an aluminum phthalocyanine compound having a phosphorus atom can also be used. Specific examples include the compounds described in paragraphs 0022 to 0030 of JP2012-247591A and paragraph numbers 0047 of JP2011-157478A.
 赤色着色剤として、特開2017-201384号公報に記載の構造中に少なくとも1つ臭素原子が置換したジケトピロロピロール化合物、特許第6248838号の段落番号0016~0022に記載のジケトピロロピロール化合物、国際公開第2012/102399号に記載のジケトピロロピロール化合物、国際公開第2012/117965号に記載のジケトピロロピロール化合物、特開2012-229344号公報に記載のナフトールアゾ化合物、特許第6516119号公報に記載の赤色着色剤、特許第6525101号公報に記載の赤色着色剤などを用いることもできる。また、赤色着色剤として、芳香族環に対して、酸素原子、硫黄原子または窒素原子が結合した基が導入された芳香族環基がジケトピロロピロール骨格に結合した構造を有する化合物を用いることもできる。 As a red colorant, a diketopyrrolopyrrole compound in which at least one bromine atom is substituted in the structure described in JP-A-2017-201384, and a diketopyrrolopyrrole compound described in paragraphs 0016 to 0022 of Patent No. 6248838. , Diketopyrrolopyrrole compound described in WO2012 / 102399, diketopyrrolopyrrole compound described in WO2012 / 117965, naphtholazo compound described in JP2012-229344, patent No. 6516119. The red colorant described in Japanese Patent No. 6525101, the red colorant described in Japanese Patent No. 6525101, and the like can also be used. Further, as the red colorant, a compound having a structure in which an aromatic ring group having an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or a nitrogen atom bonded to the aromatic ring is bonded to a diketopyrrolopyrrole skeleton is used. You can also.
 黒色着色剤としては、ビスベンゾフラノン化合物、アゾメチン化合物、ペリレン化合物、アゾ化合物などが挙げられ、ビスベンゾフラノン化合物、ペリレン化合物が好ましい。ビスベンゾフラノン化合物としては、特表2010-534726号公報、特表2012-515233号公報、特表2012-515234号公報などに記載の化合物が挙げられ、例えば、BASF社製の「Irgaphor Black」として入手可能である。ペリレン化合物としては、特開2017-226821号公報の段落番号0016~0020に記載の化合物、C.I.Pigment Black 31、32などが挙げられる。アゾメチン化合物としては、特開平01-170601号公報、特開平02-034664号公報などに記載の化合物が挙げられ、例えば、大日精化社製の「クロモファインブラックA1103」として入手できる。 Examples of the black colorant include bisbenzofuranone compounds, azomethine compounds, perylene compounds, and azo compounds, and bisbenzofuranone compounds and perylene compounds are preferable. Examples of the bisbenzofuranone compound include the compounds described in JP-A-2010-534726, JP-A-2012-515233, and JP-A-2012-515234. For example, as "Irgaphor Black" manufactured by BASF. It is available. Examples of the perylene compound include the compounds described in paragraphs 0016 to 0020 of JP-A-2017-226821, C.I. I. Pigment Black 31, 32 and the like can be mentioned. Examples of the azomethine compound include compounds described in JP-A-01-170601 and JP-A-02-0346664, and are available as, for example, "Chromofine Black A1103" manufactured by Dainichiseika.
 着色組成物の全固形分中における着色剤の含有量は、10~80質量%であることが好ましい。下限は、15質量%以上であることが好ましく、20質量%以上であることがより好ましい。上限は、70質量%以下であることが好ましく、60質量%以下であることがより好ましい。 The content of the colorant in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 10 to 80% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 15% by mass or more, and more preferably 20% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 70% by mass or less, and more preferably 60% by mass or less.
 また、着色剤中における特定黄色着色剤の含有量は、3.5質量%以上であることが好ましく、4.0質量%以上であることがより好ましく、4.5質量%以上であることが更に好ましく、5.0質量%以上であることが更に好ましい。上限は100質量%とすることもでき、95質量%以下とすることもでき、90質量%以下とすることもできる。 The content of the specific yellow colorant in the colorant is preferably 3.5% by mass or more, more preferably 4.0% by mass or more, and preferably 4.5% by mass or more. It is more preferably 5.0% by mass or more. The upper limit can be 100% by mass, 95% by mass or less, or 90% by mass or less.
 また、黄色着色剤中における特定黄色着色剤の含有量は3.5質量%以上であることが好ましく、4.0質量%以上であることがより好ましく、4.5質量%以上であることが更に好ましい。上限は100質量%とすることもでき、95質量%以下とすることもでき、90質量%以下とすることもできる。また、黄色着色剤は実質的に特定黄色着色剤のみであってもよい。黄色着色剤が実質的に特定黄色着色剤のみである場合とは、黄色着色剤の全量中における特定黄色着色剤の割合が99質量%以上であることを意味し、99.5質量%以上であることが好ましく、特定黄色着色剤のみであることが更に好ましい。 The content of the specific yellow colorant in the yellow colorant is preferably 3.5% by mass or more, more preferably 4.0% by mass or more, and preferably 4.5% by mass or more. More preferred. The upper limit can be 100% by mass, 95% by mass or less, or 90% by mass or less. Further, the yellow colorant may be substantially only the specific yellow colorant. When the yellow colorant is substantially only the specific yellow colorant, it means that the ratio of the specific yellow colorant in the total amount of the yellow colorant is 99% by mass or more, and 99.5% by mass or more. It is preferable to have a specific yellow colorant, and more preferably only a specific yellow colorant.
 また、着色組成物の全固形分中における特定黄色着色剤の含有量は、0.35質量%以上であることが好ましく、1.0質量%以上であることがより好ましく、2.0質量%以上であることが更に好ましい。上限は80質量%以下であることが好ましく、70質量%以下であることがより好ましく、60質量%以下であることが更に好ましい。 The content of the specific yellow colorant in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.35% by mass or more, more preferably 1.0% by mass or more, and 2.0% by mass. The above is more preferable. The upper limit is preferably 80% by mass or less, more preferably 70% by mass or less, and further preferably 60% by mass or less.
 本発明の着色組成物をカラーフィルタの黄色画素形成用の着色組成物として用いる場合、分光特性、耐光性および耐湿性の観点から、着色剤中における特定黄色着色剤の含有量は3.5質量%以上であることが好ましく、4.5質量%以上であることがより好ましく、5.0質量%以上であることが更に好ましい。 When the coloring composition of the present invention is used as a coloring composition for forming yellow pixels of a color filter, the content of the specific yellow coloring agent in the coloring agent is 3.5 mass by mass from the viewpoint of spectral characteristics, light resistance and moisture resistance. % Or more, more preferably 4.5% by mass or more, and even more preferably 5.0% by mass or more.
 本発明の着色組成物をカラーフィルタの緑色画素形成用の着色組成物として用いる場合、分光特性、耐光性および耐湿性の観点から、着色剤中における特定黄色着色剤の含有量は3.5~60質量%であることが好ましく、4.5~55質量%であることがより好ましく、5.0~50質量%であることが更に好ましい。この場合、特定黄色着色剤と併用する着色剤は緑色着色剤であることが好ましい。 When the coloring composition of the present invention is used as a coloring composition for forming green pixels of a color filter, the content of the specific yellow coloring agent in the coloring agent is 3.5 to 3 from the viewpoint of spectral characteristics, light resistance and moisture resistance. It is preferably 60% by mass, more preferably 4.5 to 55% by mass, and even more preferably 5.0 to 50% by mass. In this case, the colorant used in combination with the specific yellow colorant is preferably a green colorant.
 本発明の着色組成物を、カラーフィルタの赤色画素形成用の着色組成物として用いる場合、分光特性、耐光性および耐湿性の観点から、着色剤中における特定黄色着色剤の含有量は3.5~60質量%であることが好ましく、4.5~55質量%であることがより好ましく、5.0~50質量%であることが更に好ましい。この場合、特定黄色着色剤と併用する着色剤は赤色着色剤であることが好ましい。 When the coloring composition of the present invention is used as a coloring composition for forming red pixels of a color filter, the content of the specific yellow coloring agent in the coloring agent is 3.5 from the viewpoint of spectral characteristics, light resistance and moisture resistance. It is preferably to 60% by mass, more preferably 4.5 to 55% by mass, and even more preferably 5.0 to 50% by mass. In this case, the colorant used in combination with the specific yellow colorant is preferably a red colorant.
 本発明の着色組成物を、赤外線透過フィルタ形成用の着色組成物として用いる場合、分光特性、耐光性および耐湿性の観点から、着色剤中における特定黄色着色剤の含有量は3.5~60質量%であることが好ましく、4.5~55質量%であることがより好ましく、5.0~50質量%であることが更に好ましい。この場合、特定黄色着色剤と併用する着色剤としては、赤色着色剤、青色着色剤、紫色着色剤、緑色着色剤、黒色着色剤などが挙げられる。 When the coloring composition of the present invention is used as a coloring composition for forming an infrared transmission filter, the content of the specific yellow colorant in the colorant is 3.5 to 60 from the viewpoint of spectral characteristics, light resistance and moisture resistance. It is preferably by mass, more preferably 4.5 to 55% by mass, and even more preferably 5.0 to 50% by mass. In this case, examples of the colorant used in combination with the specific yellow colorant include a red colorant, a blue colorant, a purple colorant, a green colorant, and a black colorant.
<<硬化性化合物>>
 本発明の着色組成物は硬化性化合物を含有する。硬化性化合物としては、重合性化合物、樹脂等が挙げられる。樹脂は、非重合性の樹脂(重合性基を有さない樹脂)であってもよく、重合性の樹脂(重合性基を有する樹脂)であってもよい。重合性基としては、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基、環状エーテル基、メチロール基、アルコキシメチル基などが挙げられる。エチレン性不飽和結合含有基としては、ビニル基、アリル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基などが挙げられる。環状エーテル基としては、エポキシ基、オキセタニル基などが挙げられ、エポキシ基が好ましい。なお、重合性基を有する樹脂は、重合性化合物でもある。
<< Curable compound >>
The coloring composition of the present invention contains a curable compound. Examples of the curable compound include polymerizable compounds and resins. The resin may be a non-polymerizable resin (a resin having no polymerizable group) or a polymerizable resin (a resin having a polymerizable group). Examples of the polymerizable group include an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group, a cyclic ether group, a methylol group, and an alkoxymethyl group. Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group include a vinyl group, an allyl group, and a (meth) acryloyl group. Examples of the cyclic ether group include an epoxy group and an oxetanyl group, and an epoxy group is preferable. The resin having a polymerizable group is also a polymerizable compound.
 本発明において、硬化性化合物としては、樹脂を少なくとも含むものを用いることが好ましく、樹脂とモノマータイプの重合性化合物とを用いることがより好ましく、樹脂と、エチレン性不飽和結合を有する基を有するモノマータイプの重合性化合物とを用いることが更に好ましい。 In the present invention, the curable compound preferably contains at least a resin, more preferably a resin and a monomer-type polymerizable compound, and has a resin and a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond. It is more preferable to use a monomer type polymerizable compound.
 着色組成物の全固形分中における硬化性化合物の含有量は、0.1~80質量%であることが好ましい。下限は0.5質量%以上が好ましく、1質量%以上がより好ましく、5質量%以上が更に好ましい。上限は75質量%以下が好ましく、70質量%以下がより好ましい。硬化性化合物は、1種類のみでもよく、2種類以上でもよい。2種類以上の場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 The content of the curable compound in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.1 to 80% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, more preferably 1% by mass or more, and further preferably 5% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 75% by mass or less, more preferably 70% by mass or less. The curable compound may be only one kind or two or more kinds. In the case of two or more types, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
(重合性化合物)
 重合性化合物としては、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物、環状エーテル基を有する化合物、メチロール基を有する化合物、アルコキシメチル基を有する化合物等が挙げられる。重合性化合物は、モノマーであってもよく、樹脂であってもよい。エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有するモノマータイプの重合性化合物は、ラジカル重合性化合物として好ましく用いることができる。また、環状エーテル基を有する化合物、メチロール基を有する化合物、アルコキシメチル基を有する化合物は、カチオン重合性化合物として好ましく用いることができる。
(Polymerizable compound)
Examples of the polymerizable compound include a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group, a compound having a cyclic ether group, a compound having a methylol group, and a compound having an alkoxymethyl group. The polymerizable compound may be a monomer or a resin. A monomer-type polymerizable compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group can be preferably used as a radically polymerizable compound. Further, a compound having a cyclic ether group, a compound having a methylol group, and a compound having an alkoxymethyl group can be preferably used as the cationically polymerizable compound.
 モノマータイプの重合性化合物(重合性モノマー)の分子量は、2000未満であることが好ましく、100以上2000未満であることがより好ましく、200以上2000未満であることがさらに好ましい。分子量の上限は、1500以下であることが好ましい。樹脂タイプの重合性化合物の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、2000~2000000であることが好ましい。重量平均分子量の上限は、1000000以下であることが好ましく、500000以下であることがより好ましい。重量平均分子量の下限は、3000以上であることが好ましく、5000以上であることがより好ましい。 The molecular weight of the monomer-type polymerizable compound (polymerizable monomer) is preferably less than 2000, more preferably 100 or more and less than 2000, and further preferably 200 or more and less than 2000. The upper limit of the molecular weight is preferably 1500 or less. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin-type polymerizable compound is preferably 2000 to 2000000. The upper limit of the weight average molecular weight is preferably 1,000,000 or less, and more preferably 500,000 or less. The lower limit of the weight average molecular weight is preferably 3000 or more, and more preferably 5000 or more.
 樹脂タイプの重合性化合物としては、エポキシ樹脂や、重合性基を有する繰り返し単位を含む樹脂などが挙げられる。 Examples of the resin type polymerizable compound include an epoxy resin and a resin containing a repeating unit having a polymerizable group.
 重合性モノマーとしてのエチレン性不飽和結合含有基を含む化合物は、3~15官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物であることが好ましく、3~6官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物であることがより好ましい。具体例としては、特開2009-288705号公報の段落番号0095~0108、特開2013-029760号公報の段落0227、特開2008-292970号公報の段落番号0254~0257、特開2013-253224号公報の段落番号0034~0038、特開2012-208494号公報の段落番号0477、特開2017-048367号公報、特許第6057891号公報、特許第6031807号公報、特開2017-194662号公報に記載されている化合物が挙げられ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 The compound containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group as a polymerizable monomer is preferably a (meth) acrylate compound having 3 to 15 functions, and more preferably a (meth) acrylate compound having 3 to 6 functions. As specific examples, paragraph numbers 0905 to 0108 of JP2009-288705A, paragraphs 0227 of JP2013-029760A, paragraph numbers 0254 to 0257 of JP2008-292970A, and paragraph numbers 0254 to 0257 of JP2013-253224, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-253224. It is described in paragraph numbers 0034 to 0038 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 0034 to 0038, paragraph numbers 0477 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2012-208494, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2017-048367, Japanese Patent No. 6057891, Japanese Patent No. 6031807, and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2017-194662. These compounds are incorporated herein by reference.
 エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を含む化合物としては、ジペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としてはKAYARAD D-330;日本化薬(株)製)、ジペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としてはKAYARAD D-320;日本化薬(株)製)、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としてはKAYARAD D-310;日本化薬(株)製)、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としてはKAYARAD DPHA;日本化薬(株)製、NKエステルA-DPH-12E;新中村化学工業(株)製)、およびこれらの化合物の(メタ)アクリロイル基がエチレングリコールおよび/またはプロピレングリコール残基を介して結合している構造の化合物(例えば、サートマー社から市販されている、SR454、SR499)などが挙げられる。また、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を含む化合物としては、ジグリセリンEO(エチレンオキシド)変性(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としてはM-460;東亞合成製)、ペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレート(新中村化学工業(株)製、NKエステルA-TMMT)、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジアクリレート(日本化薬(株)製、KAYARAD HDDA)、RP-1040(日本化薬(株)製)、アロニックスTO-2349(東亞合成(株)製)、NKオリゴUA-7200(新中村化学工業(株)製)、8UH-1006、8UH-1012(大成ファインケミカル(株)製)、ライトアクリレートPOB-A0(共栄社化学(株)製)などを用いることもできる。 Compounds containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group include dipentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate (commercially available KAYARAD D-330; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) and dipentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate (commercially available). KAYARAD D-320; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate (commercially available KAYARAD D-310; manufactured by Nihon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) ) Acrylate (as a commercial product, KAYARAD DPHA; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., NK ester A-DPH-12E; manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), and the (meth) acryloyl group of these compounds is ethylene glycol and / Or compounds having a structure linked via a propylene glycol residue (for example, SR454, SR499 commercially available from Sartmer) and the like can be mentioned. Examples of the compound containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group include diglycerin EO (ethylene oxide) modified (meth) acrylate (commercially available M-460; manufactured by Toa Synthetic) and pentaerythritol tetraacrylate (Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.). NK ester A-TMMT (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., KAYARAD HDDA), RP-1040 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), Aronix TO-2349 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) Toa Synthetic Co., Ltd., NK Oligo UA-7200 (Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), 8UH-1006, 8UH-1012 (Taisei Fine Chemical Co., Ltd.), Light Acrylate POB-A0 (Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.) ), Etc. can also be used.
 また、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を含む化合物としては、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパンプロピレンオキシド変性トリ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパンエチレンオキシド変性トリ(メタ)アクリレート、イソシアヌル酸エチレンオキシド変性トリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレートなどの3官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物を用いることも好ましい。3官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物の市販品としては、アロニックスM-309、M-310、M-321、M-350、M-360、M-313、M-315、M-306、M-305、M-303、M-452、M-450(東亞合成(株)製)、NKエステル A9300、A-GLY-9E、A-GLY-20E、A-TMM-3、A-TMM-3L、A-TMM-3LM-N、A-TMPT、TMPT(新中村化学工業(株)製)、KAYARAD GPO-303、TMPTA、THE-330、TPA-330、PET-30(日本化薬(株)製)などが挙げられる。 Examples of the compound containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group include trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane propylene oxide-modified tri (meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane ethylene oxide-modified tri (meth) acrylate, and ethylene oxide isocyanurate. It is also preferable to use a trifunctional (meth) acrylate compound such as a modified trimethylolpropane or pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate. Commercially available trifunctional (meth) acrylate compounds include Aronix M-309, M-310, M-321, M-350, M-360, M-313, M-315, M-306, and M-305. , M-303, M-452, M-450 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), NK ester A9300, A-GLY-9E, A-GLY-20E, A-TMM-3, A-TMM-3L, A -TMM-3LM-N, A-TMPT, TMPT (manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), KAYARAD GPO-303, TMPTA, THE-330, TPA-330, PET-30 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) And so on.
 エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を含む化合物は、更に、カルボキシル基、スルホ基、リン酸基等の酸基を有していてもよい。このような化合物の市販品としては、アロニックスM-305、M-510、M-520、アロニックスTO-2349(東亞合成(株)製)等が挙げられる。 The compound containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group may further have an acid group such as a carboxyl group, a sulfo group, and a phosphoric acid group. Examples of commercially available products of such compounds include Aronix M-305, M-510, M-520, Aronix TO-2349 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.) and the like.
 エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を含む化合物としては、カプロラクトン構造を有する化合物を用いることもできる。カプロラクトン構造を有する化合物については、特開2013-253224号公報の段落0042~0045の記載を参酌することができ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。カプロラクトン構造を有する化合物は、例えば、日本化薬(株)からKAYARAD DPCAシリーズとして市販されている、DPCA-20、DPCA-30、DPCA-60、DPCA-120等が挙げられる。 As the compound containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group, a compound having a caprolactone structure can also be used. For the compound having a caprolactone structure, the description in paragraphs 0042 to 0045 of JP2013-253224A can be referred to, and the content thereof is incorporated in the present specification. Examples of the compound having a caprolactone structure include DPCA-20, DPCA-30, DPCA-60, DPCA-120, etc., which are commercially available from Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. as the KAYARAD DPCA series.
 エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を含む化合物としては、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基とアルキレンオキシ基を有する化合物を用いることもできる。このような化合物は、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基と、エチレンオキシ基および/またはプロピレンオキシ基とを有する化合物であることが好ましく、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基とエチレンオキシ基とを有する化合物であることがより好ましく、エチレンオキシ基を4~20個有する3~6官能(メタ)アクリレート化合物であることがさらに好ましい。市販品としては、例えばサートマー社製のエチレンオキシ基を4個有する4官能(メタ)アクリレートであるSR-494、日本化薬(株)製のイソブチレンオキシ基を3個有する3官能(メタ)アクリレートであるKAYARAD TPA-330などが挙げられる。 As the compound containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group, a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group and an alkyleneoxy group can also be used. Such a compound is preferably a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group and an ethyleneoxy group and / or a propyleneoxy group, and is a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group and an ethyleneoxy group. It is more preferable that the compound is a 3 to 6 functional (meth) acrylate compound having 4 to 20 ethyleneoxy groups. Commercially available products include, for example, SR-494, which is a tetrafunctional (meth) acrylate having four ethyleneoxy groups manufactured by Sartmer, and trifunctional (meth) acrylate having three isobutyleneoxy groups manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. KAYARAD TPA-330 and the like.
 エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を含む化合物としては、フルオレン骨格を有する重合性化合物を用いることもできる。市販品としては、オグソールEA-0200、EA-0300(大阪ガスケミカル(株)製、フルオレン骨格を有する(メタ)アクリレートモノマー)などが挙げられる。 As the compound containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group, a polymerizable compound having a fluorene skeleton can also be used. Examples of commercially available products include Ogsol EA-0200 and EA-0300 (manufactured by Osaka Gas Chemical Co., Ltd., (meth) acrylate monomer having a fluorene skeleton).
 エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を含む化合物は、トルエンなどの環境規制物質を実質的に含まない化合物を用いることも好ましい。このような化合物の市販品としては、KAYARAD DPHA LT、KAYARAD DPEA-12 LT(日本化薬(株)製)などが挙げられる。 As the compound containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group, it is also preferable to use a compound that does not substantially contain an environmentally regulated substance such as toluene. Examples of commercially available products of such compounds include KAYARAD DPHA LT and KAYARAD DPEA-12 LT (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.).
 エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を含む化合物は、UA-7200(新中村化学工業(株)製)、DPHA-40H(日本化薬(株)製)、UA-306H、UA-306T、UA-306I、AH-600、T-600、AI-600、LINC-202UA(共栄社化学(株)製)、8UH-1006、8UH-1012(以上、大成ファインケミカル(株)製)、ライトアクリレートPOB-A0(共栄社化学(株)製)などを用いることも好ましい。 Compounds containing ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups are UA-7200 (manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), DPHA-40H (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), UA-306H, UA-306T, UA-306I. , AH-600, T-600, AI-600, LINK-202UA (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), 8UH-1006, 8UH-1012 (all manufactured by Taisei Fine Chemical Co., Ltd.), Light Acrylate POB-A0 (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.) It is also preferable to use (manufactured by Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.).
 本発明の着色組成物がエチレン性不飽和結合含有基を含む化合物を含有する場合、着色組成物の全固形分中におけるエチレン性不飽和結合含有基を含む化合物の含有量は、0.1~50質量%が好ましい。下限は0.5質量%以上が好ましく、1質量%以上がより好ましい。上限は、40質量%以下が好ましく、30質量%以下がより好ましい。
 また、モノマータイプのエチレン性不飽和結合含有基を含む化合物(重合性モノマー)の含有量は、着色組成物の全固形分中0.1~50質量%が好ましい。下限は、0.5質量%以上が好ましく、1質量%以上がより好ましい。上限は、40質量%以下が好ましく、30質量%以下がより好ましい。
When the coloring composition of the present invention contains a compound containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group, the content of the compound containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group in the total solid content of the coloring composition is 0.1 to 50% by mass is preferable. The lower limit is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and more preferably 1% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 40% by mass or less, more preferably 30% by mass or less.
The content of the compound (polymerizable monomer) containing a monomer-type ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group is preferably 0.1 to 50% by mass based on the total solid content of the coloring composition. The lower limit is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and more preferably 1% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 40% by mass or less, more preferably 30% by mass or less.
 環状エーテル基を有する化合物としては、エポキシ基を有する化合物、オキセタニル基を有する化合物などが挙げられ、エポキシ基を有する化合物であることが好ましい。エポキシ基を有する化合物としては、1分子内にエポキシ基を1~100個有する化合物が挙げられる。エポキシ基の数の上限は、例えば、10個以下とすることもでき、5個以下とすることもできる。エポキシ基の数の下限は、2個以上が好ましい。エポキシ基を有する化合物としては、特開2013-011869号公報の段落番号0034~0036、特開2014-043556号公報の段落番号0147~0156、特開2014-089408号公報の段落番号0085~0092に記載された化合物、特開2017-179172号公報に記載された化合物を用いることもでき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 Examples of the compound having a cyclic ether group include a compound having an epoxy group, a compound having an oxetanyl group, and the like, and a compound having an epoxy group is preferable. Examples of the compound having an epoxy group include a compound having 1 to 100 epoxy groups in one molecule. The upper limit of the number of epoxy groups may be, for example, 10 or less, or 5 or less. The lower limit of the number of epoxy groups is preferably two or more. Examples of the compound having an epoxy group include paragraph numbers 0034 to 0036 of JP2013-011869A, paragraph numbers 0147 to 0156 of JP2014-043556, and paragraph numbers 0085 to 0092 of JP2014-089408. The described compound, the compound described in JP-A-2017-179172, can also be used, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
 エポキシ基を有する化合物は、低分子化合物(例えば分子量1000未満)でもよいし、高分子化合物(macromolecule)(例えば、分子量1000以上、ポリマーの場合は、重量平均分子量が1000以上)のいずれでもよい。エポキシ基を有する化合物の重量平均分子量は、200~100000が好ましく、500~50000がより好ましい。重量平均分子量の上限は、10000以下が好ましく、5000以下がより好ましく、3000以下が更に好ましい。 The compound having an epoxy group may be either a low molecular weight compound (for example, a molecular weight of less than 1000) or a polymer compound (for example, a molecular weight of 1000 or more, and in the case of a polymer, a weight average molecular weight of 1000 or more). The weight average molecular weight of the compound having an epoxy group is preferably 200 to 100,000, more preferably 500 to 50,000. The upper limit of the weight average molecular weight is preferably 10,000 or less, more preferably 5000 or less, and even more preferably 3000 or less.
 環状エーテル基を有する化合物の市販品としては、例えば、EHPE3150((株)ダイセル製)、EPICLON N-695(DIC(株)製)、マープルーフG-0150M、G-0105SA、G-0130SP、G-0250SP、G-1005S、G-1005SA、G-1010S、G-2050M、G-01100、G-01758(以上、日油(株)製、エポキシ基含有ポリマー)等が挙げられる。 Commercially available products of compounds having a cyclic ether group include, for example, EHPE3150 (manufactured by Daicel Co., Ltd.), EPICLON N-695 (manufactured by DIC Corporation), Marproof G-0150M, G-0105SA, G-0130SP, G. -0250SP, G-1005S, G-1005SA, G-1010S, G-2050M, G-01100, G-01758 (all manufactured by Nichiyu Co., Ltd., epoxy group-containing polymer) and the like can be mentioned.
 本発明の着色組成物が環状エーテル基を有する化合物を含有する場合、着色組成物の全固形分中における環状エーテル基を有する化合物の含有量は、0.1~50質量%が好ましい。下限は、0.5質量%以上が好ましく、1質量%以上がより好ましい。上限は、40質量%以下が好ましく、30質量%以下がより好ましい。 When the coloring composition of the present invention contains a compound having a cyclic ether group, the content of the compound having a cyclic ether group in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.1 to 50% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and more preferably 1% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 40% by mass or less, more preferably 30% by mass or less.
 メチロール基を有する化合物(以下、メチロール化合物ともいう)としては、メチロール基が窒素原子または芳香族環を形成する炭素原子に結合している化合物が挙げられる。また、アルコキシメチル基を有する化合物(以下、アルコキシメチル化合物ともいう)としては、アルコキシメチル基が窒素原子または芳香族環を形成する炭素原子に結合している化合物が挙げられる。アルコキシメチル基またはメチロール基が窒素原子に結合している化合物としては、アルコキシメチル化メラミン、メチロール化メラミン、アルコキシメチル化ベンゾグアナミン、メチロール化ベンゾグアナミン、アルコキシメチル化グリコールウリル、メチロール化グリコールウリル、アルコキシメチル化尿素およびメチロール化尿素等が好ましい。また、特開2004-295116号公報の段落0134~0147、特開2014-089408号公報の段落0095~0126に記載された化合物を用いることもできる。本発明の着色組成物がメチロール化合物を含有する場合、着色組成物の全固形分中におけるメチロール化合物の含有量は、0.1~50質量%が好ましい。下限は、0.5質量%以上が好ましく、1質量%以上がより好ましい。上限は、40質量%以下が好ましく、30質量%以下がより好ましい。また、本発明の着色組成物がアルコキシメチル化合物を含有する場合、着色組成物の全固形分中におけるアルコキシメチル化合物の含有量は、0.1~50質量%が好ましい。下限は、0.5質量%以上が好ましく、1質量%以上がより好ましい。上限は、40質量%以下が好ましく、30質量%以下がより好ましい。 Examples of the compound having a methylol group (hereinafter, also referred to as a methylol compound) include a compound in which the methylol group is bonded to a nitrogen atom or a carbon atom forming an aromatic ring. Examples of the compound having an alkoxymethyl group (hereinafter, also referred to as an alkoxymethyl compound) include a compound in which the alkoxymethyl group is bonded to a nitrogen atom or a carbon atom forming an aromatic ring. Examples of compounds in which an alkoxymethyl group or a methylol group is bonded to a nitrogen atom include alkoxymethylated melamine, methylolated melamine, alkoxymethylated benzoguanamine, methylolated benzoguanamine, alkoxymethylated glycoluril, methylolated glycoluril, and alkoxymethylated. Urea, methylolated urea and the like are preferred. Further, the compounds described in paragraphs 0134 to 0147 of JP-A-2004-295116 and paragraphs 095 to 0126 of JP-A-2014-089408 can also be used. When the coloring composition of the present invention contains a methylol compound, the content of the methylol compound in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.1 to 50% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and more preferably 1% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 40% by mass or less, more preferably 30% by mass or less. When the coloring composition of the present invention contains an alkoxymethyl compound, the content of the alkoxymethyl compound in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.1 to 50% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and more preferably 1% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 40% by mass or less, more preferably 30% by mass or less.
(樹脂)
 本発明の着色組成物は、硬化性化合物として樹脂を用いることができる。硬化性化合物は、樹脂を少なくとも含むものを用いることが好ましい。樹脂は、例えば、顔料等を樹脂組成物中で分散させる用途や、バインダーの用途で配合される。なお、主に顔料等を樹脂組成物中で分散させるために用いられる樹脂を分散剤ともいう。ただし、樹脂のこのような用途は一例であって、このような用途以外を目的として樹脂を使用することもできる。なお、重合性基を有する樹脂は、重合性化合物にも該当する。
(resin)
In the coloring composition of the present invention, a resin can be used as the curable compound. It is preferable to use a curable compound containing at least a resin. The resin is blended, for example, for the purpose of dispersing a pigment or the like in a resin composition or for the purpose of a binder. A resin mainly used for dispersing a pigment or the like in a resin composition is also referred to as a dispersant. However, such an application of the resin is an example, and the resin can be used for purposes other than such an application. The resin having a polymerizable group also corresponds to a polymerizable compound.
 樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、2000~2000000が好ましい。上限は、1000000以下が好ましく、500000以下がより好ましい。下限は、3000以上が好ましく、5000以上がより好ましい。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin is preferably 2000 to 2000000. The upper limit is preferably 1,000,000 or less, and more preferably 500,000 or less. The lower limit is preferably 3000 or more, and more preferably 5000 or more.
 樹脂としては、(メタ)アクリル樹脂、エポキシ樹脂、エン・チオール樹脂、ポリカーボネート樹脂、ポリエーテル樹脂、ポリアリレート樹脂、ポリスルホン樹脂、ポリエーテルスルホン樹脂、ポリフェニレン樹脂、ポリアリーレンエーテルホスフィンオキシド樹脂、ポリイミド樹脂、ポリアミドイミド樹脂、ポリオレフィン樹脂、環状オレフィン樹脂、ポリエステル樹脂、スチレン樹脂などが挙げられる。これらの樹脂から1種を単独で使用してもよく、2種以上を混合して使用してもよい。 Examples of the resin include (meth) acrylic resin, epoxy resin, en-thiol resin, polycarbonate resin, polyether resin, polyarylate resin, polysulfone resin, polyethersulfone resin, polyphenylene resin, polyarylene ether phosphine oxide resin, and polyimide resin. Examples thereof include polyamideimide resin, polyolefin resin, cyclic olefin resin, polyester resin, and styrene resin. One of these resins may be used alone, or two or more of these resins may be mixed and used.
 樹脂として、酸基を有する樹脂を用いることが好ましい。酸基としては、例えば、カルボキシル基、リン酸基、スルホ基、フェノール性ヒドロキシ基などが挙げられる。これら酸基は、1種のみであってもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。酸基を有する樹脂はアルカリ可溶性樹脂として好ましく用いることができる。本発明の着色組成物がアルカリ可溶性樹脂を含有することにより、アルカリ現像によって所望のパターンを形成できる。酸基を有する樹脂の酸価は、30~500mgKOH/gが好ましい。下限は、50mgKOH/g以上がより好ましく、70mgKOH/g以上が更に好ましい。上限は、400mgKOH/g以下がより好ましく、200mgKOH/g以下がさらに好ましく、150mgKOH/g以下が特に好ましく、120mgKOH/g以下が最も好ましい。 It is preferable to use a resin having an acid group as the resin. Examples of the acid group include a carboxyl group, a phosphoric acid group, a sulfo group, and a phenolic hydroxy group. These acid groups may be only one kind or two or more kinds. A resin having an acid group can be preferably used as an alkali-soluble resin. Since the coloring composition of the present invention contains an alkali-soluble resin, a desired pattern can be formed by alkaline development. The acid value of the resin having an acid group is preferably 30 to 500 mgKOH / g. The lower limit is more preferably 50 mgKOH / g or more, and even more preferably 70 mgKOH / g or more. The upper limit is more preferably 400 mgKOH / g or less, further preferably 200 mgKOH / g or less, particularly preferably 150 mgKOH / g or less, and most preferably 120 mgKOH / g or less.
 樹脂として、下記式(ED1)で示される化合物および/または下記式(ED2)で表される化合物(以下、これらの化合物を「エーテルダイマー」と称することもある。)由来の繰り返し単位を含む樹脂を用いることも好ましい。 As the resin, a resin containing a repeating unit derived from a compound represented by the following formula (ED1) and / or a compound represented by the following formula (ED2) (hereinafter, these compounds may be referred to as "ether dimer"). It is also preferable to use.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
 式(ED1)中、RおよびRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子または置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~25の炭化水素基を表す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
 式(ED2)中、Rは、水素原子または炭素数1~30の有機基を表す。式(ED2)の具体例としては、特開2010-168539号公報の記載を参酌できる。
In the formula (ED1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
In the formula (ED2), R represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms. As a specific example of the formula (ED2), the description of JP-A-2010-168539 can be referred to.
 エーテルダイマーの具体例については、特開2013-029760号公報の段落番号0317を参酌することができ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 For a specific example of the ether dimer, paragraph number 0317 of JP2013-209760A can be referred to, and the content thereof is incorporated in the present specification.
 樹脂として、重合性基を有する繰り返し単位を含む樹脂を用いることも好ましい。 It is also preferable to use a resin containing a repeating unit having a polymerizable group as the resin.
 樹脂として、式(X)で表される化合物由来の繰り返し単位を含む樹脂を用いることも好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
 式中、Rは水素原子またはメチル基を表し、R21およびR22はそれぞれ独立してアルキレン基を表し、nは0~15の整数を表す。R21およびR22が表すアルキレン基の炭素数は1~10であることが好ましく、1~5であることがより好ましく、1~3であることが更に好ましく、2または3であることが特に好ましい。nは0~15の整数を表し、0~5の整数であることが好ましく、0~4の整数であることがより好ましく、0~3の整数であることが更に好ましい。
As the resin, it is also preferable to use a resin containing a repeating unit derived from the compound represented by the formula (X).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
In the formula, R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R 21 and R 22 each independently represent an alkylene group, and n represents an integer of 0 to 15. The alkylene group represented by R 21 and R 22 preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms, further preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 2 or 3 carbon atoms. preferable. n represents an integer of 0 to 15, preferably an integer of 0 to 5, more preferably an integer of 0 to 4, and even more preferably an integer of 0 to 3.
 式(X)で表される化合物としては、パラクミルフェノールのエチレンオキサイドまたはプロピレンオキサイド変性(メタ)アクリレートなどが挙げられる。市販品としては、アロニックスM-110(東亞合成(株)製)などが挙げられる。 Examples of the compound represented by the formula (X) include ethylene oxide of paracumylphenol or propylene oxide-modified (meth) acrylate. Examples of commercially available products include Aronix M-110 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.).
 樹脂として、塩基性基を有する樹脂を用いることも好ましい。塩基性基を有する樹脂は、塩基性基を側鎖に有する繰り返し単位を含む樹脂であることが好ましく、塩基性基を側鎖に有する繰り返し単位と塩基性基を含まない繰り返し単位とを有する共重合体であることがより好ましく、塩基性基を側鎖に有する繰り返し単位と、塩基性基を含まない繰り返し単位とを有するブロック共重合体であることが更に好ましい。塩基性基を有する樹脂は分散剤として用いることもできる。塩基性基を有する樹脂のアミン価は、5~300mgKOH/gが好ましい。下限は、10mgKOH/g以上が好ましく、20mgKOH/g以上がより好ましい。上限は、200mgKOH/g以下が好ましく、100mgKOH/g以下がより好ましい。塩基性基を有する樹脂に含まれる塩基性基としては、下記式(a-1)で表される基、下記式(a-2)で表される基などが挙げられ、式(a-2)で表される基であることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
It is also preferable to use a resin having a basic group as the resin. The resin having a basic group is preferably a resin containing a repeating unit having a basic group in the side chain, and a copolymer having a repeating unit having a basic group in the side chain and a repeating unit not containing a basic group. A polymer is more preferable, and a block copolymer having a repeating unit having a basic group in the side chain and a repeating unit not containing a basic group is further preferable. A resin having a basic group can also be used as a dispersant. The amine value of the resin having a basic group is preferably 5 to 300 mgKOH / g. The lower limit is preferably 10 mgKOH / g or more, and more preferably 20 mgKOH / g or more. The upper limit is preferably 200 mgKOH / g or less, and more preferably 100 mgKOH / g or less. Examples of the basic group contained in the resin having a basic group include a group represented by the following formula (a-1), a group represented by the following formula (a-2), and the like, and the formula (a-2). ) Is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
 式(a-1)中、Ra1およびRa2は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、アルキル基またはアリール基を表し、Ra1とRa2とは結合して環を形成していてもよい;
 式(a-2)中、Ra11は、水素原子、ヒドロキシ基、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、アリールオキシ基、アシル基またはオキシラジカルを表し、Ra12~Ra19は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、アルキル基またはアリール基を表す。
In formula (a-1), Ra1 and Ra2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, and Ra1 and Ra2 may be bonded to each other to form a ring;
Wherein (a-2), R a11 represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy group, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, an acyl group or an oxy radical, R a12 ~ R a19 are each independently , Hydrogen atom, alkyl group or aryl group.
 Ra1、Ra2、Ra11~Ra19が表すアルキル基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~15がより好ましく、1~8が更に好ましく、1~5が特に好ましい。アルキル基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよく、直鎖または分岐が好ましく、直鎖がより好ましい。アルキル基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、上述した置換基Tが挙げられる。 R a1, R a2, R a11 number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group represented by ~ R a19 is 1-30, more preferably 1-15, more preferably 1-8, particularly preferably 1-5. The alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic, preferably linear or branched, more preferably linear. The alkyl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the above-mentioned Substituent T.
 Ra1、Ra2、Ra11~Ra19が表すアリール基の炭素数は、6~30が好ましく、6~20がより好ましく、6~12が更に好ましい。アリール基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、上述した置換基Tが挙げられる。 R a1, R a2, R a11 ~ number of carbon atoms of the aryl group R a19 represents is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, more preferably 6 to 12. The aryl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the above-mentioned Substituent T.
 Ra11が表すアルコキシ基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~15がより好ましく、1~8が更に好ましく、1~5が特に好ましい。アルコキシ基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、上述した置換基Tが挙げられる。 The number of carbon atoms of the alkoxy group R a11 represents 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 15, more preferably 1-8, particularly preferably 1-5. The alkoxy group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the above-mentioned Substituent T.
 Ra11が表すアリールオキシ基の炭素数は、6~30が好ましく、6~20がより好ましく、6~12が更に好ましい。アリールオキシ基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、上述した置換基Tが挙げられる。 The aryloxy group represented by Ra11 preferably has 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms. The aryloxy group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the above-mentioned Substituent T.
 Ra11が表すアシル基の炭素数は、2~30が好ましく、2~20がより好ましく、2~12が更に好ましい。アシル基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、上述した置換基Tが挙げられる。 The number of carbon atoms of the acyl group R a11 represents from 2 to 30, more preferably 2 to 20, 2 to 12 is more preferred. The acyl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the above-mentioned Substituent T.
 塩基性基を有する樹脂の具体例としては、下記構造の樹脂(ブロック共重合体)が挙げられる。また、塩基性基を有する樹脂については、特開2014-219665号公報の段落番号0063~0112に記載されたブロック共重合体(B)、特開2018-156021号公報の段落番号0046~0076に記載されたブロック共重合体A1を用いることもでき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Specific examples of the resin having a basic group include a resin having the following structure (block copolymer). For resins having a basic group, refer to the block copolymers (B) described in paragraphs 0063 to 0112 of JP2014-219665A and paragraphs 0046 to 0076 of JP2018-156021. The described block copolymer A1 can also be used and these contents are incorporated herein.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
 樹脂としては、芳香族カルボキシル基を有する樹脂(以下、樹脂Acともいう)を含むことも好ましい。樹脂Acにおいて、芳香族カルボキシル基は繰り返し単位の主鎖に含まれていてもよく、繰り返し単位の側鎖に含まれていてもよい。芳香族カルボキシル基は繰り返し単位の主鎖に含まれていることが好ましい。なお、本明細書において、芳香族カルボキシル基とは、芳香族環にカルボキシル基が1個以上結合した構造の基のことである。芳香族カルボキシル基において、芳香族環に結合したカルボキシル基の数は、1~4個であることが好ましく、1~2個であることがより好ましい。 It is also preferable that the resin contains a resin having an aromatic carboxyl group (hereinafter, also referred to as resin Ac). In the resin Ac, the aromatic carboxyl group may be contained in the main chain of the repeating unit or may be contained in the side chain of the repeating unit. The aromatic carboxyl group is preferably contained in the main chain of the repeating unit. In addition, in this specification, an aromatic carboxyl group is a group having a structure in which one or more carboxyl groups are bonded to an aromatic ring. Among the aromatic carboxyl groups, the number of carboxyl groups bonded to the aromatic ring is preferably 1 to 4, and more preferably 1 to 2.
 樹脂Acは、式(Ac-1)で表される繰り返し単位および式(Ac-2)で表される繰り返し単位から選ばれる少なくとも1種の繰り返し単位を含む樹脂であることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
 式(Ac-1)中、Arは芳香族カルボキシル基を含む基を表し、Lは、-COO-または-CONH-を表し、Lは、2価の連結基を表す。
 式(Ac-2)中、Ar10は芳香族カルボキシル基を含む基を表し、L11は、-COO-または-CONH-を表し、L12は3価の連結基を表し、P10はポリマー鎖を表す。
The resin Ac is preferably a resin containing at least one repeating unit selected from the repeating unit represented by the formula (Ac-1) and the repeating unit represented by the formula (Ac-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
In formula (Ac-1), Ar 1 represents a group containing an aromatic carboxyl group, L 1 represents -COO- or -CONH-, and L 2 represents a divalent linking group.
In formula (Ac-2), Ar 10 represents a group containing an aromatic carboxyl group, L 11 represents -COO- or -CONH-, L 12 represents a trivalent linking group, and P 10 is a polymer. Represents a chain.
 式(Ac-1)においてArが表す芳香族カルボキシル基を含む基としては、芳香族トリカルボン酸無水物から由来する構造、芳香族テトラカルボン酸無水物から由来する構造などが挙げられる。芳香族トリカルボン酸無水物および芳香族テトラカルボン酸無水物としては、下記構造の化合物が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Examples of the group containing an aromatic carboxyl group represented by Ar 1 in the formula (Ac-1) include a structure derived from an aromatic tricarboxylic acid anhydride, a structure derived from an aromatic tetracarboxylic acid anhydride, and the like. Examples of the aromatic tricarboxylic acid anhydride and the aromatic tetracarboxylic acid anhydride include compounds having the following structures.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
 上記式中、Qは、単結合、-O-、-CO-、-COOCHCHOCO-、-SO-、-C(CF-、下記式(Q-1)で表される基または下記式(Q-2)で表される基を表す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
In the above formula, Q 1 is represented by a single bond, -O-, -CO-, -COOCH 2 CH 2 OCO-, -SO 2- , -C (CF 3 ) 2- , and the following formula (Q-1). Represents a group to be used or a group represented by the following formula (Q-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
 Arが表す芳香族カルボキシル基を含む基の具体例としては、式(Ar-11)で表される基、式(Ar-12)で表される基、式(Ar-13)で表される基などが挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Specific examples of the group containing an aromatic carboxyl group represented by Ar 1 include a group represented by the formula (Ar-11), a group represented by the formula (Ar-12), and a group represented by the formula (Ar-13). Examples include the base.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
 式(Ar-11)中、n1は1~4の整数を表し、1または2であることが好ましく、2であることがより好ましい。
 式(Ar-12)中、n2は1~8の整数を表し、1~4の整数であることが好ましく、1または2であることがより好ましく、2であることが更に好ましい。
 式(Ar-13)中、n3およびn4はそれぞれ独立して0~4の整数を表し、0~2の整数であることが好ましく、1または2であることがより好ましく、1であることが更に好ましい。ただし、n3およびn4の少なくとも一方は1以上の整数である。
 式(Ar-13)中、Qは、単結合、-O-、-CO-、-COOCHCHOCO-、-SO-、-C(CF-、上記式(Q-1)で表される基または上記式(Q-2)で表される基を表す。
In the formula (Ar-11), n1 represents an integer of 1 to 4, preferably 1 or 2, and more preferably 2.
In the formula (Ar-12), n2 represents an integer of 1 to 8, preferably an integer of 1 to 4, more preferably 1 or 2, and even more preferably 2.
In the formula (Ar-13), n3 and n4 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4, preferably an integer of 0 to 2, more preferably 1 or 2, and preferably 1. More preferred. However, at least one of n3 and n4 is an integer of 1 or more.
In the formula (Ar-13), Q 1 is a single bond, -O-, -CO-, -COOCH 2 CH 2 OCO-, -SO 2- , -C (CF 3 ) 2- , and the above formula (Q-). It represents a group represented by 1) or a group represented by the above formula (Q-2).
 式(Ac-1)においてLは、-COO-または-CONH-を表し、-COO-を表すことが好ましい。 In the formula (Ac-1), L 1 represents -COO- or -CONH-, and preferably -COO-.
 式(Ac-1)においてLが表す2価の連結基としては、アルキレン基、アリーレン基、-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NH-、-S-およびこれらの2種以上を組み合わせた基が挙げられる。アルキレン基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~20がより好ましく、1~15が更に好ましい。アルキレン基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよい。アリーレン基の炭素数は、6~30が好ましく、6~20がより好ましく、6~10が更に好ましい。アルキレン基およびアリーレン基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ヒドロキシ基などが挙げられる。Lが表す2価の連結基は、-O-L2a-O-で表される基であることが好ましい。L2aは、アルキレン基;アリーレン基;アルキレン基とアリーレン基とを組み合わせた基;アルキレン基およびアリーレン基から選ばれる少なくとも1種と、-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NH-および-S-から選ばれる少なくとも1種とを組み合わせた基などが挙げられる。アルキレン基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~20がより好ましく、1~15が更に好ましい。アルキレン基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよい。アルキレン基およびアリーレン基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ヒドロキシ基などが挙げられる。 The divalent linking group represented by L 2 in the formula (Ac-1) includes an alkylene group, an arylene group, -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH-, -S- and these. A group that combines two or more of the above can be mentioned. The alkylene group preferably has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms. The alkylene group may be linear, branched or cyclic. The arylene group preferably has 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms. The alkylene group and the arylene group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a hydroxy group and the like. The divalent linking group L 2 represents is preferably a group represented by -O-L 2a -O-. L 2a is an alkylene group; an arylene group; a group combining an alkylene group and an arylene group; at least one selected from an alkylene group and an arylene group, and —O—, −CO−, −COO−, —OCO−, Examples thereof include a group in which at least one selected from -NH- and -S- is combined. The alkylene group preferably has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms. The alkylene group may be linear, branched or cyclic. The alkylene group and the arylene group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a hydroxy group and the like.
 式(Ac-2)においてAr10が表す芳香族カルボキシル基を含む基としては、式(Ac-1)のArと同義であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。 The group containing the aromatic carboxyl group represented by Ar 10 in the formula (Ac-2) has the same meaning as Ar 1 in the formula (Ac-1), and the preferable range is also the same.
 式(Ac-2)においてL11は、-COO-または-CONH-を表し、-COO-を表すことが好ましい。 In the formula (Ac-2), L 11 represents -COO- or -CONH-, and preferably -COO-.
 式(Ac-2)においてL12が表す3価の連結基としては、炭化水素基、-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NH-、-S-およびこれらの2種以上を組み合わせた基が挙げられる。炭化水素基は、脂肪族炭化水素基、芳香族炭化水素基が挙げられる。脂肪族炭化水素基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~20がより好ましく、1~15が更に好ましい。脂肪族炭化水素基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよい。芳香族炭化水素基の炭素数は、6~30が好ましく、6~20がより好ましく、6~10が更に好ましい。炭化水素基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ヒドロキシ基などが挙げられる。 The trivalent linking group represented by L 12 in the formula (Ac-2) includes a hydrocarbon group, -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH-, -S- and two of these. Groups that combine species and above can be mentioned. Examples of the hydrocarbon group include an aliphatic hydrocarbon group and an aromatic hydrocarbon group. The number of carbon atoms of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, and even more preferably 1 to 15. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be linear, branched or cyclic. The number of carbon atoms of the aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, and even more preferably 6 to 10. The hydrocarbon group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a hydroxy group and the like.
 式(Ac-2)においてP10はポリマー鎖を表す。P10が表すポリマー鎖は、ポリ(メタ)アクリル繰り返し単位、ポリエーテル繰り返し単位、ポリエステル繰り返し単位およびポリオール繰り返し単位から選ばれる少なくとも1種の繰り返し単位を有することが好ましい。ポリマー鎖P10の重量平均分子量は500~20000が好ましい。下限は1000以上が好ましい。上限は10000以下が好ましく、5000以下がより好ましく、3000以下が更に好ましい。P10の重量平均分子量が上記範囲であれば組成物中における顔料の分散性が良好である。芳香族カルボキシル基を有する樹脂が式(Ac-2)で表される繰り返し単位を有する樹脂である場合は、この樹脂は分散剤として好ましく用いられる。 In formula (Ac-2), P 10 represents a polymer chain. The polymer chain represented by P 10 preferably has at least one repeating unit selected from poly (meth) acrylic repeating units, polyether repeating units, polyester repeating units and polyol repeating units. The weight average molecular weight of the polymer chain P 10 is preferably 500 to 20,000. The lower limit is preferably 1000 or more. The upper limit is preferably 10,000 or less, more preferably 5000 or less, and even more preferably 3000 or less. When the weight average molecular weight of P 10 is in the above range, the dispersibility of the pigment in the composition is good. When the resin having an aromatic carboxyl group is a resin having a repeating unit represented by the formula (Ac-2), this resin is preferably used as a dispersant.
 樹脂は、分散剤としての樹脂を含むことが好ましい。分散剤としては、酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)、塩基性分散剤(塩基性樹脂)が挙げられる。ここで、酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)とは、酸基の量が塩基性基の量よりも多い樹脂を表す。酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)としては、酸基の量と塩基性基の量の合計量を100モル%としたときに、酸基の量が70モル%以上である樹脂が好ましい。酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)が有する酸基は、カルボキシル基が好ましい。酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)の酸価は、10~105mgKOH/gが好ましい。また、塩基性分散剤(塩基性樹脂)とは、塩基性基の量が酸基の量よりも多い樹脂を表す。塩基性分散剤(塩基性樹脂)としては、酸基の量と塩基性基の量の合計量を100モル%としたときに、塩基性基の量が50モル%を超える樹脂が好ましい。塩基性分散剤が有する塩基性基は、アミノ基が好ましい。 The resin preferably contains a resin as a dispersant. Examples of the dispersant include an acidic dispersant (acidic resin) and a basic dispersant (basic resin). Here, the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) represents a resin in which the amount of acid groups is larger than the amount of basic groups. As the acidic dispersant (acidic resin), a resin having an acid group amount of 70 mol% or more is preferable when the total amount of the acid group amount and the basic group amount is 100 mol%. The acid group of the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably a carboxyl group. The acid value of the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably 10 to 105 mgKOH / g. Further, the basic dispersant (basic resin) represents a resin in which the amount of basic groups is larger than the amount of acid groups. As the basic dispersant (basic resin), a resin in which the amount of basic groups exceeds 50 mol% is preferable when the total amount of the amount of acid groups and the amount of basic groups is 100 mol%. The basic group contained in the basic dispersant is preferably an amino group.
 分散剤として用いる樹脂は、グラフト樹脂であることも好ましい。グラフト樹脂の詳細は、特開2012-255128号公報の段落番号0025~0094の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 The resin used as the dispersant is also preferably a graft resin. For details of the graft resin, the description in paragraphs 0025 to 0094 of JP2012-255128A can be referred to, and the content thereof is incorporated in the present specification.
 分散剤として用いる樹脂は、芳香族カルボキシル基を有する樹脂(樹脂Ac)であることも好ましい。芳香族カルボキシル基を有する樹脂としては上述したものが挙げられる。 The resin used as the dispersant is also preferably a resin having an aromatic carboxyl group (resin Ac). Examples of the resin having an aromatic carboxyl group include those described above.
 分散剤として用いる樹脂は、主鎖及び側鎖の少なくとも一方に窒素原子を含むポリイミン系分散剤であることも好ましい。ポリイミン系分散剤としては、pKa14以下の官能基を有する部分構造を有する主鎖と、原子数40~10000の側鎖とを有し、かつ主鎖及び側鎖の少なくとも一方に塩基性窒素原子を有する樹脂が好ましい。塩基性窒素原子は、塩基性を呈する窒素原子であれば特に制限はない。ポリイミン系分散剤については、特開2012-255128号公報の段落番号0102~0166の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 It is also preferable that the resin used as the dispersant is a polyimine-based dispersant containing a nitrogen atom in at least one of the main chain and the side chain. The polyimine-based dispersant has a main chain having a partial structure having a functional group of pKa14 or less, a side chain having 40 to 10,000 atoms, and a basic nitrogen atom in at least one of the main chain and the side chain. The resin to have is preferable. The basic nitrogen atom is not particularly limited as long as it is a nitrogen atom exhibiting basicity. Regarding the polyimine-based dispersant, the description in paragraphs 0102 to 0166 of JP2012-255128A can be referred to, and this content is incorporated in the present specification.
 分散剤として用いる樹脂は、コア部に複数個のポリマー鎖が結合した構造の樹脂であることも好ましい。このような樹脂としては、例えばデンドリマー(星型ポリマーを含む)が挙げられる。また、デンドリマーの具体例としては、特開2013-043962号公報の段落番号0196~0209に記載された高分子化合物C-1~C-31などが挙げられる。 The resin used as the dispersant is also preferably a resin having a structure in which a plurality of polymer chains are bonded to the core portion. Examples of such a resin include dendrimers (including star-shaped polymers). Specific examples of the dendrimer include polymer compounds C-1 to C-31 described in paragraphs 0196 to 0209 of JP2013-043962.
 分散剤として用いる樹脂は、重合性基を側鎖に有する繰り返し単位を含む樹脂であることも好ましい。重合性基を側鎖に有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、樹脂の全繰り返し単位中10モル%以上であることが好ましく、10~80モル%であることがより好ましく、20~70モル%であることが更に好ましい。 The resin used as the dispersant is also preferably a resin containing a repeating unit having a polymerizable group in the side chain. The content of the repeating unit having a polymerizable group in the side chain is preferably 10 mol% or more, more preferably 10 to 80 mol%, and 20 to 70 mol% in all the repeating units of the resin. Is even more preferable.
 分散剤として用いる樹脂は、特許第6432077号公報の段落番号0219~0221に記載されたブロック共重合体(EB-1)~(EB-9)を用いることもできる。 As the resin used as the dispersant, the block copolymers (EB-1) to (EB-9) described in paragraphs 0219 to 0221 of Japanese Patent No. 6432077 can also be used.
 分散剤は、市販品としても入手可能であり、そのような具体例としては、BYKChemie社製のDISPERBYKシリーズ(例えば、DISPERBYK-111、142、161など)、日本ルーブリゾール(株)製のソルスパースシリーズ(例えば、ソルスパース76500など)などが挙げられる。また、特開2014-130338号公報の段落番号0041~0130に記載された顔料分散剤を用いることもでき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。また、分散剤は、特開2018-150498号公報、特開2017-100116号公報、特開2017-100115号公報、特開2016-108520号公報、特開2016-108519号公報、特開2015-232105号公報に記載の化合物を用いてもよい。なお、上記分散剤として説明した樹脂は、分散剤以外の用途で使用することもできる。例えば、バインダーとして用いることもできる。 Dispersants are also available as commercial products, and specific examples thereof include DISPERBYK series manufactured by BYK Chemie (for example, DISPERBYK-111, 142, 161 etc.) and sparse sparse manufactured by Nippon Lubrizol Co., Ltd. Examples include series (eg, Solsparse 76500). Further, the pigment dispersants described in paragraphs 0041 to 0130 of JP-A-2014-130338 can also be used, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification. Dispersants include JP-A-2018-150498, JP-A-2017-100116, JP-A-2017-100115, JP-A-2016-108520, JP-A-2016-108519, and JP-A-2015. The compound described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 232105 may be used. The resin described as the dispersant can also be used for purposes other than the dispersant. For example, it can also be used as a binder.
 本発明の着色組成物が樹脂を含有する場合、着色組成物の全固形分中にける樹脂の含有量は、1~80質量%であることが好ましい。下限は5質量%以上が好ましく、10質量%以上がより好ましく、15質量%以上が更に好ましく、20質量%以上が特に好ましい。上限は70質量%以下が好ましく、60質量%以下がより好ましく、50質量%以下が更に好ましく、40質量%以下が特に好ましい。また、酸基を含有する樹脂の含有量は、着色組成物の全固形分中0.1~50質量%が好ましい。下限は0.5質量%以上が好ましく、1質量%以上がより好ましく、2質量%以上が更に好ましく、3質量%以上が特に好ましい。上限は30質量%以下がより好ましく、20質量%以下が更に好ましい。また、樹脂として分散剤を含有する場合、分散剤の含有量は、着色組成物の全固形分中0.1~40質量%が好ましい。上限は、20質量%以下が好ましく、10質量%以下がさらに好ましい。下限は、0.5質量%以上が好ましく、1質量%以上がさらに好ましい。また、分散剤の含有量は、顔料100質量部に対して、1~100質量部が好ましい。上限は、80質量部以下が好ましく、75質量部以下がより好ましい。下限は、2.5質量部以上が好ましく、5質量部以上がより好ましい。
 本発明の着色組成物は、樹脂を1種のみ含んでいてもよいし、2種以上含んでいてもよい。樹脂を2種以上含む場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
When the coloring composition of the present invention contains a resin, the content of the resin in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 1 to 80% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 5% by mass or more, more preferably 10% by mass or more, further preferably 15% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 20% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 70% by mass or less, more preferably 60% by mass or less, further preferably 50% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 40% by mass or less. The content of the resin containing an acid group is preferably 0.1 to 50% by mass based on the total solid content of the coloring composition. The lower limit is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, more preferably 1% by mass or more, further preferably 2% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 3% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 30% by mass or less, further preferably 20% by mass or less. When a dispersant is contained as the resin, the content of the dispersant is preferably 0.1 to 40% by mass based on the total solid content of the coloring composition. The upper limit is preferably 20% by mass or less, and more preferably 10% by mass or less. The lower limit is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and more preferably 1% by mass or more. The content of the dispersant is preferably 1 to 100 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the pigment. The upper limit is preferably 80 parts by mass or less, more preferably 75 parts by mass or less. The lower limit is preferably 2.5 parts by mass or more, and more preferably 5 parts by mass or more.
The coloring composition of the present invention may contain only one type of resin, or may contain two or more types of resin. When two or more kinds of resins are contained, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
<<溶剤>>
 本発明の着色組成物は、溶剤を含有する。溶剤としては、有機溶剤が挙げられる。溶剤の種類は、各成分の溶解性や組成物の塗布性を満足すれば基本的には特に制限はない。有機溶剤としては、エステル系溶剤、ケトン系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤、エーテル系溶剤、炭化水素系溶剤などが挙げられる。これらの詳細については、国際公開第2015/166779号の段落番号0223を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。また、環状アルキル基が置換したエステル系溶剤、環状アルキル基が置換したケトン系溶剤も好ましく用いることもできる。有機溶剤の具体例としては、ポリエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジクロロメタン、3-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、エチルセロソルブアセテート、乳酸エチル、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、酢酸ブチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-ヘプタノン、シクロヘキサノン、酢酸シクロヘキシル、シクロペンタノン、エチルカルビトールアセテート、ブチルカルビトールアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、3-メトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロパンアミド、3-ブトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロパンアミドなどが挙げられる。ただし有機溶剤としての芳香族炭化水素類(ベンゼン、トルエン、キシレン、エチルベンゼン等)は、環境面等の理由により低減したほうがよい場合がある(例えば、有機溶剤全量に対して、50質量ppm(parts per million)以下とすることもでき、10質量ppm以下とすることもでき、1質量ppm以下とすることもできる)。
<< Solvent >>
The coloring composition of the present invention contains a solvent. Examples of the solvent include organic solvents. The type of solvent is basically not particularly limited as long as it satisfies the solubility of each component and the coatability of the composition. Examples of the organic solvent include ester solvents, ketone solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, ether solvents, hydrocarbon solvents and the like. For these details, paragraph No. 0223 of WO 2015/166779 can be referred to, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. Further, an ester solvent substituted with a cyclic alkyl group and a ketone solvent substituted with a cyclic alkyl group can also be preferably used. Specific examples of the organic solvent include polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether, dichloromethane, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2 -Heptanone, cyclohexanone, cyclohexyl acetate, cyclopentanone, ethyl carbitol acetate, butyl carbitol acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, 3-methoxy-N, N-dimethylpropanamide, 3-butoxy-N , N-Dimethylpropanamide and the like. However, aromatic hydrocarbons (benzene, toluene, xylene, ethylbenzene, etc.) as organic solvents may need to be reduced for environmental reasons (for example, 50 mass ppm (parts) with respect to the total amount of organic solvent. Per million) or less, 10 mass ppm or less, or 1 mass ppm or less).
 本発明においては、金属含有量の少ない有機溶剤を用いることが好ましく、有機溶剤の金属含有量は、例えば10質量ppb(parts per billion)以下であることが好ましい。必要に応じて質量ppt(parts per trillion)レベルの有機溶剤を用いてもよく、そのような有機溶剤は例えば東洋合成社が提供している(化学工業日報、2015年11月13日)。 In the present invention, it is preferable to use an organic solvent having a low metal content, and the metal content of the organic solvent is preferably, for example, 10 mass ppb (parts per parts) or less. If necessary, an organic solvent at the mass ppt (parts per parts) level may be used, and such an organic solvent is provided by, for example, Toyo Synthetic Co., Ltd. (The Chemical Daily, November 13, 2015).
 有機溶剤から金属等の不純物を除去する方法としては、例えば、蒸留(分子蒸留や薄膜蒸留等)やフィルタを用いたろ過を挙げることができる。ろ過に用いるフィルタのフィルタ孔径としては、10μm以下が好ましく、5μm以下がより好ましく、3μm以下が更に好ましい。フィルタの材質は、ポリテトラフロロエチレン、ポリエチレンまたはナイロンが好ましい。 Examples of the method for removing impurities such as metals from the organic solvent include distillation (molecular distillation, thin film distillation, etc.) and filtration using a filter. The filter pore diameter of the filter used for filtration is preferably 10 μm or less, more preferably 5 μm or less, and even more preferably 3 μm or less. The filter material is preferably polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene or nylon.
 有機溶剤は、異性体(原子数が同じであるが構造が異なる化合物)が含まれていてもよい。また、異性体は、1種のみが含まれていてもよいし、複数種含まれていてもよい。 The organic solvent may contain isomers (compounds having the same number of atoms but different structures). Further, only one kind of isomer may be contained, or a plurality of kinds may be contained.
 有機溶剤中の過酸化物の含有率が0.8mmol/L以下であることが好ましく、過酸化物を実質的に含まないことがより好ましい。 The content of peroxide in the organic solvent is preferably 0.8 mmol / L or less, and more preferably substantially free of peroxide.
 着色組成物中における溶剤の含有量は、10~95質量%であることが好ましく、20~90質量%であることがより好ましく、30~90質量%であることが更に好ましい。 The content of the solvent in the coloring composition is preferably 10 to 95% by mass, more preferably 20 to 90% by mass, and even more preferably 30 to 90% by mass.
 また、本発明の着色組成物は、環境規制の観点から環境規制物質を実質的に含有しないことが好ましい。なお、本発明において、環境規制物質を実質的に含有しないとは、着色組成物中における環境規制物質の含有量が50質量ppm以下であることを意味し、30質量ppm以下であることが好ましく、10質量ppm以下であることが更に好ましく、1質量ppm以下であることが特に好ましい。環境規制物質は、例えばベンゼン;トルエン、キシレン等のアルキルベンゼン類;クロロベンゼン等のハロゲン化ベンゼン類等が挙げられる。これらは、REACH(Registration Evaluation Authorization and Restriction of CHemicals)規則、PRTR(Pollutant Release and Transfer Register)法、VOC(Volatile Organic Compounds)規制等のもとに環境規制物質として登録されており、使用量や取り扱い方法が厳しく規制されている。これらの化合物は、着色組成物に用いられる各成分などを製造する際に溶媒として用いられることがあり、残留溶媒として着色組成物中に混入することがある。人への安全性、環境への配慮の観点よりこれらの物質は可能な限り低減することが好ましい。環境規制物質を低減する方法としては、系中を加熱や減圧して環境規制物質の沸点以上にして系中から環境規制物質を留去して低減する方法が挙げられる。また、少量の環境規制物質を留去する場合においては、効率を上げる為に該当溶媒と同等の沸点を有する溶媒と共沸させることも有用である。また、ラジカル重合性を有する化合物を含有する場合、減圧留去中にラジカル重合反応が進行して分子間で架橋してしまうことを抑制するために重合禁止剤等を添加して減圧留去してもよい。これらの留去方法は、原料の段階、原料を反応させた生成物(例えば重合した後の樹脂溶液や多官能モノマー溶液)の段階、またはこれらの化合物を混ぜて作製した着色組成物の段階などのいずれの段階でも可能である。 Further, it is preferable that the coloring composition of the present invention does not substantially contain an environmentally regulated substance from the viewpoint of environmental regulation. In the present invention, substantially free of the environmentally regulated substance means that the content of the environmentally regulated substance in the coloring composition is 50 mass ppm or less, and preferably 30 mass ppm or less. It is more preferably 10 mass ppm or less, and particularly preferably 1 mass ppm or less. Examples of environmentally regulated substances include benzene; alkylbenzenes such as toluene and xylene; and halogenated benzenes such as chlorobenzene. These are REACH (Registration Evolution Analysis and Restriction of Chemicals) regulations, PRTR (Pollutant Release and Transfer Register) method, VOC (Volatile Organic Compounds), regulated by VOC (Volatile Organic Compounds) The method is strictly regulated. These compounds may be used as a solvent in producing each component used in the coloring composition, and may be mixed in the coloring composition as a residual solvent. From the viewpoint of human safety and consideration for the environment, it is preferable to reduce these substances as much as possible. As a method for reducing the environmentally regulated substance, there is a method of heating or depressurizing the inside of the system to raise the boiling point of the environmentally regulated substance to the boiling point or higher, and distilling off the environmentally regulated substance from the system to reduce the amount. When distilling off a small amount of an environmentally regulated substance, it is also useful to azeotrope with a solvent having a boiling point equivalent to that of the solvent in order to improve efficiency. When a compound having radical polymerization property is contained, a polymerization inhibitor or the like is added and distilled under reduced pressure in order to prevent the radical polymerization reaction from proceeding and cross-linking between molecules during distillation under reduced pressure. You may. These distillation methods include a stage of a raw material, a stage of a product obtained by reacting the raw materials (for example, a resin solution after polymerization or a polyfunctional monomer solution), or a stage of a coloring composition prepared by mixing these compounds. It is possible at any stage of.
<<赤外線吸収剤>>
 本発明の着色組成物は、更に赤外線吸収剤を含有することができる。例えば、本発明の着色組成物を用いて赤外線透過フィルタを形成する場合においては、着色組成物中に赤外線吸収剤を含有させることで得られる膜について透過させる光の波長をより長波長側にシフトさせることができる。本発明で用いられる赤外線吸収剤は、極大吸収波長を波長700nmよりも長波長側に有する化合物であることが好ましい。赤外線吸収剤は波長700nmを超え1800nm以下の範囲に極大吸収波長を有する化合物であることが好ましい。また、赤外線吸収剤の波長500nmにおける吸光度Aと極大吸収波長における吸光度Aとの比率A/Aは、0.08以下であることが好ましく、0.04以下であることがより好ましい。
<< Infrared absorber >>
The coloring composition of the present invention can further contain an infrared absorber. For example, when an infrared transmission filter is formed using the coloring composition of the present invention, the wavelength of light transmitted through the film obtained by containing an infrared absorber in the coloring composition is shifted to a longer wavelength side. Can be made to. The infrared absorber used in the present invention is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength on the longer wavelength side than the wavelength of 700 nm. The infrared absorber is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the range of more than 700 nm and 1800 nm or less. The ratio A 1 / A 2 between the absorbance A 2 in the absorbance A 1 and the maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength 500nm of the infrared absorbing agent is preferably 0.08 or less, and more preferably 0.04 or less ..
 赤外線吸収剤としては、ピロロピロール化合物、シアニン化合物、スクアリリウム化合物、フタロシアニン化合物、ナフタロシアニン化合物、クアテリレン化合物、メロシアニン化合物、クロコニウム化合物、オキソノール化合物、イミニウム化合物、ジチオール化合物、トリアリールメタン化合物、ピロメテン化合物、アゾメチン化合物、アントラキノン化合物、ジベンゾフラノン化合物、ジチオレン金属錯体、金属酸化物、金属ホウ化物等が挙げられる。ピロロピロール化合物としては、特開2009-263614号公報の段落番号0016~0058に記載の化合物、特開2011-068731号公報の段落番号0037~0052に記載の化合物、国際公開第2015/166873号の段落番号0010~0033に記載の化合物などが挙げられる。スクアリリウム化合物としては、特開2011-208101号公報の段落番号0044~0049に記載の化合物、特許第6065169号公報の段落番号0060~0061に記載の化合物、国際公開第2016/181987号の段落番号0040に記載の化合物、特開2015-176046号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2016/190162号の段落番号0072に記載の化合物、特開2016-074649号公報の段落番号0196~0228に記載の化合物、特開2017-067963号公報の段落番号0124に記載の化合物、国際公開第2017/135359号に記載の化合物、特開2017-114956号公報に記載の化合物、特許6197940号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2016/120166号に記載の化合物などが挙げられる。シアニン化合物としては、特開2009-108267号公報の段落番号0044~0045に記載の化合物、特開2002-194040号公報の段落番号0026~0030に記載の化合物、特開2015-172004号公報に記載の化合物、特開2015-172102号公報に記載の化合物、特開2008-088426号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2016/190162号の段落番号0090に記載の化合物、特開2017-031394号公報に記載の化合物などが挙げられる。クロコニウム化合物としては、特開2017-082029号公報に記載の化合物が挙げられる。イミニウム化合物としては、例えば、特表2008-528706号公報に記載の化合物、特開2012-012399号公報に記載の化合物、特開2007-092060号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2018/043564号の段落番号0048~0063に記載の化合物が挙げられる。フタロシアニン化合物としては、特開2012-077153号公報の段落番号0093に記載の化合物、特開2006-343631号公報に記載のオキシチタニウムフタロシアニン、特開2013-195480号公報の段落番号0013~0029に記載の化合物、特許第6081771号公報に記載のバナジウムフタロシアニン化合物が挙げられる。ナフタロシアニン化合物としては、特開2012-077153号公報の段落番号0093に記載の化合物が挙げられる。ジチオレン金属錯体としては、特許第5733804号公報に記載の化合物が挙げられる。金属酸化物としては、例えば、酸化インジウムスズ、酸化アンチモンスズ、酸化亜鉛、Alドープ酸化亜鉛、フッ素ドープ二酸化スズ、ニオブドープ二酸化チタン、酸化タングステンなどが挙げられる。酸化タングステンの詳細については、特開2016-006476号公報の段落番号0080を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。金属ホウ化物としては、ホウ化ランタンなどが挙げられる。ホウ化ランタンの市販品としては、LaB-F(日本新金属(株)製)などが挙げられる。また、金属ホウ化物としては、国際公開第2017/119394号に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。酸化インジウムスズの市販品としては、F-ITO(DOWAハイテック(株)製)などが挙げられる。 Examples of infrared absorbers include pyrolopyrrole compounds, cyanine compounds, squarylium compounds, phthalocyanine compounds, naphthalocyanine compounds, quaterylene compounds, merocyanine compounds, croconium compounds, oxonor compounds, iminium compounds, dithiol compounds, triarylmethane compounds, pyromethene compounds and azomethine. Examples thereof include compounds, anthraquinone compounds, dibenzofuranone compounds, dithiolene metal complexes, metal oxides, and metal boroides. Examples of the pyrolopyrrole compound include the compounds described in paragraphs 0016 to 0058 of JP2009-263614, the compounds described in paragraphs 0037 to 0052 of JP2011-066731, and International Publication No. 2015/166783. Examples thereof include the compounds described in paragraphs 0010 to 0033. Examples of the squarylium compound include the compounds described in paragraphs 0044 to 0049 of JP2011-208101A, the compounds described in paragraphs 0060 to 0061 of Patent No. 6065169, and paragraph numbers 0040 of International Publication No. 2016/181987. , The compound described in JP-A-2015-176046, the compound described in paragraph number 0072 of International Publication No. 2016/190162, the compound described in paragraph number 0196-0228 of JP-A-2016-074649. , The compound described in paragraph No. 0124 of JP-A-2017-067963, the compound described in International Publication No. 2017/135359, the compound described in JP-A-2017-114956, the compound described in Patent No. 61979940, Examples thereof include the compounds described in International Publication No. 2016/120166. Examples of the cyanine compound include the compounds described in paragraphs 0044 to 0045 of JP2009-108267A, the compounds described in paragraphs 0026 to 0030 of JP2002-194040, and the compounds described in JP2015-172004. , The compound described in JP-A-2015-172102, the compound described in JP-A-2008-088426, the compound described in paragraph No. 0090 of International Publication No. 2016/190162, JP-A-2017-031394. Examples thereof include the compounds described in. Examples of the croconium compound include the compounds described in JP-A-2017-082029. Examples of the iminium compound include the compounds described in JP-A-2008-528706, the compounds described in JP-A-2012-012399, the compounds described in JP-A-2007-092060, and International Publication No. 2018/043564. Examples thereof include the compounds described in paragraphs 0048 to 0063 of. Examples of the phthalocyanine compound include the compound described in paragraph No. 0093 of JP2012-077153, the oxytitanium phthalocyanine described in JP2006-343631, and paragraphs 0013 to 0029 of JP2013-195480. , And the vanadium phthalocyanine compound described in Japanese Patent No. 6081771. Examples of the naphthalocyanine compound include the compounds described in paragraph No. 0093 of JP2012-077153. Examples of the dithiolene metal complex include the compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 5733804. Examples of the metal oxide include indium tin oxide, antimonthine oxide, zinc oxide, Al-doped zinc oxide, fluorine-doped tin dioxide, niobium-doped titanium dioxide, and tungsten oxide. For details of tungsten oxide, paragraph number 0080 of JP-A-2016-006476 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification. Examples of the metal boride include lanthanum hexaboride. Examples of commercially available lanthanum boride, LaB 6 -F (manufactured by Japan New Metals Co., Ltd.), and the like. Further, as the metal boride, the compound described in International Publication No. 2017/119394 can also be used. Examples of commercially available indium tin oxide products include F-ITO (manufactured by DOWA Hi-Tech Co., Ltd.).
 また、赤外線吸収剤としては、特開2017-197437号公報に記載のスクアリリウム化合物、特開2017-025311号公報に記載のスクアリリウム化合物、国際公開第2016/154782号に記載のスクアリリウム化合物、特許第5884953号公報に記載のスクアリリウム化合物、特許第6036689号公報に記載のスクアリリウム化合物、特許第5810604号公報に記載のスクアリリウム化合物、国際公開第2017/213047号の段落番号0090~0107に記載のスクアリリウム化合物、特開2018-054760号公報の段落番号0019~0075に記載のピロール環含有化合物、特開2018-040955号公報の段落番号0078~0082に記載のピロール環含有化合物、特開2018-002773号公報の段落番号0043~0069に記載のピロール環含有化合物、特開2018-041047号公報の段落番号0024~0086に記載のアミドα位に芳香環を有するスクアリリウム化合物、特開2017-179131号公報に記載のアミド連結型スクアリリウム化合物、特開2017-141215号公報に記載のピロールビス型スクアリリウム骨格又はクロコニウム骨格を有する化合物、特開2017-082029号公報に記載されたジヒドロカルバゾールビス型のスクアリリウム化合物、特開2017-068120号公報の段落番号0027~0114に記載の非対称型の化合物、特開2017-067963号公報に記載されたピロール環含有化合物(カルバゾール型)、特許第6251530号公報に記載されたフタロシアニン化合物などを用いることもできる。 Examples of the infrared absorber include a squarylium compound described in JP-A-2017-197437, a squarylium compound described in JP-A-2017-025311, a squarylium compound described in International Publication No. 2016/154782, and Patent No. 5884953. Squalylium compounds described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 6036689, Squalylium compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 581604, Squalylium compounds described in International Publication No. 2017/213047, paragraph numbers 0090 to 0107, specially mentioned. Pyrrole ring-containing compounds described in paragraphs 0019 to 0075 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2018-054760, pyrrole ring-containing compounds described in paragraph numbers 0078 to 0082 of JP-A-2018-040955, paragraphs of JP-A-2018-002773. Pyrrole ring-containing compounds described in Nos. 0043 to 0069, squarylium compounds having an aromatic ring at the amide α position described in paragraphs 0024 to 0086 of JP-A-2018-041047, amides described in JP-A-2017-179131. Concatenated squalylium compound, compound having a pyrrolbis type squalylium skeleton or croconium skeleton described in JP-A-2017-141215, dihydrocarbazolebis-type squalylium compound described in JP-A-2017-082029, JP-A-2017-068120 The asymmetric compound described in paragraphs 0027 to 0114 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2017, the pyrrole ring-containing compound (carbazole type) described in JP-A-2017-067963, the phthalocyanine compound described in Japanese Patent No. 6251530, and the like are used. You can also do it.
 赤外線吸収剤を含有する場合、着色組成物の全固形分中における赤外線吸収剤の含有量は50質量%以下が好ましく、40質量%以下がより好ましく、30質量%以下が更に好ましい。下限は1質量%以上であることが好ましく、3質量%以上がより好ましく、5質量%以上が更に好ましい。また、着色組成物の全固形分中における赤外線吸収剤と着色剤の合計の含有量は、10~80質量%であることが好ましい。下限は、20質量%以上が好ましく、30質量%以上がより好ましい。また、赤外線吸収剤の含有量は、着色剤の100質量部に対して5~50質量部であることが好ましい。上限は、45質量部以下が好ましく、40質量部以下がより好ましい。下限は、10質量部以上が好ましく、15質量部以上がより好ましい。 When an infrared absorber is contained, the content of the infrared absorber in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 50% by mass or less, more preferably 40% by mass or less, still more preferably 30% by mass or less. The lower limit is preferably 1% by mass or more, more preferably 3% by mass or more, and further preferably 5% by mass or more. The total content of the infrared absorber and the colorant in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 10 to 80% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 20% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more. The content of the infrared absorber is preferably 5 to 50 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the colorant. The upper limit is preferably 45 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 40 parts by mass or less. The lower limit is preferably 10 parts by mass or more, and more preferably 15 parts by mass or more.
<<顔料誘導体>>
 本発明の着色組成物は、顔料誘導体を含有することができる。顔料誘導体としては、色素骨格に、酸基または塩基性基が結合した構造を有する化合物が挙げられる。顔料誘導体を構成する色素骨格としては、キノリン色素骨格、ベンゾイミダゾロン色素骨格、ベンゾイソインドール色素骨格、ベンゾチアゾール色素骨格、イニミウム色素骨格、スクアリリウム色素骨格、クロコニウム色素骨格、オキソノール色素骨格、ピロロピロール色素骨格、ジケトピロロピロール色素骨格、アゾ色素骨格、アゾメチン色素骨格、フタロシアニン色素骨格、ナフタロシアニン色素骨格、アントラキノン色素骨格、キナクリドン色素骨格、ジオキサジン色素骨格、ペリノン色素骨格、ペリレン色素骨格、チオインジゴ色素骨格、イソインドリン色素骨格、イソインドリノン色素骨格、キノフタロン色素骨格、イミニウム色素骨格、ジチオール色素骨格、トリアリールメタン色素骨格、ピロメテン色素骨格等が挙げられる。酸基としては、スルホ基、カルボキシル基、リン酸基及びこれらの塩が挙げられる。塩を構成する原子または原子団としては、アルカリ金属イオン(Li、Na、Kなど)、アルカリ土類金属イオン(Ca2+、Mg2+など)、アンモニウムイオン、イミダゾリウムイオン、ピリジニウムイオン、ホスホニウムイオンなどが挙げられる。塩基性基としては、アミノ基、ピリジニル基およびその塩、アンモニウム基の塩、並びにフタルイミドメチル基が挙げられる。塩を構成する原子または原子団としては、水酸化物イオン、ハロゲンイオン、カルボン酸イオン、スルホン酸イオン、フェノキシドイオンなどが挙げられる。
<< Pigment derivative >>
The coloring composition of the present invention can contain a pigment derivative. Examples of the pigment derivative include compounds having a structure in which an acid group or a basic group is bonded to the pigment skeleton. The pigment skeletons constituting the pigment derivatives include quinoline pigment skeleton, benzoimidazolone pigment skeleton, benzoisoindole pigment skeleton, benzothiazole pigment skeleton, inimium pigment skeleton, squarylium pigment skeleton, croconium pigment skeleton, oxonor pigment skeleton, and pyrolopyrrolop pigment. Skeletal, diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment skeleton, azo pigment skeleton, azomethine pigment skeleton, phthalocyanine pigment skeleton, naphthalocyanine pigment skeleton, anthraquinone pigment skeleton, quinacridone pigment skeleton, dioxazine pigment skeleton, perinone pigment skeleton, perylene pigment skeleton, thioindigo pigment skeleton, Examples thereof include an isoindrin pigment skeleton, an isoindolinone pigment skeleton, a quinophthalone pigment skeleton, an iminium pigment skeleton, a dithiol pigment skeleton, a triarylmethane pigment skeleton, and a pyromethene pigment skeleton. Examples of the acid group include a sulfo group, a carboxyl group, a phosphoric acid group and salts thereof. The atoms or groups that make up the salt include alkali metal ions (Li + , Na + , K +, etc.), alkaline earth metal ions (Ca 2+ , Mg 2+, etc.), ammonium ions, imidazolium ions, pyridinium ions, etc. Examples include phosphonium ions. Examples of the basic group include an amino group, a pyridinyl group and a salt thereof, a salt of an ammonium group, and a phthalimide methyl group. Examples of the atom or atomic group constituting the salt include hydroxide ion, halogen ion, carboxylic acid ion, sulfonic acid ion, and phenoxide ion.
 本発明において、顔料誘導体として可視透明性に優れた顔料誘導体(以下、透明顔料誘導体ともいう)を含有することもできる。透明顔料誘導体の400~700nmの波長領域におけるモル吸光係数の最大値(εmax)は3000L・mol-1・cm-1以下であることが好ましく、1000L・mol-1・cm-1以下であることがより好ましく、100L・mol-1・cm-1以下であることがさらに好ましい。εmaxの下限は、例えば1L・mol-1・cm-1以上であり、10L・mol-1・cm-1以上でもよい。 In the present invention, a pigment derivative having excellent visible transparency (hereinafter, also referred to as a transparent pigment derivative) can be contained as the pigment derivative. The maximum value of the molar extinction coefficient in the wavelength region of 400 ~ 700 nm of the transparent pigment derivative (.epsilon.max) is that it is preferable, 1000L · mol -1 · cm -1 or less is not more than 3000L · mol -1 · cm -1 Is more preferable, and 100 L · mol -1 · cm -1 or less is further preferable. The lower limit of εmax is, for example, 1 L · mol -1 · cm -1 or more, and may be 10 L · mol -1 · cm -1 or more.
 顔料誘導体の具体例としては、後述する実施例に記載の化合物、特開昭56-118462号公報、特開昭63-264674号公報、特開平01-217077号公報、特開平03-009961号公報、特開平03-026767号公報、特開平03-153780号公報、特開平03-045662号公報、特開平04-285669号公報、特開平06-145546号公報、特開平06-212088号公報、特開平06-240158号公報、特開平10-030063号公報、特開平10-195326号公報、国際公開第2011/024896号の段落番号0086~0098、国際公開第2012/102399号の段落番号0063~0094、国際公開第2017/038252号の段落番号0082、特開2015-151530号公報の段落番号0171、特開2011-252065号公報の段落番号0162~0183、特開2003-081972号公報、特許第5299151号公報、特開2015-172732号公報、特開2014-199308号公報、特開2014-085562号公報、特開2014-035351号公報、特開2008-081565号公報に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the pigment derivative include the compounds described in Examples described later, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 56-118462, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 63-246674, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 01-2170777, and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 03-009961. , Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 03-026767, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 03-153780, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 03-045662, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 04-285669, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 06-145546, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 06-212088, Kaihei 06-240158, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 10-030063, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 10-195326, International Publication No. 2011/024896, paragraph numbers 0083-0998, International Publication No. 2012/10239, paragraph numbers 0063-0094 , International Publication No. 2017/038252, Paragraph No. 028, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2015-151530, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2011-52065, Paragraph Nos. 0162 to 0183, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2003-081972, Patent No. 5299151. Examples thereof include the compounds described in JP-A-2015-172732, JP-A-2014-199308, JP-A-2014-0855562, JP-A-2014-035351, and JP-A-2008-081565.
 顔料誘導体を含有する場合、顔料誘導体の含有量は、顔料100質量部に対して1~30質量部が好ましく、3~20質量部が更に好ましい。顔料誘導体は1種のみを用いてもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。2種以上併用する場合はそれらの合計量が上記範囲であることが好ましい。 When a pigment derivative is contained, the content of the pigment derivative is preferably 1 to 30 parts by mass, more preferably 3 to 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the pigment. Only one type of pigment derivative may be used, or two or more types may be used in combination. When two or more kinds are used in combination, the total amount thereof is preferably in the above range.
<<光重合開始剤>>
 本発明の着色組成物は光重合開始剤を含有することができる。特に硬化性化合物として重合性化合物を用いた場合は、光重合開始剤を含むことが好ましい。光重合開始剤としては、特に制限はなく、公知の光重合開始剤の中から適宜選択することができる。例えば、紫外線領域から可視領域の光線に対して感光性を有する化合物が好ましい。光重合開始剤は、光ラジカル重合開始剤であることが好ましい。
<< Photopolymerization Initiator >>
The coloring composition of the present invention can contain a photopolymerization initiator. In particular, when a polymerizable compound is used as the curable compound, it is preferable to include a photopolymerization initiator. The photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected from known photopolymerization initiators. For example, a compound having photosensitivity to light rays in the ultraviolet region to the visible region is preferable. The photopolymerization initiator is preferably a photoradical polymerization initiator.
 光重合開始剤としては、ハロゲン化炭化水素誘導体(例えば、トリアジン骨格を有する化合物、オキサジアゾール骨格を有する化合物など)、アシルホスフィン化合物、ヘキサアリールビイミダゾール、オキシム化合物、有機過酸化物、チオ化合物、ケトン化合物、芳香族オニウム塩、α-ヒドロキシケトン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物などが挙げられる。光重合開始剤は、露光感度の観点から、トリハロメチルトリアジン化合物、ベンジルジメチルケタール化合物、α-ヒドロキシケトン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物、アシルホスフィン化合物、ホスフィンオキサイド化合物、メタロセン化合物、オキシム化合物、トリアリールイミダゾールダイマー、オニウム化合物、ベンゾチアゾール化合物、ベンゾフェノン化合物、アセトフェノン化合物、シクロペンタジエン-ベンゼン-鉄錯体、ハロメチルオキサジアゾール化合物および3-アリール置換クマリン化合物であることが好ましく、オキシム化合物、α-ヒドロキシケトン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物、および、アシルホスフィン化合物から選ばれる化合物であることがより好ましく、オキシム化合物であることが更に好ましい。また、光重合開始剤としては、特開2014-130173号公報の段落0065~0111に記載された化合物、特許第6301489号公報に記載された化合物、MATERIAL STAGE 37~60p,vol.19,No.3,2019に記載されたパーオキサイド系光重合開始剤、国際公開第2018/221177号に記載の光重合開始剤、国際公開第2018/110179号に記載の光重合開始剤、特開2019-043864号公報に記載の光重合開始剤、特開2019-044030号公報に記載の光重合開始剤、特開2019-167313号公報に記載の過酸化物系開始剤が挙げられ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives (for example, compounds having a triazine skeleton, compounds having an oxadiazole skeleton, etc.), acylphosphine compounds, hexaarylbiimidazoles, oxime compounds, organic peroxides, and thio compounds. , Ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, α-hydroxyketone compounds, α-aminoketone compounds and the like. From the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity, the photopolymerization initiator is a trihalomethyltriazine compound, a benzyl dimethyl ketal compound, an α-hydroxyketone compound, an α-aminoketone compound, an acylphosphine compound, a phosphine oxide compound, a metallocene compound, an oxime compound, or a triarylimidazole. Dimer, onium compound, benzothiazole compound, benzophenone compound, acetophenone compound, cyclopentadiene-benzene-iron complex, halomethyloxaziazole compound and 3-aryl substituted coumarin compound are preferable, and oxime compound and α-hydroxyketone compound. , Α-Aminoketone compound, and an acylphosphine compound are more preferable, and an oxime compound is further preferable. Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include compounds described in paragraphs 0065 to 0111 of JP-A-2014-130173, compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 6301489, MATERIAL STAGE 37-60p, vol. 19, No. Peroxide-based photopolymerization initiator described in 3, 2019, photopolymerization initiator described in International Publication No. 2018/221177, photopolymerization initiator described in International Publication No. 2018/110179, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2019-043864 Examples thereof include the photopolymerization initiator described in JP-A-2019-044030, the photopolymerization initiator described in JP-A-2019-167313, and the contents thereof are described in the present specification. Incorporated into the book.
 α-ヒドロキシケトン化合物の市販品としては、Omnirad 184、Omnirad 1173、Omnirad 2959、Omnirad 127(以上、IGM Resins B.V.社製)、Irgacure 184、Irgacure 1173、Irgacure 2959、Irgacure 127(以上、BASF社製)などが挙げられる。α-アミノケトン化合物の市販品としては、Omnirad 907、Omnirad 369、Omnirad 369E、Omnirad 379EG(以上、IGM Resins B.V.社製)、Irgacure 907、Irgacure 369、Irgacure 369E、Irgacure 379EG(以上、BASF社製)などが挙げられる。アシルホスフィン化合物の市販品としては、Omnirad 819、Omnirad TPO(以上、IGM Resins B.V.社製)、Irgacure 819、Irgacure TPO(以上、BASF社製)などが挙げられる。 Commercially available α-hydroxyketone compounds include Omnirad 184, Omnirad 1173, Omnirad 2959, Omnirad 127 (all manufactured by IGM Resins BV), Irgacure 184, Irgacure 1173, Irgacare 1173, Irgacure29. (Manufactured by the company) and the like. Commercially available α-aminoketone compounds include Omnirad 907, Omnirad 369, Omnirad 369E, Omnirad 379EG (above, IGM Resins BV), Irgacare 907, Irgacare 369, Irgacure 369, Irgacure 369, Irgar (Made) and so on. Examples of commercially available acylphosphine compounds include Omnirad 819, Omnirad TPO (above, manufactured by IGM Resins BV), Irgacure 819, and Irgacure TPO (above, manufactured by BASF).
 オキシム化合物としては、特開2001-233842号公報に記載の化合物、特開2000-080068号公報に記載の化合物、特開2006-342166号公報に記載の化合物、J.C.S.Perkin II(1979年、pp.1653-1660)に記載の化合物、J.C.S.Perkin II(1979年、pp.156-162)に記載の化合物、Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology(1995年、pp.202-232)に記載の化合物、特開2000-066385号公報に記載の化合物、特表2004-534797号公報に記載の化合物、特開2006-342166号公報に記載の化合物、特開2017-019766号公報に記載の化合物、特許第6065596号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2015/152153号に記載の化合物、国際公開第2017/051680号に記載の化合物、特開2017-198865号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2017/164127号の段落番号0025~0038に記載の化合物、国際公開第2013/167515号に記載の化合物などが挙げられる。オキシム化合物の具体例としては、3-ベンゾイルオキシイミノブタン-2-オン、3-アセトキシイミノブタン-2-オン、3-プロピオニルオキシイミノブタン-2-オン、2-アセトキシイミノペンタン-3-オン、2-アセトキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オン、2-ベンゾイルオキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オン、3-(4-トルエンスルホニルオキシ)イミノブタン-2-オン、及び2-エトキシカルボニルオキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オンなどが挙げられる。市販品としては、Irgacure OXE01、Irgacure OXE02、Irgacure OXE03、Irgacure OXE04(以上、BASF社製)、TR-PBG-304(常州強力電子新材料有限公司製)、アデカオプトマーN-1919((株)ADEKA製、特開2012-014052号公報に記載の光重合開始剤2)が挙げられる。また、オキシム化合物としては、着色性が無い化合物や、透明性が高く変色し難い化合物を用いることも好ましい。市販品としては、アデカアークルズNCI-730、NCI-831、NCI-930(以上、(株)ADEKA製)などが挙げられる。 Examples of the oxime compound include the compounds described in JP-A-2001-233842, the compounds described in JP-A-2000-080068, and the compounds described in JP-A-2006-342166. C. S. The compound according to Perkin II (1979, pp. 1653-1660), J. Mol. C. S. The compound described in Perkin II (1979, pp. 156-162), the compound described in Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology (1995, pp. 202-232), the compound described in JP-A-2000-066385, the compound described in JP-A-2000-066385. Compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2004-534977, compounds described in JP-A-2006-342166, compounds described in JP-A-2017-019766, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 6065596, International Publication No. 2015 The compound described in / 152153, the compound described in International Publication No. 2017/051680, the compound described in JP-A-2017-198865, the compound described in paragraphs 0025 to 0038 of International Publication No. 2017/164127, Examples thereof include the compounds described in International Publication No. 2013/167515. Specific examples of the oxime compound include 3-benzoyloxyiminobutane-2-one, 3-acetoxyiminobutane-2-one, 3-propionyloxyiminovtan-2-one, 2-acetoxyimiminopentane-3-one, 2-acetoxyimino-1-phenylpropane-1-one, 2-benzoyloxyimino-1-phenylpropane-1-one, 3- (4-toluenesulfonyloxy) iminobutane-2-one, and 2-ethoxycarbonyloxy Examples thereof include imino-1-phenylpropane-1-one. Commercially available products include Irgacure OXE01, Irgacure OXE02, Irgacure OXE03, Irgacure OXE04 (above, manufactured by BASF), TR-PBG-304 (manufactured by Joshu Powerful Electronic New Materials Co., Ltd.), ADEKA PTOMER N-1919 (Co., Ltd.) Examples thereof include a photopolymerization initiator 2) manufactured by ADEKA and described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2012-014052. Further, as the oxime compound, it is also preferable to use a compound having no coloring property or a compound having high transparency and being hard to discolor. Examples of commercially available products include ADEKA ARKULS NCI-730, NCI-831, and NCI-930 (all manufactured by ADEKA Corporation).
 光重合開始剤としては、フルオレン環を有するオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。フルオレン環を有するオキシム化合物の具体例としては、特開2014-137466号公報に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 As the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having a fluorene ring can also be used. Specific examples of the oxime compound having a fluorene ring include the compounds described in JP-A-2014-137466.
 光重合開始剤としては、カルバゾール環の少なくとも1つのベンゼン環がナフタレン環となった骨格を有するオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。そのようなオキシム化合物の具体例としては、国際公開第2013/083505号に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 As the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having a skeleton in which at least one benzene ring of the carbazole ring is a naphthalene ring can also be used. Specific examples of such an oxime compound include the compounds described in International Publication No. 2013/083505.
 光重合開始剤としては、フッ素原子を有するオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。フッ素原子を有するオキシム化合物の具体例としては、特開2010-262028号公報に記載の化合物、特表2014-500852号公報に記載の化合物24、36~40、特開2013-164471号公報に記載の化合物(C-3)などが挙げられる。 As the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having a fluorine atom can also be used. Specific examples of the oxime compound having a fluorine atom are described in the compounds described in JP-A-2010-262028, compounds 24, 36-40 described in JP-A-2014-500852, and JP-A-2013-164471. Compound (C-3) and the like.
 光重合開始剤としては、ニトロ基を有するオキシム化合物を用いることができる。ニトロ基を有するオキシム化合物は、二量体とすることも好ましい。ニトロ基を有するオキシム化合物の具体例としては、特開2013-114249号公報の段落番号0031~0047、特開2014-137466号公報の段落番号0008~0012、0070~0079に記載されている化合物、特許4223071号公報の段落番号0007~0025に記載されている化合物、アデカアークルズNCI-831((株)ADEKA製)が挙げられる。 As the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having a nitro group can be used. The oxime compound having a nitro group is also preferably a dimer. Specific examples of the oxime compound having a nitro group include the compounds described in paragraphs 0031 to 0047 of JP2013-114249A and paragraphs 0008-0012 and 0070-0079 of JP2014-137466. Examples thereof include the compound described in paragraphs 0007 to 0025 of Japanese Patent No. 4223071, ADEKA ARKULS NCI-831 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation).
 光重合開始剤としては、ベンゾフラン骨格を有するオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。具体例としては、国際公開第2015/036910号に記載されているOE-01~OE-75が挙げられる。 As the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having a benzofuran skeleton can also be used. Specific examples include OE-01 to OE-75 described in International Publication No. 2015/036910.
 光重合開始剤としては、カルバゾール骨格にヒドロキシ基を有する置換基が結合したオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。このような光重合開始剤としては国際公開第2019/088055号に記載された化合物などが挙げられる。 As the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound in which a substituent having a hydroxy group is bonded to the carbazole skeleton can also be used. Examples of such a photopolymerization initiator include the compounds described in International Publication No. 2019/088055.
 本発明において好ましく使用されるオキシム化合物の具体例を以下に示すが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。 Specific examples of the oxime compound preferably used in the present invention are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
 オキシム化合物は、波長350~500nmの範囲に極大吸収波長を有する化合物が好ましく、波長360~480nmの範囲に極大吸収波長を有する化合物がより好ましい。また、オキシム化合物の波長365nm又は波長405nmにおけるモル吸光係数は、感度の観点から、高いことが好ましく、1000~300000であることがより好ましく、2000~300000であることが更に好ましく、5000~200000であることが特に好ましい。化合物のモル吸光係数は、公知の方法を用いて測定することができる。例えば、分光光度計(Varian社製Cary-5 spectrophotometer)にて、酢酸エチル溶媒を用い、0.01g/Lの濃度で測定することが好ましい。 The oxime compound is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 350 to 500 nm, and more preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 360 to 480 nm. The molar extinction coefficient of the oxime compound at a wavelength of 365 nm or a wavelength of 405 nm is preferably high, more preferably 1000 to 300,000, further preferably 2000 to 300,000, and more preferably 5000 to 200,000. It is particularly preferable to have. The molar extinction coefficient of a compound can be measured using a known method. For example, it is preferable to measure at a concentration of 0.01 g / L using an ethyl acetate solvent with a spectrophotometer (Cary-5 spectrophotometer manufactured by Varian).
 光重合開始剤としては、2官能あるいは3官能以上の光ラジカル重合開始剤を用いてもよい。そのような光ラジカル重合開始剤を用いることにより、光ラジカル重合開始剤の1分子から2つ以上のラジカルが発生するため、良好な感度が得られる。また、非対称構造の化合物を用いた場合においては、結晶性が低下して溶剤などへの溶解性が向上して、経時で析出しにくくなり、着色組成物の経時安定性を向上させることができる。2官能あるいは3官能以上の光ラジカル重合開始剤の具体例としては、特表2010-527339号公報、特表2011-524436号公報、国際公開第2015/004565号、特表2016-532675号公報の段落番号0407~0412、国際公開第2017/033680号の段落番号0039~0055に記載されているオキシム化合物の2量体、特表2013-522445号公報に記載されている化合物(E)および化合物(G)、国際公開第2016/034963号に記載されているCmpd1~7、特表2017-523465号公報の段落番号0007に記載されているオキシムエステル類光開始剤、特開2017-167399号公報の段落番号0020~0033に記載されている光開始剤、特開2017-151342号公報の段落番号0017~0026に記載されている光重合開始剤(A)、特許第6469669号公報に記載されているオキシムエステル光開始剤などが挙げられる。 As the photopolymerization initiator, a bifunctional or trifunctional or higher functional photoradical polymerization initiator may be used. By using such a photoradical polymerization initiator, two or more radicals are generated from one molecule of the photoradical polymerization initiator, so that good sensitivity can be obtained. Further, when a compound having an asymmetric structure is used, the crystallinity is lowered, the solubility in a solvent or the like is improved, the precipitation is less likely to occur with time, and the stability of the coloring composition with time can be improved. .. Specific examples of the bifunctional or trifunctional or higher functional photo-radical polymerization initiators include JP-A-2010-527339, JP-A-2011-524436, International Publication No. 2015/004565, and JP-A-2016-532675. Dimerics of oxime compounds described in paragraphs 0407 to 0412, paragraphs 0039 to 0055 of International Publication No. 2017/033680, compounds (E) and compounds described in JP2013-522445. G), Cmpd1 to 7 described in International Publication No. 2016/034963, Oxime Esters Photoinitiator described in paragraph No. 0007 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2017-523465, JP-A-2017-167399. The photoinitiator described in paragraphs 0020 to 0033, the photopolymerization initiator (A) described in paragraphs 0017 to 0026 of JP-A-2017-151342, described in Japanese Patent No. 6469669. Examples include oxime ester photoinitiators.
 光重合開始剤を含有する場合、着色組成物の全固形分中における光重合開始剤の含有量は0.1~30質量%が好ましい。下限は、0.5質量%以上が好ましく、1質量%以上がより好ましい。上限は、20質量%以下が好ましく、15質量%以下がより好ましい。本発明の着色組成物において、光重合開始剤は1種のみを用いてもよく、2種以上を用いてもよい。2種以上を用いる場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 When a photopolymerization initiator is contained, the content of the photopolymerization initiator in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and more preferably 1% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 20% by mass or less, more preferably 15% by mass or less. In the coloring composition of the present invention, only one type of photopolymerization initiator may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more kinds are used, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
<<硬化促進剤>>
 本発明の着色組成物は、硬化促進剤を含んでもよい。硬化促進剤としては、チオール化合物、メチロール化合物、アミン化合物、ホスホニウム塩化合物、アミジン塩化合物、アミド化合物、塩基発生剤、イソシアネート化合物、アルコキシシラン化合物、オニウム塩化合物などが挙げられる。硬化促進剤の具体例としては、国際公開第2018/056189号の段落番号0094~0097に記載の化合物、特開2015-034963号公報の段落番号0246~0253に記載の化合物、特開2013-041165号公報の段落番号0186~0251に記載の化合物、特開2014-055114号公報に記載のイオン性化合物、特開2012-150180号公報の段落番号0071~0080に記載の化合物、特開2011-253054号公報に記載のエポキシ基を有するアルコキシシラン化合物、特許第5765059号公報の段落番号0085~0092に記載の化合物、特開2017-036379号公報に記載のカルボキシル基含有エポキシ硬化剤などが挙げられる。硬化促進剤を含有する場合、着色組成物の全固形分中における硬化促進剤の含有量は0.3~8.9質量%が好ましく、0.8~6.4質量%がより好ましい。
<< Curing Accelerator >>
The coloring composition of the present invention may contain a curing accelerator. Examples of the curing accelerator include thiol compounds, methylol compounds, amine compounds, phosphonium salt compounds, amidin salt compounds, amide compounds, base generators, isocyanate compounds, alkoxysilane compounds, and onium salt compounds. Specific examples of the curing accelerator include the compounds described in paragraphs 0094 to 0097 of WO2018 / 056189, the compounds described in paragraphs 0246 to 0253 of JP2015-034963, and JP2013-014165. Compounds described in paragraphs 0186 to 0251 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 0186-0251, ionic compounds described in JP-A-2014-0551414, compounds described in paragraphs 0071 to 0080 of JP-A-2012-150180, JP-A-2011-253504 Examples thereof include an alkoxysilane compound having an epoxy group described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 5, a compound described in paragraphs 805 to 0092 of Japanese Patent No. 5765059, and a carboxyl group-containing epoxy curing agent described in JP-A-2017-0363379. When the curing accelerator is contained, the content of the curing accelerator in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.3 to 8.9% by mass, more preferably 0.8 to 6.4% by mass.
<<紫外線吸収剤>>
 本発明の着色組成物は、紫外線吸収剤を含有することができる。紫外線吸収剤は、共役ジエン化合物、アミノジエン化合物、サリシレート化合物、ベンゾフェノン化合物、ベンゾトリアゾール化合物、アクリロニトリル化合物、ヒドロキシフェニルトリアジン化合物、インドール化合物、トリアジン化合物などを用いることができる。このような化合物としては、特開2009-217221号公報の段落番号0038~0052、特開2012-208374号公報の段落番号0052~0072、特開2013-068814号公報の段落番号0317~0334、特開2016-162946号公報の段落番号0061~0080に記載された化合物が挙げられ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。紫外線吸収剤の具体例としては、下記構造の化合物などが挙げられる。紫外線吸収剤の市販品としては、例えば、UV-503(大東化学(株)製)などが挙げられる。また、ベンゾトリアゾール化合物としては、ミヨシ油脂製のMYUAシリーズ(化学工業日報、2016年2月1日)が挙げられる。また、紫外線吸収剤は、特許第6268967号公報の段落番号0049~0059に記載された化合物を用いることもできる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
<< UV absorber >>
The coloring composition of the present invention can contain an ultraviolet absorber. As the ultraviolet absorber, a conjugated diene compound, an aminodiene compound, a salicylate compound, a benzophenone compound, a benzotriazole compound, an acrylonitrile compound, a hydroxyphenyltriazine compound, an indol compound, a triazine compound and the like can be used. Examples of such compounds include paragraph numbers 0038 to 0052 of JP2009-217221A, paragraph numbers 0052 to 0072 of JP2012-208374A, and paragraph numbers 0317 to 0334 of JP2013-068814. Examples include the compounds described in paragraphs 0061 to 0080 of JP 2016-162946, the contents of which are incorporated herein. Specific examples of the ultraviolet absorber include compounds having the following structures. Examples of commercially available ultraviolet absorbers include UV-503 (manufactured by Daito Kagaku Co., Ltd.). Examples of the benzotriazole compound include the MYUA series made by Miyoshi Oil & Fat Co., Ltd. (The Chemical Daily, February 1, 2016). Further, as the ultraviolet absorber, the compounds described in paragraphs 0049 to 0059 of Japanese Patent No. 6268967 can also be used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
 紫外線吸収剤を含有する場合、着色組成物の全固形分中における紫外線吸収剤の含有量は、0.01~10質量%が好ましく、0.01~5質量%がより好ましい。本発明において、紫外線吸収剤は1種のみを用いてもよく、2種以上を用いてもよい。2種以上を用いる場合は、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 When an ultraviolet absorber is contained, the content of the ultraviolet absorber in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass. In the present invention, only one type of ultraviolet absorber may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, the total amount is preferably in the above range.
<<重合禁止剤>>
 本発明の着色組成物は、重合禁止剤を含有することができる。重合禁止剤としては、ハイドロキノン、p-メトキシフェノール、ジ-tert-ブチル-p-クレゾール、ピロガロール、tert-ブチルカテコール、ベンゾキノン、4,4’-チオビス(3-メチル-6-tert-ブチルフェノール)、2,2’-メチレンビス(4-メチル-6-t-ブチルフェノール)、N-ニトロソフェニルヒドロキシアミン塩(アンモニウム塩、第一セリウム塩等)が挙げられる。中でも、p-メトキシフェノールが好ましい。重合禁止剤を含有する場合、着色組成物の全固形分中における重合禁止剤の含有量は、0.0001~5質量%が好ましい。重合禁止剤は、1種類のみでもよく、2種類以上でもよい。2種類以上の場合は、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
<< Polymerization inhibitor >>
The coloring composition of the present invention can contain a polymerization inhibitor. Examples of the polymerization inhibitor include hydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, pyrogallol, tert-butylcatechol, benzoquinone, 4,4'-thiobis (3-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), and the like. Examples thereof include 2,2'-methylenebis (4-methyl-6-t-butylphenol) and N-nitrosophenylhydroxyamine salts (ammonium salt, primary cerium salt, etc.). Of these, p-methoxyphenol is preferable. When a polymerization inhibitor is contained, the content of the polymerization inhibitor in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.0001 to 5% by mass. The polymerization inhibitor may be only one type or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the total amount is preferably in the above range.
<<シランカップリング剤>>
 本発明の着色組成物は、シランカップリング剤を含有することができる。本発明において、シランカップリング剤は、加水分解性基とそれ以外の官能基とを有するシラン化合物を意味する。また、加水分解性基とは、ケイ素原子に直結し、加水分解反応及び縮合反応の少なくともいずれかによってシロキサン結合を生じ得る置換基をいう。加水分解性基としては、例えば、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基、アシルオキシ基などが挙げられ、アルコキシ基が好ましい。すなわち、シランカップリング剤は、アルコキシシリル基を有する化合物が好ましい。また、加水分解性基以外の官能基としては、例えば、ビニル基、(メタ)アリル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基、メルカプト基、エポキシ基、オキセタニル基、アミノ基、ウレイド基、スルフィド基、イソシアネート基、フェニル基などが挙げられ、アミノ基、(メタ)アクリロイル基およびエポキシ基が好ましい。シランカップリング剤の具体例としては、N-β-アミノエチル-γ-アミノプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン(信越化学工業(株)製、商品名 KBM-602)、N-β-アミノエチル-γ-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン(信越化学工業(株)製、商品名 KBM-603)、N-β-アミノエチル-γ-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン(信越化学工業(株)製、商品名 KBE-602)、γ-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン(信越化学工業(株)製、商品名 KBM-903)、γ-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン(信越化学工業(株)製、商品名 KBE-903)、3-メタクリロキシプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン(信越化学工業(株)製、商品名 KBM-502)、3-メタクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン(信越化学工業(株)製、商品名 KBM-503)等がある。また、シランカップリング剤の具体例については、特開2009-288703号公報の段落番号0018~0036に記載の化合物、特開2009-242604号公報の段落番号0056~0066に記載の化合物が挙げられ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。シランカップリング剤を含有する場合、着色組成物の全固形分中におけるシランカップリング剤の含有量は、0.01~15.0質量%が好ましく、0.05~10.0質量%がより好ましい。シランカップリング剤は、1種類のみでもよく、2種類以上でもよい。2種類以上の場合は、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
<< Silane Coupling Agent >>
The coloring composition of the present invention can contain a silane coupling agent. In the present invention, the silane coupling agent means a silane compound having a hydrolyzable group and other functional groups. The hydrolyzable group refers to a substituent that is directly linked to a silicon atom and can form a siloxane bond by at least one of a hydrolysis reaction and a condensation reaction. Examples of the hydrolyzable group include a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group and the like, and an alkoxy group is preferable. That is, the silane coupling agent is preferably a compound having an alkoxysilyl group. Examples of the functional group other than the hydrolyzable group include a vinyl group, a (meth) allyl group, a (meth) acryloyl group, a mercapto group, an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group, an amino group, a ureido group, a sulfide group and an isocyanate group. , A phenyl group and the like, preferably an amino group, a (meth) acryloyl group and an epoxy group. Specific examples of the silane coupling agent include N-β-aminoethyl-γ-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBM-602), N-β-aminoethyl-γ-amino. Propyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBM-603), N-β-aminoethyl-γ-aminopropyltriethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBE-602), γ-Aminopropyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBM-903), γ-aminopropyltriethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBE-903), 3-methacryloxy There are propylmethyldimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBM-502), 3-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBM-503) and the like. Specific examples of the silane coupling agent include the compounds described in paragraphs 0018 to 0036 of JP2009-288703 and the compounds described in paragraphs 0056 to 0066 of JP2009-242604A. , These contents are incorporated herein by reference. When a silane coupling agent is contained, the content of the silane coupling agent in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.01 to 15.0% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 10.0% by mass. preferable. The silane coupling agent may be only one type or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the total amount is preferably in the above range.
<<界面活性剤>>
 本発明の着色組成物は、界面活性剤を含有することができる。界面活性剤としては、フッ素系界面活性剤、ノニオン系界面活性剤、カチオン系界面活性剤、アニオン系界面活性剤、シリコーン系界面活性剤などの各種界面活性剤を使用することができる。界面活性剤については、国際公開第2015/166779号の段落番号0238~0245に記載された界面活性剤が挙げられ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
<< Surfactant >>
The coloring composition of the present invention can contain a surfactant. As the surfactant, various surfactants such as a fluorine-based surfactant, a nonionic surfactant, a cationic surfactant, an anionic surfactant, and a silicone-based surfactant can be used. As for the surfactant, the surfactant described in paragraph Nos. 0238 to 0245 of International Publication No. 2015/166779 is mentioned, and the content thereof is incorporated in the present specification.
 界面活性剤はフッ素系界面活性剤であることが好ましい。着色組成物にフッ素系界面活性剤を含有させることで液特性(特に、流動性)がより向上し、省液性をより改善することができる。また、厚みムラの小さい膜を形成することもできる。 The surfactant is preferably a fluorine-based surfactant. By containing a fluorine-based surfactant in the coloring composition, the liquid characteristics (particularly, fluidity) can be further improved, and the liquid saving property can be further improved. It is also possible to form a film having a small thickness unevenness.
 フッ素系界面活性剤中のフッ素含有率は、3~40質量%が好適であり、より好ましくは5~30質量%であり、特に好ましくは7~25質量%である。フッ素含有率がこの範囲内であるフッ素系界面活性剤は、塗布膜の厚さの均一性や省液性の点で効果的であり、着色組成物中における溶解性も良好である。 The fluorine content in the fluorine-based surfactant is preferably 3 to 40% by mass, more preferably 5 to 30% by mass, and particularly preferably 7 to 25% by mass. A fluorine-based surfactant having a fluorine content within this range is effective in terms of uniformity of coating film thickness and liquid saving property, and has good solubility in a coloring composition.
 フッ素系界面活性剤としては、特開2014-041318号公報の段落番号0060~0064(対応する国際公開第2014/017669号の段落番号0060~0064)等に記載の界面活性剤、特開2011-132503号公報の段落番号0117~0132に記載の界面活性剤が挙げられ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。フッ素系界面活性剤の市販品としては、例えば、メガファックF171、F172、F173、F176、F177、F141、F142、F143、F144、R30、F437、F475、F479、F482、F554、F780、EXP、MFS-330(以上、DIC(株)製)、フロラードFC430、FC431、FC171(以上、住友スリーエム(株)製)、サーフロンS-382、SC-101、SC-103、SC-104、SC-105、SC-1068、SC-381、SC-383、S-393、KH-40(以上、AGC(株)製)、PolyFox PF636、PF656、PF6320、PF6520、PF7002(以上、OMNOVA社製)等が挙げられる。 Examples of the fluorine-based surfactant include the surfactants described in paragraphs 0060 to 0064 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2014-041318 (paragraphs 0060 to 0064 of the corresponding International Publication No. 2014/017669) and the like, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2011-. The surfactants described in paragraphs 0117 to 0132 of JP 132503 are mentioned and their contents are incorporated herein by reference. Commercially available products of fluorine-based surfactants include, for example, Megafuck F171, F172, F173, F176, F177, F141, F142, F143, F144, R30, F437, F475, F479, F482, F554, F780, EXP, MFS. -330 (above, manufactured by DIC Co., Ltd.), Florard FC430, FC431, FC171 (above, manufactured by Sumitomo 3M Ltd.), Surfron S-382, SC-101, SC-103, SC-104, SC-105, Examples thereof include SC-1068, SC-381, SC-383, S-393, KH-40 (above, manufactured by AGC Inc.), PolyFox PF636, PF656, PF6320, PF6520, PF7002 (above, manufactured by OMNOVA) and the like. ..
 また、フッ素系界面活性剤は、フッ素原子を含有する官能基を持つ分子構造を有し、熱を加えるとフッ素原子を含有する官能基の部分が切断されてフッ素原子が揮発するアクリル系化合物も好適に使用できる。このようなフッ素系界面活性剤としては、DIC(株)製のメガファックDSシリーズ(化学工業日報(2016年2月22日)、日経産業新聞(2016年2月23日))、例えばメガファックDS-21が挙げられる。 Further, the fluorine-based surfactant has a molecular structure having a functional group containing a fluorine atom, and an acrylic compound in which a portion of the functional group containing a fluorine atom is cut off and the fluorine atom volatilizes when heat is applied. Can be preferably used. Examples of such fluorine-based surfactants include the Megafuck DS series manufactured by DIC Corporation (The Chemical Daily (February 22, 2016), Nikkei Sangyo Shimbun (February 23, 2016)), for example, Megafuck. DS-21 can be mentioned.
 また、フッ素系界面活性剤は、フッ素化アルキル基またはフッ素化アルキレンエーテル基を有するフッ素原子含有ビニルエーテル化合物と、親水性のビニルエーテル化合物との重合体を用いることも好ましい。このようなフッ素系界面活性剤は、特開2016-216602号公報に記載されたフッ素系界面活性剤が挙げられ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 Further, as the fluorine-based surfactant, it is also preferable to use a polymer of a fluorine atom-containing vinyl ether compound having a fluorinated alkyl group or a fluorinated alkylene ether group and a hydrophilic vinyl ether compound. Examples of such a fluorine-based surfactant include the fluorine-based surfactants described in JP-A-2016-216602, the contents of which are incorporated in the present specification.
 フッ素系界面活性剤は、ブロックポリマーを用いることもできる。フッ素系界面活性剤は、フッ素原子を有する(メタ)アクリレート化合物に由来する繰り返し単位と、アルキレンオキシ基(好ましくはエチレンオキシ基、プロピレンオキシ基)を2以上(好ましくは5以上)有する(メタ)アクリレート化合物に由来する繰り返し単位と、を含む含フッ素高分子化合物も好ましく用いることができる。また、特開2010-032698号公報の段落番号0016~0037に記載されたフッ素含有界面活性剤や、下記化合物も本発明で用いられるフッ素系界面活性剤として例示される。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
 上記の化合物の重量平均分子量は、好ましくは3000~50000であり、例えば、14000である。上記の化合物中、繰り返し単位の割合を示す%はモル%である。
As the fluorine-based surfactant, a block polymer can also be used. The fluorine-based surfactant has a repeating unit derived from a (meth) acrylate compound having a fluorine atom and 2 or more (preferably 5 or more) alkyleneoxy groups (preferably ethyleneoxy groups and propyleneoxy groups) (meth). A fluorine-containing polymer compound containing a repeating unit derived from an acrylate compound can also be preferably used. Further, the fluorine-containing surfactants described in paragraphs 0016 to 0037 of JP-A-2010-032698 and the following compounds are also exemplified as the fluorine-based surfactants used in the present invention.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
The weight average molecular weight of the above compounds is preferably 3000 to 50000, for example 14000. Among the above compounds,% indicating the ratio of the repeating unit is mol%.
 また、フッ素系界面活性剤は、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を側鎖に有する含フッ素重合体を用いることもできる。具体例としては、特開2010-164965号公報の段落番号0050~0090および段落番号0289~0295に記載された化合物、DIC(株)製のメガファックRS-101、RS-102、RS-718K、RS-72-K等が挙げられる。また、フッ素系界面活性剤は、特開2015-117327号公報の段落番号0015~0158に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。 Further, as the fluorine-based surfactant, a fluorine-containing polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group in the side chain can also be used. As specific examples, the compounds described in paragraphs 0050 to 0090 and paragraph numbers 0289 to 0295 of JP2010-164965, Megafuck RS-101, RS-102, RS-718K manufactured by DIC Corporation, RS-72-K and the like can be mentioned. Further, as the fluorine-based surfactant, the compounds described in paragraphs 0015 to 0158 of JP2015-117327A can also be used.
 ノニオン系界面活性剤としては、グリセロール、トリメチロールプロパン、トリメチロールエタン並びにそれらのエトキシレート及びプロポキシレート(例えば、グリセロールプロポキシレート、グリセロールエトキシレート等)、ポリオキシエチレンラウリルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンステアリルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンオレイルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンオクチルフェニルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンノニルフェニルエーテル、ポリエチレングリコールジラウレート、ポリエチレングリコールジステアレート、ソルビタン脂肪酸エステル、プルロニックL10、L31、L61、L62、10R5、17R2、25R2(BASF社製)、テトロニック304、701、704、901、904、150R1(BASF社製)、ソルスパース20000(日本ルーブリゾール(株)製)、NCW-101、NCW-1001、NCW-1002(富士フイルム和光純薬(株)製)、パイオニンD-6112、D-6112-W、D-6315(竹本油脂(株)製)、オルフィンE1010、サーフィノール104、400、440(日信化学工業(株)製)などが挙げられる。 Nonionic surfactants include glycerol, trimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane, their ethoxylates and propoxylates (eg, glycerol propoxylate, glycerol ethoxylate, etc.), polyoxyethylene lauryl ethers, polyoxyethylene stearyl ethers, etc. Polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene octylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether, polyethylene glycol dilaurate, polyethylene glycol distearate, sorbitan fatty acid ester, Pluronic L10, L31, L61, L62, 10R5, 17R2, 25R2 (BASF) , Tetronic 304, 701, 704, 901, 904, 150R1 (manufactured by BASF), Solsparse 20000 (manufactured by Nippon Lubrizol Co., Ltd.), NCW-101, NCW-1001, NCW-1002 (Fujifilm sum) Kojunyaku Co., Ltd., Pionin D-6112, D-6112-W, D-6315 (Takemoto Yushi Co., Ltd.), Orphine E1010, Surfinol 104, 400, 440 (Nissin Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) ) And so on.
 シリコーン系界面活性剤としては、例えば、トーレシリコーンDC3PA、トーレシリコーンSH7PA、トーレシリコーンDC11PA、トーレシリコーンSH21PA、トーレシリコーンSH28PA、トーレシリコーンSH29PA、トーレシリコーンSH30PA、トーレシリコーンSH8400(以上、東レ・ダウコーニング(株)製)、TSF-4440、TSF-4300、TSF-4445、TSF-4460、TSF-4452(以上、モメンティブ・パフォーマンス・マテリアルズ社製)、KP-341、KF-6001、KF-6002(以上、信越シリコーン株式会社製)、BYK307、BYK323、BYK330(以上、ビックケミー社製)等が挙げられる。 Examples of the silicone-based surfactant include Torre Silicone DC3PA, Torre Silicone SH7PA, Torre Silicone DC11PA, Torre Silicone SH21PA, Torre Silicone SH28PA, Torre Silicone SH29PA, Torre Silicone SH30PA, Torre Silicone SH8400 (all, Toray Dow Corning Co., Ltd.). ), TSF-4440, TSF-4300, TSF-4445, TSF-4460, TSF-4452 (above, manufactured by Momentive Performance Materials), KP-341, KF-6001, KF-6002 (above, (Shinetsu Silicone Co., Ltd.), BYK307, BYK323, BYK330 (all manufactured by Big Chemie) and the like.
 界面活性剤を含有する場合、着色組成物の全固形分中における界面活性剤の含有量は、0.001質量%~5.0質量%が好ましく、0.005~3.0質量%がより好ましい。界面活性剤は、1種類のみでもよく、2種類以上でもよい。2種類以上の場合は、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 When a surfactant is contained, the content of the surfactant in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.001% by mass to 5.0% by mass, more preferably 0.005 to 3.0% by mass. preferable. The surfactant may be only one kind or two or more kinds. In the case of two or more types, the total amount is preferably in the above range.
<<酸化防止剤>>
 本発明の着色組成物は、酸化防止剤を含有することができる。酸化防止剤としては、フェノール化合物、亜リン酸エステル化合物、チオエーテル化合物などが挙げられる。フェノール化合物としては、フェノール系酸化防止剤として知られる任意のフェノール化合物を使用することができる。好ましいフェノール化合物としては、ヒンダードフェノール化合物が挙げられる。フェノール性ヒドロキシ基に隣接する部位(オルト位)に置換基を有する化合物が好ましい。前述の置換基としては炭素数1~22の置換又は無置換のアルキル基が好ましい。また、酸化防止剤は、同一分子内にフェノール基と亜リン酸エステル基を有する化合物も好ましい。また、酸化防止剤は、リン系酸化防止剤も好適に使用することができる。着色組成物の全固形分中における酸化防止剤の含有量は、0.01~20質量%であることが好ましく、0.3~15質量%であることがより好ましい。酸化防止剤を含有する場合、酸化防止剤は1種のみを用いてもよく、2種以上を用いてもよい。2種以上を用いる場合は、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
<< Antioxidant >>
The coloring composition of the present invention can contain an antioxidant. Examples of the antioxidant include phenol compounds, phosphite ester compounds, thioether compounds and the like. As the phenol compound, any phenol compound known as a phenolic antioxidant can be used. Preferred phenolic compounds include hindered phenolic compounds. A compound having a substituent at a site (ortho position) adjacent to the phenolic hydroxy group is preferable. As the above-mentioned substituent, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms is preferable. Further, as the antioxidant, a compound having a phenol group and a phosphite ester group in the same molecule is also preferable. Further, as the antioxidant, a phosphorus-based antioxidant can also be preferably used. The content of the antioxidant in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.01 to 20% by mass, more preferably 0.3 to 15% by mass. When containing an antioxidant, only one type of antioxidant may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, the total amount is preferably in the above range.
<<その他成分>>
 本発明の着色組成物は、必要に応じて、増感剤、硬化促進剤、フィラー、熱硬化促進剤、可塑剤及びその他の助剤類(例えば、導電性粒子、充填剤、消泡剤、難燃剤、レベリング剤、剥離促進剤、香料、表面張力調整剤、連鎖移動剤など)を含有してもよい。これらの成分を適宜含有させることにより、膜物性などの性質を調整することができる。これらの成分は、例えば、特開2012-003225号公報の段落番号0183以降(対応する米国特許出願公開第2013/0034812号明細書の段落番号0237)の記載、特開2008-250074号公報の段落番号0101~0104、0107~0109等の記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。また、本発明の着色組成物は、必要に応じて、潜在酸化防止剤を含有してもよい。潜在酸化防止剤としては、酸化防止剤として機能する部位が保護基で保護された化合物であって、100~250℃で加熱するか、又は酸/塩基触媒存在下で80~200℃で加熱することにより保護基が脱離して酸化防止剤として機能する化合物が挙げられる。潜在酸化防止剤としては、国際公開第2014/021023号、国際公開第2017/030005号、特開2017-008219号公報に記載された化合物が挙げられる。潜在酸化防止剤の市販品としては、アデカアークルズGPA-5001((株)ADEKA製)等が挙げられる。また、特開2018-155881号公報に記載されているように、C.I.ピグメントイエロー129を耐候性改良の目的で添加しても良い。
<< Other ingredients >>
The coloring compositions of the present invention, as required, include sensitizers, curing accelerators, fillers, thermosetting accelerators, plasticizers and other auxiliaries (eg, conductive particles, fillers, defoamers, It may contain a flame retardant, a leveling agent, a peeling accelerator, a fragrance, a surface tension modifier, a chain transfer agent, etc.). By appropriately containing these components, properties such as film physical characteristics can be adjusted. These components are described in, for example, paragraph No. 0183 or later of JP2012-003225A (paragraph number 0237 of the corresponding US Patent Application Publication No. 2013/0034812), paragraph of JP-A-2008-250074. The descriptions of Nos. 0101 to 0104, 0107 to 0109, etc. can be taken into consideration, and these contents are incorporated in the present specification. In addition, the coloring composition of the present invention may contain a latent antioxidant, if necessary. The latent antioxidant is a compound in which the site that functions as an antioxidant is protected by a protecting group, and is heated at 100 to 250 ° C. or at 80 to 200 ° C. in the presence of an acid / base catalyst. As a result, a compound in which the protecting group is eliminated and functions as an antioxidant can be mentioned. Examples of the latent antioxidant include compounds described in International Publication No. 2014/021023, International Publication No. 2017/030005, and JP-A-2017-008219. Examples of commercially available products of latent antioxidants include ADEKA ARKULS GPA-5001 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation) and the like. Further, as described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2018-155881, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 129 may be added for the purpose of improving weather resistance.
 本発明の着色組成物は、得られる膜の屈折率を調整するために金属酸化物を含有させてもよい。金属酸化物としては、TiO、ZrO、Al、SiO等が挙げられる。金属酸化物の一次粒子径は1~100nmが好ましく、3~70nmがより好ましく、5~50nmが更に好ましい。金属酸化物はコア-シェル構造を有していてもよい。また、この場合、コア部は中空状であってもよい。 The coloring composition of the present invention may contain a metal oxide in order to adjust the refractive index of the obtained film. Examples of the metal oxide include TiO 2 , ZrO 2 , Al 2 O 3 , SiO 2 and the like. The primary particle size of the metal oxide is preferably 1 to 100 nm, more preferably 3 to 70 nm, and even more preferably 5 to 50 nm. The metal oxide may have a core-shell structure. Further, in this case, the core portion may be hollow.
 本発明の着色組成物は、耐光性改良剤を含んでもよい。耐光性改良剤としては、特開2017-198787号公報の段落番号0036~0037に記載の化合物、特開2017-146350号公報の段落番号0029~0034に記載の化合物、特開2017-129774号公報の段落番号0036~0037、0049~0052に記載の化合物、特開2017-129674号公報の段落番号0031~0034、0058~0059に記載の化合物、特開2017-122803号公報の段落番号0036~0037、0051~0054に記載の化合物、国際公開第2017/164127号の段落番号0025~0039に記載の化合物、特開2017-186546号公報の段落番号0034~0047に記載の化合物、特開2015-025116号公報の段落番号0019~0041に記載の化合物、特開2012-145604号公報の段落番号0101~0125に記載の化合物、特開2012-103475号公報の段落番号0018~0021に記載の化合物、特開2011-257591号公報の段落番号0015~0018に記載の化合物、特開2011-191483号公報の段落番号0017~0021に記載の化合物、特開2011-145668号公報の段落番号0108~0116に記載の化合物、特開2011-253174号公報の段落番号0103~0153に記載の化合物などが挙げられる。 The coloring composition of the present invention may contain a light resistance improving agent. Examples of the light resistance improving agent include the compounds described in paragraphs 0036 to 0037 of JP-A-2017-198787, the compounds described in paragraphs 0029 to 0034 of JP-A-2017-146350, and JP-A-2017-129774. The compounds described in paragraphs 0036 to 0037 and 0049 to 0052, the compounds described in paragraphs 0031 to 0034 and 0058 to 0059 of JP-A-2017-129674, and paragraph numbers 0036 to 0037 of JP-A-2017-122803. , 0051 to 0054, compounds described in paragraphs 0025 to 0039 of International Publication No. 2017/164127, compounds described in paragraphs 0034 to 0047 of JP-A-2017-186546, JP-A-2015-0251116. Compounds described in paragraphs 0019 to 0041 of JP2012-145604, compounds described in paragraphs 0101 to 0125 of JP2012-145604, compounds described in paragraphs 0018 to 0021 of JP2012-103475, special inventions. The compounds described in paragraphs 0015 to 0018 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2011-257591, the compounds described in paragraphs 0017 to 0021 of JP-A-2011-191483, and paragraph numbers 0108 to 0116 of JP-A-2011-145668. , The compounds described in paragraph Nos. 0103 to 0153 of JP2011-253174A, and the like.
 本発明の着色組成物の含水率は、通常3質量%以下であり、0.01~1.5質量%が好ましく、0.1~1.0質量%の範囲であることがより好ましい。含水率は、カールフィッシャー法にて測定することができる。 The water content of the coloring composition of the present invention is usually 3% by mass or less, preferably 0.01 to 1.5% by mass, and more preferably 0.1 to 1.0% by mass. The water content can be measured by the Karl Fischer method.
 本発明の着色組成物は、膜面状(平坦性など)の調整、膜厚の調整などを目的として粘度を調整して用いることができる。粘度の値は必要に応じて適宜選択することができるが、例えば、25℃において0.3mPa・s~50mPa・sが好ましく、0.5mPa・s~20mPa・sがより好ましい。粘度の測定方法としては、例えば、コーンプレートタイプの粘度計を使用し、25℃に温度調整を施した状態で測定することができる。 The coloring composition of the present invention can be used by adjusting the viscosity for the purpose of adjusting the film surface (flatness, etc.), adjusting the film thickness, and the like. The viscosity value can be appropriately selected as needed, but for example, at 25 ° C., 0.3 mPa · s to 50 mPa · s is preferable, and 0.5 mPa · s to 20 mPa · s is more preferable. As a method for measuring the viscosity, for example, a cone plate type viscometer can be used, and the viscosity can be measured in a state where the temperature is adjusted to 25 ° C.
 本発明の着色組成物の収容容器としては、特に限定はなく、公知の収容容器を用いることができる。また、収容容器として、原材料や組成物中への不純物混入を抑制することを目的に、容器内壁を6種6層の樹脂で構成する多層ボトルや6種の樹脂を7層構造にしたボトルを使用することも好ましい。このような容器としては、例えば、特開2015-123351号公報に記載の容器が挙げられる。 The container for the colored composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, and a known container can be used. In addition, as a storage container, for the purpose of suppressing impurities from being mixed into raw materials and compositions, a multi-layer bottle in which the inner wall of the container is composed of 6 types and 6 layers of resin and a bottle in which 6 types of resin are composed of 7 layers are used. It is also preferable to use it. Examples of such a container include the container described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2015-123351.
<着色組成物の調製方法>
 本発明の着色組成物は、前述の成分を混合して調製できる。着色組成物の調製に際しては、全成分を同時に溶剤に溶解および/または分散して着色組成物を調製してもよいし、必要に応じて、各成分を適宜2つ以上の溶液または分散液としておいて、使用時(塗布時)にこれらを混合して着色組成物を調製してもよい。
<Preparation method of coloring composition>
The coloring composition of the present invention can be prepared by mixing the above-mentioned components. In preparing the coloring composition, all the components may be dissolved and / or dispersed in a solvent at the same time to prepare the coloring composition, or each component may be appropriately used as two or more solutions or dispersions, if necessary. Then, these may be mixed at the time of use (at the time of application) to prepare a coloring composition.
 また、着色組成物の調製に際して、顔料を分散させるプロセスを含むことが好ましい。顔料を分散させるプロセスにおいて、顔料の分散に用いる機械力としては、圧縮、圧搾、衝撃、剪断、キャビテーションなどが挙げられる。これらプロセスの具体例としては、ビーズミル、サンドミル、ロールミル、ボールミル、ペイントシェーカー、マイクロフルイダイザー、高速インペラー、サンドグラインダー、フロージェットミキサー、高圧湿式微粒化、超音波分散などが挙げられる。また、サンドミル(ビーズミル)における顔料の粉砕においては、径の小さいビーズを使用する、ビーズの充填率を大きくする事等により粉砕効率を高めた条件で処理することが好ましい。また、粉砕処理後にろ過、遠心分離などで粗粒子を除去することが好ましい。また、顔料を分散させるプロセスおよび分散機は、「分散技術大全集、株式会社情報機構発行、2005年7月15日」や「サスペンション(固/液分散系)を中心とした分散技術と工業的応用の実際 総合資料集、経営開発センター出版部発行、1978年10月10日」、特開2015-157893号公報の段落番号0022に記載のプロセス及び分散機を好適に使用出来る。また顔料を分散させるプロセスにおいては、ソルトミリング工程にて粒子の微細化処理を行ってもよい。ソルトミリング工程に用いられる素材、機器、処理条件等は、例えば、特開2015-194521号公報、特開2012-046629号公報の記載を参酌できる。 Further, when preparing the coloring composition, it is preferable to include a process of dispersing the pigment. In the process of dispersing the pigment, the mechanical force used for dispersing the pigment includes compression, squeezing, impact, shearing, cavitation and the like. Specific examples of these processes include bead mills, sand mills, roll mills, ball mills, paint shakers, microfluidizers, high speed impellers, sand grinders, flow jet mixers, high pressure wet atomization, ultrasonic dispersion and the like. Further, in the pulverization of the pigment in the sand mill (bead mill), it is preferable to use beads having a small diameter and to process under the condition that the pulverization efficiency is increased by increasing the filling rate of the beads. Further, it is preferable to remove coarse particles by filtration, centrifugation or the like after the pulverization treatment. In addition, the process and disperser for dispersing pigments are "Dispersion Technology Complete Works, Published by Information Organization Co., Ltd., July 15, 2005" and "Dispersion technology centered on suspension (solid / liquid dispersion system) and industrial. Practical application The process and disperser described in Paragraph No. 0022 of JP-A-2015-157893, "Comprehensive Data Collection, Published by Management Development Center Publishing Department, October 10, 1978" can be preferably used. Further, in the process of dispersing the pigment, the particles may be miniaturized in the salt milling step. For the materials, equipment, processing conditions, etc. used in the salt milling step, for example, the descriptions in JP-A-2015-194521 and JP-A-2012-046629 can be referred to.
 着色組成物の調製にあたり、異物の除去や欠陥の低減などの目的で、着色組成物をフィルタでろ過することが好ましい。フィルタとしては、従来からろ過用途等に用いられているフィルタであれば特に限定されることなく用いることができる。例えば、ポリテトラフルオロエチレン(PTFE)等のフッ素樹脂、ナイロン(例えばナイロン-6、ナイロン-6,6)等のポリアミド樹脂、ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン(PP)等のポリオレフィン樹脂(高密度、超高分子量のポリオレフィン樹脂を含む)等の素材を用いたフィルタが挙げられる。これら素材の中でもポリプロピレン(高密度ポリプロピレンを含む)およびナイロンが好ましい。 In preparing the coloring composition, it is preferable to filter the coloring composition with a filter for the purpose of removing foreign substances and reducing defects. As the filter, any filter that has been conventionally used for filtration or the like can be used without particular limitation. For example, fluororesins such as polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), polyamide resins such as nylon (eg, nylon-6, nylon-6,6), and polyolefin resins such as polyethylene and polypropylene (PP) (high density, ultrahigh molecular weight). A filter using a material such as (including a polyolefin resin) can be mentioned. Among these materials, polypropylene (including high-density polypropylene) and nylon are preferable.
 フィルタの孔径は、0.01~7.0μmが好ましく、0.01~3.0μmがより好ましく、0.05~0.5μmが更に好ましい。フィルタの孔径が上記範囲であれば、微細な異物をより確実に除去できる。フィルタの孔径値については、フィルタメーカーの公称値を参照することができる。フィルタは、日本ポール株式会社(DFA4201NIEYなど)、アドバンテック東洋株式会社、日本インテグリス株式会社(旧日本マイクロリス株式会社)および株式会社キッツマイクロフィルタ等が提供する各種フィルタを用いることができる。 The pore size of the filter is preferably 0.01 to 7.0 μm, more preferably 0.01 to 3.0 μm, and even more preferably 0.05 to 0.5 μm. If the pore size of the filter is within the above range, fine foreign matter can be removed more reliably. For the pore size value of the filter, the nominal value of the filter manufacturer can be referred to. As the filter, various filters provided by Nippon Pole Co., Ltd. (DFA4201NIEY, etc.), Advantech Toyo Co., Ltd., Japan Entegris Co., Ltd. (formerly Nippon Microlith Co., Ltd.), KITZ Microfilter Co., Ltd., etc. can be used.
 また、フィルタとしてファイバ状のろ材を用いることも好ましい。ファイバ状のろ材としては、例えばポリプロピレンファイバ、ナイロンファイバ、グラスファイバ等が挙げられる。市販品としては、ロキテクノ社製のSBPタイプシリーズ(SBP008など)、TPRタイプシリーズ(TPR002、TPR005など)、SHPXタイプシリーズ(SHPX003など)が挙げられる。フィルタを使用する際、異なるフィルタ(例えば、第1のフィルタと第2のフィルタなど)を組み合わせてもよい。その際、各フィルタでのろ過は、1回のみでもよいし、2回以上行ってもよい。また、上述した範囲内で異なる孔径のフィルタを組み合わせてもよい。また、第1のフィルタでのろ過は、分散液のみに対して行い、他の成分を混合した後で、第2のフィルタでろ過を行ってもよい。 It is also preferable to use a fibrous filter medium as the filter. Examples of the fibrous filter medium include polypropylene fiber, nylon fiber, glass fiber and the like. Examples of commercially available products include SBP type series (SBP008, etc.), TPR type series (TPR002, TPR005, etc.) and SHPX type series (SHPX003, etc.) manufactured by Roki Techno Co., Ltd. When using filters, different filters (eg, first filter and second filter, etc.) may be combined. At that time, the filtration with each filter may be performed only once or twice or more. Further, filters having different pore diameters may be combined within the above-mentioned range. Further, the filtration with the first filter may be performed only on the dispersion liquid, and after mixing the other components, the filtration may be performed with the second filter.
<膜>
 本発明の膜は、上述した本発明の着色組成物から得られる膜である。本発明の膜は、カラーフィルタや近赤外線透過フィルタなどの光学フィルタに用いることができる。
<Membrane>
The film of the present invention is a film obtained from the above-mentioned coloring composition of the present invention. The film of the present invention can be used for an optical filter such as a color filter or a near-infrared transmission filter.
 本発明の膜の膜厚は、目的に応じて適宜調整できる。例えば、膜厚は、20μm以下が好ましく、10μm以下がより好ましく、5μm以下がさらに好ましい。膜厚の下限は、0.1μm以上が好ましく、0.2μm以上がより好ましく、0.3μm以上がさらに好ましい。 The film thickness of the film of the present invention can be appropriately adjusted according to the purpose. For example, the film thickness is preferably 20 μm or less, more preferably 10 μm or less, and even more preferably 5 μm or less. The lower limit of the film thickness is preferably 0.1 μm or more, more preferably 0.2 μm or more, and even more preferably 0.3 μm or more.
 本発明の膜をカラーフィルタとして用いる場合、本発明の膜は、緑色、赤色、青色、シアン色、マゼンタ色または黄色の色相を有することが好ましく、緑色、赤色または黄色の色相を有することがより好ましい。また、本発明の膜は、カラーフィルタの着色画素として好ましく用いることができる。着色画素としては、赤色画素、緑色画素、青色画素、マゼンタ色画素、シアン色画素、黄色画素などが挙げられ、赤色画素、緑色画素および黄色画素であることが好ましい。 When the film of the present invention is used as a color filter, the film of the present invention preferably has a hue of green, red, blue, cyan, magenta or yellow, and more preferably has a hue of green, red or yellow. preferable. Further, the film of the present invention can be preferably used as a colored pixel of a color filter. Examples of the colored pixel include a red pixel, a green pixel, a blue pixel, a magenta color pixel, a cyan color pixel, a yellow pixel, and the like, and red pixel, green pixel, and yellow pixel are preferable.
 本発明の膜を赤外線透過フィルタとして用いる場合、本発明の膜は、例えば、以下の(1)~(4)のいずれかの分光特性を有することが好ましい。
 (1):膜の厚み方向における光の透過率の、波長400~640nmの範囲における最大値が20%以下(好ましくは15%以下、より好ましくは10%以下)で、膜の厚み方向における光の透過率の、波長800~1300nmの範囲における最小値が70%以上(好ましくは75%以上、より好ましくは80%以上)である。このような分光特性を有する膜は、波長400~640nmの範囲の光を遮光して、波長700nmを超える光を透過させることができる。
 (2):膜の厚み方向における光の透過率の、波長400~750nmの範囲における最大値が20%以下(好ましくは15%以下、より好ましくは10%以下)で、膜の厚み方向における光の透過率の、波長900~1300nmの範囲における最小値が70%以上(好ましくは75%以上、より好ましくは80%以上)である膜。このような分光特性を有する膜は、波長400~750nmの範囲の光を遮光して、波長850nmを超える光を透過させることができる。
 (3):膜の厚み方向における光の透過率の、波長400~830nmの範囲における最大値が20%以下(好ましくは15%以下、より好ましくは10%以下)で、膜の厚み方向における光の透過率の、波長1000~1300nmの範囲における最小値が70%以上(好ましくは75%以上、より好ましくは80%以上)である膜。このような分光特性を有する膜は、波長400~830nmの範囲の光を遮光して、波長940nmを超える光を透過させることができる。
 (4):膜の厚み方向における光の透過率の、波長400~950nmの範囲における最大値が20%以下(好ましくは15%以下、より好ましくは10%以下)で、膜の厚み方向における光の透過率の、波長1100~1300nmの範囲における最小値が70%以上(好ましくは75%以上、より好ましくは80%以上)である膜。このような分光特性を有する膜は、波長400~950nmの範囲の光を遮光して、波長1040nmを超える光を透過させることができる。
When the film of the present invention is used as an infrared transmission filter, the film of the present invention preferably has, for example, any of the following spectral characteristics (1) to (4).
(1): The maximum value of the light transmittance in the film thickness direction in the wavelength range of 400 to 640 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less), and the light in the film thickness direction. The minimum value of the transmittance in the wavelength range of 800 to 1300 nm is 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more). A film having such spectral characteristics can block light in the wavelength range of 400 to 640 nm and transmit light having a wavelength of more than 700 nm.
(2): The maximum value of the light transmittance in the film thickness direction in the wavelength range of 400 to 750 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less), and the light in the film thickness direction. A film having a minimum transmittance of 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more) in the wavelength range of 900 to 1300 nm. A film having such spectral characteristics can block light in the wavelength range of 400 to 750 nm and transmit light having a wavelength exceeding 850 nm.
(3): The maximum value of the light transmittance in the film thickness direction in the wavelength range of 400 to 830 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less), and the light in the film thickness direction. A film having a minimum transmittance of 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more) in the wavelength range of 1000 to 1300 nm. A film having such spectral characteristics can block light in the wavelength range of 400 to 830 nm and transmit light having a wavelength exceeding 940 nm.
(4): The maximum value of the light transmittance in the film thickness direction in the wavelength range of 400 to 950 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less), and the light in the film thickness direction. A film having a minimum transmittance of 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more) in the wavelength range of 1100 to 1300 nm. A film having such spectral characteristics can block light in the wavelength range of 400 to 950 nm and transmit light having a wavelength of more than 1040 nm.
<膜の製造方法>
 次に、本発明の膜の製造方法について説明する。本発明の膜は、本発明の着色組成物を塗布する工程を経て製造できる。膜の製造方法においては、更にパターン(画素)を形成する工程を含むことが好ましい。パターン(画素)の形成方法としては、フォトリソグラフィ法、ドライエッチング法が挙げられ、フォトリソグラフィ法が好ましい。
<Membrane manufacturing method>
Next, the method for producing the film of the present invention will be described. The film of the present invention can be produced through a step of applying the coloring composition of the present invention. The method for producing a film preferably further includes a step of forming a pattern (pixel). Examples of the pattern (pixel) forming method include a photolithography method and a dry etching method, and the photolithography method is preferable.
 フォトリソグラフィ法によるパターン形成は、本発明の着色組成物を用いて支持体上に着色組成物層を形成する工程と、着色組成物層をパターン状に露光する工程と、着色組成物層の未露光部を現像除去してパターン(画素)を形成する工程と、を含むことが好ましい。必要に応じて、着色組成物層をベークする工程(プリベーク工程)、および、現像されたパターン(画素)をベークする工程(ポストベーク工程)を設けてもよい。 Pattern formation by the photolithography method includes a step of forming a coloring composition layer on a support using the coloring composition of the present invention, a step of exposing the coloring composition layer in a pattern, and a step of exposing the coloring composition layer in a pattern. It is preferable to include a step of developing and removing the exposed portion to form a pattern (pixel). If necessary, a step of baking the coloring composition layer (pre-baking step) and a step of baking the developed pattern (pixels) (post-baking step) may be provided.
 着色組成物層を形成する工程では、本発明の着色組成物を用いて、支持体上に着色組成物層を形成する。支持体としては、特に限定は無く、用途に応じて適宜選択できる。例えば、ガラス基板、シリコン基板などが挙げられ、シリコン基板であることが好ましい。また、シリコン基板には、電荷結合素子(CCD)、相補型金属酸化膜半導体(CMOS)、透明導電膜などが形成されていてもよい。また、シリコン基板には、各画素を隔離するブラックマトリクスが形成されている場合もある。また、シリコン基板には、上部の層との密着性改良、物質の拡散防止或いは基板表面の平坦化のために下地層が設けられていてもよい。下地層は、本明細書に記載の着色組成物から着色剤を除いた組成物や、本明細書記載の硬化性化合物、界面活性剤などを含む組成物などを用いて形成してもよい。下地層の表面接触角は、ジヨードメタンで測定した際に20~70°であることが好まい。また、水で測定した際に30~80°であることが好ましい。下地層の表面接触角が上記範囲であれば、樹脂組成物の濡れ性が良好である。下地層の表面接触角の調整は、例えば、界面活性剤の添加などの方法で行うことができる。 In the step of forming the coloring composition layer, the coloring composition layer of the present invention is used to form the coloring composition layer on the support. The support is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected depending on the intended use. For example, a glass substrate, a silicon substrate, and the like can be mentioned, and a silicon substrate is preferable. Further, a charge-coupled device (CCD), a complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS), a transparent conductive film, or the like may be formed on the silicon substrate. In addition, a black matrix that isolates each pixel may be formed on the silicon substrate. Further, the silicon substrate may be provided with a base layer for improving the adhesion with the upper layer, preventing the diffusion of substances, or flattening the surface of the substrate. The base layer may be formed by using a composition obtained by removing a colorant from the coloring composition described in the present specification, a composition containing a curable compound, a surfactant or the like described in the present specification, or the like. The surface contact angle of the base layer is preferably 20 to 70 ° when measured with diiodomethane. Further, it is preferably 30 to 80 ° when measured with water. When the surface contact angle of the base layer is within the above range, the wettability of the resin composition is good. The surface contact angle of the base layer can be adjusted by, for example, adding a surfactant.
 着色組成物の塗布方法としては、公知の方法を用いることができる。例えば、滴下法(ドロップキャスト);スリットコート法;スプレー法;ロールコート法;回転塗布法(スピンコーティング);流延塗布法;スリットアンドスピン法;プリウェット法(例えば、特開2009-145395号公報に記載されている方法);インクジェット(例えばオンデマンド方式、ピエゾ方式、サーマル方式)、ノズルジェット等の吐出系印刷、フレキソ印刷、スクリーン印刷、グラビア印刷、反転オフセット印刷、メタルマスク印刷法などの各種印刷法;金型等を用いた転写法;ナノインプリント法などが挙げられる。インクジェットでの適用方法としては、特に限定されず、例えば「広がる・使えるインクジェット-特許に見る無限の可能性-、2005年2月発行、住ベテクノリサーチ」に示された方法(特に115ページ~133ページ)や、特開2003-262716号公報、特開2003-185831号公報、特開2003-261827号公報、特開2012-126830号公報、特開2006-169325号公報などに記載の方法が挙げられる。また、着色組成物の塗布方法については、国際公開第2017/030174号、国際公開第2017/018419号の記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 As a method for applying the coloring composition, a known method can be used. For example, a dropping method (drop casting); a slit coating method; a spray method; a roll coating method; a rotary coating method (spin coating); a casting coating method; a slit and spin method; a pre-wet method (for example, JP-A-2009-145395). Methods described in the publication); Inkjet (for example, on-demand method, piezo method, thermal method), ejection system printing such as nozzle jet, flexographic printing, screen printing, gravure printing, reverse offset printing, metal mask printing, etc. Various printing methods; transfer method using a mold or the like; nano-imprint method and the like can be mentioned. The method of application to inkjet is not particularly limited, and is, for example, the method shown in "Expandable and usable inkjet-infinite possibilities seen in patents-, published in February 2005, Sumi Betechno Research" (especially from page 115). (Page 133), and the methods described in JP-A-2003-262716, JP-A-2003-185831, JP-A-2003-261827, JP-A-2012-126830, JP-A-2006-169325, and the like. Can be mentioned. Further, regarding the method of applying the coloring composition, the description of International Publication No. 2017/030174 and International Publication No. 2017/018419 can be referred to, and these contents are incorporated in the present specification.
 支持体上に形成した着色組成物層は、乾燥(プリベーク)してもよい。低温プロセスにより膜を製造する場合は、プリベークを行わなくてもよい。プリベークを行う場合、プリベーク温度は、150℃以下が好ましく、120℃以下がより好ましく、110℃以下が更に好ましい。下限は、例えば、50℃以上とすることができ、80℃以上とすることもできる。プリベーク時間は、10~300秒が好ましく、40~250秒がより好ましく、80~220秒がさらに好ましい。プリベークは、ホットプレート、オーブン等で行うことができる。 The colored composition layer formed on the support may be dried (prebaked). When the film is produced by a low temperature process, it is not necessary to perform prebaking. When prebaking is performed, the prebaking temperature is preferably 150 ° C. or lower, more preferably 120 ° C. or lower, and even more preferably 110 ° C. or lower. The lower limit can be, for example, 50 ° C. or higher, or 80 ° C. or higher. The prebaking time is preferably 10 to 300 seconds, more preferably 40 to 250 seconds, and even more preferably 80 to 220 seconds. Pre-baking can be performed on a hot plate, an oven, or the like.
 次に、着色組成物層をパターン状に露光する(露光工程)。例えば、着色組成物層に対し、ステッパー露光機やスキャナ露光機などを用いて、所定のマスクパターンを有するマスクを介して露光することで、パターン状に露光することができる。これにより、露光部分を硬化することができる。 Next, the colored composition layer is exposed in a pattern (exposure step). For example, the colored composition layer can be exposed in a pattern by exposing the colored composition layer through a mask having a predetermined mask pattern using a stepper exposure machine, a scanner exposure machine, or the like. As a result, the exposed portion can be cured.
 露光に際して用いることができる放射線(光)としては、g線、i線等が挙げられる。また、波長300nm以下の光(好ましくは波長180~300nmの光)を用いることもできる。波長300nm以下の光としては、KrF線(波長248nm)、ArF線(波長193nm)などが挙げられ、KrF線(波長248nm)が好ましい。また、300nm以上の長波な光源も利用できる。 Examples of radiation (light) that can be used for exposure include g-line and i-line. Further, light having a wavelength of 300 nm or less (preferably light having a wavelength of 180 to 300 nm) can also be used. Examples of the light having a wavelength of 300 nm or less include KrF line (wavelength 248 nm) and ArF line (wavelength 193 nm), and KrF line (wavelength 248 nm) is preferable. Further, a long wave light source having a diameter of 300 nm or more can also be used.
 また、露光に際して、光を連続的に照射して露光してもよく、パルス的に照射して露光(パルス露光)してもよい。なお、パルス露光とは、短時間(例えば、ミリ秒レベル以下)のサイクルで光の照射と休止を繰り返して露光する方式の露光方法のことである。 Further, at the time of exposure, light may be continuously irradiated for exposure, or pulsed irradiation may be performed for exposure (pulse exposure). The pulse exposure is an exposure method of a method of repeatedly irradiating and pausing light in a cycle of a short time (for example, a millisecond level or less).
 照射量(露光量)は、例えば、0.03~2.5J/cmが好ましく、0.05~1.0J/cmがより好ましい。露光時における酸素濃度については適宜選択することができ、大気下で行う他に、例えば酸素濃度が19体積%以下の低酸素雰囲気下(例えば、15体積%、5体積%、または、実質的に無酸素)で露光してもよく、酸素濃度が21体積%を超える高酸素雰囲気下(例えば、22体積%、30体積%、または、50体積%)で露光してもよい。また、露光照度は適宜設定することが可能であり、通常1000W/m~100000W/m(例えば、5000W/m、15000W/m、または、35000W/m)の範囲から選択することができる。酸素濃度と露光照度は適宜条件を組み合わせてよく、例えば、酸素濃度10体積%で照度10000W/m、酸素濃度35体積%で照度20000W/mなどとすることができる。 Irradiation dose (exposure dose), for example, preferably 0.03 ~ 2.5J / cm 2, more preferably 0.05 ~ 1.0J / cm 2. The oxygen concentration at the time of exposure can be appropriately selected, and in addition to the operation in the atmosphere, for example, in a low oxygen atmosphere having an oxygen concentration of 19% by volume or less (for example, 15% by volume, 5% by volume, or substantially). It may be exposed in an oxygen-free environment), or may be exposed in a high oxygen atmosphere (for example, 22% by volume, 30% by volume, or 50% by volume) in which the oxygen concentration exceeds 21% by volume. The exposure illuminance can be set as appropriate, and is usually selected from the range of 1000 W / m 2 to 100,000 W / m 2 (for example, 5000 W / m 2 , 15,000 W / m 2 , or 35,000 W / m 2). Can be done. Oxygen concentration and exposure illuminance may appropriately combined conditions, for example, illuminance 10000 W / m 2 at an oxygen concentration of 10 vol%, oxygen concentration of 35 vol% can be such illuminance 20000W / m 2.
 次に、着色組成物層の未露光部を現像除去してパターン(画素)を形成する。着色組成物層の未露光部の現像除去は、現像液を用いて行うことができる。これにより、露光工程における未露光部の着色組成物層が現像液に溶出し、光硬化した部分だけが残る。現像液の温度は、例えば、20~30℃が好ましい。現像時間は、20~180秒が好ましい。また、残渣除去性を向上するため、現像液を60秒ごとに振り切り、さらに新たに現像液を供給する工程を数回繰り返してもよい。 Next, the unexposed portion of the coloring composition layer is developed and removed to form a pattern (pixel). The unexposed portion of the coloring composition layer can be developed and removed using a developing solution. As a result, the colored composition layer of the unexposed portion in the exposure step is eluted in the developing solution, and only the photocured portion remains. The temperature of the developing solution is preferably, for example, 20 to 30 ° C. The development time is preferably 20 to 180 seconds. Further, in order to improve the residue removability, the steps of shaking off the developing solution every 60 seconds and further supplying a new developing solution may be repeated several times.
 現像液は、有機溶剤、アルカリ現像液などが挙げられ、アルカリ現像液が好ましく用いられる。アルカリ現像液としては、アルカリ剤を純水で希釈したアルカリ性水溶液(アルカリ現像液)が好ましい。アルカリ剤としては、例えば、アンモニア、エチルアミン、ジエチルアミン、ジメチルエタノールアミン、ジグリコールアミン、ジエタノールアミン、ヒドロキシアミン、エチレンジアミン、テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラエチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラプロピルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラブチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、エチルトリメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、ベンジルトリメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、ジメチルビス(2-ヒドロキシエチル)アンモニウムヒドロキシド、コリン、ピロール、ピペリジン、1,8-ジアザビシクロ-[5.4.0]-7-ウンデセンなどの有機アルカリ性化合物や、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム、炭酸ナトリウム、炭酸水素ナトリウム、ケイ酸ナトリウム、メタケイ酸ナトリウムなどの無機アルカリ性化合物が挙げられる。アルカリ剤は、分子量が大きい化合物の方が環境面および安全面で好ましい。アルカリ性水溶液のアルカリ剤の濃度は、0.001~10質量%が好ましく、0.01~1質量%がより好ましい。また、現像液は、さらに界面活性剤を含有していてもよい。現像液は、移送や保管の便宜などの観点より、一旦濃縮液として製造し、使用時に必要な濃度に希釈してもよい。希釈倍率は特に限定されないが、例えば1.5~100倍の範囲に設定することができる。また、現像後純水で洗浄(リンス)することも好ましい。また、リンスは、現像後の着色組成物層が形成された支持体を回転させつつ、現像後の着色組成物層へリンス液を供給して行うことが好ましい。また、リンス液を吐出させるノズルを支持体の中心部から支持体の周縁部に移動させて行うことも好ましい。この際、ノズルの支持体中心部から周縁部へ移動させるにあたり、ノズルの移動速度を徐々に低下させながら移動させてもよい。このようにしてリンスを行うことで、リンスの面内ばらつきを抑制できる。また、ノズルを支持体中心部から周縁部へ移動させつつ、支持体の回転速度を徐々に低下させても同様の効果が得られる。 Examples of the developing solution include organic solvents and alkaline developing solutions, and alkaline developing solutions are preferably used. As the alkaline developer, an alkaline aqueous solution (alkaline developer) obtained by diluting an alkaline agent with pure water is preferable. Examples of the alkaline agent include ammonia, ethylamine, diethylamine, dimethylethanolamine, diglycolamine, diethanolamine, hydroxyamine, ethylenediamine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, tetrapropylammonium hydroxide, and tetrabutylammonium hydroxide. , Ethyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, benzyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, dimethylbis (2-hydroxyethyl) ammonium hydroxide, choline, pyrrole, piperidine, 1,8-diazabicyclo- [5.4.0] -7-undecene, etc. Examples thereof include organic alkaline compounds and inorganic alkaline compounds such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium hydrogencarbonate, sodium silicate and sodium metasilicate. As the alkaline agent, a compound having a large molecular weight is preferable in terms of environment and safety. The concentration of the alkaline agent in the alkaline aqueous solution is preferably 0.001 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 1% by mass. In addition, the developer may further contain a surfactant. The developer may be once produced as a concentrated solution and diluted to a concentration required for use from the viewpoint of convenience of transfer and storage. The dilution ratio is not particularly limited, but can be set in the range of, for example, 1.5 to 100 times. It is also preferable to wash (rinse) with pure water after development. Further, it is preferable that the rinsing is performed by supplying the rinsing liquid to the developed colored composition layer while rotating the support on which the developed colored composition layer is formed. It is also preferable to move the nozzle for discharging the rinse liquid from the central portion of the support to the peripheral edge of the support. At this time, when moving the nozzle from the central portion of the support to the peripheral portion, the nozzle may be moved while gradually reducing the moving speed. By rinsing in this way, in-plane variation of rinsing can be suppressed. Further, the same effect can be obtained by gradually reducing the rotation speed of the support while moving the nozzle from the central portion to the peripheral portion of the support.
 現像後、乾燥を施した後に追加露光処理や加熱処理(ポストベーク)を行うことが好ましい。追加露光処理やポストベークは、硬化を完全なものとするための現像後の硬化処理である。ポストベークにおける加熱温度は、例えば100~240℃が好ましく、200~240℃がより好ましい。ポストベークは、現像後の膜を、上記条件になるようにホットプレートやコンベクションオーブン(熱風循環式乾燥機)、高周波加熱機等の加熱手段を用いて、連続式あるいはバッチ式で行うことができる。追加露光処理を行う場合、露光に用いられる光は、波長400nm以下の光であることが好ましい。また、追加露光処理は、韓国公開特許第10-2017-0122130号公報に記載された方法で行ってもよい。 It is preferable to perform additional exposure treatment or heat treatment (post-baking) after development and drying. Additional exposure treatment and post-baking are post-development curing treatments to complete the curing. The heating temperature in the post-baking is, for example, preferably 100 to 240 ° C, more preferably 200 to 240 ° C. Post-baking can be performed on the developed film in a continuous or batch manner using a heating means such as a hot plate, a convection oven (hot air circulation dryer), or a high-frequency heater so as to meet the above conditions. .. When the additional exposure process is performed, the light used for the exposure is preferably light having a wavelength of 400 nm or less. Further, the additional exposure process may be performed by the method described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2017-0122130.
 ドライエッチング法でのパターン形成は、本発明の着色組成物を用いて支持体上に着色組成物層を形成し、この着色組成物層の全体を硬化させて硬化物層を形成する工程と、この硬化物層上にフォトレジスト層を形成する工程と、フォトレジスト層をパターン状に露光したのち、現像してレジストパターンを形成する工程と、このレジストパターンをマスクとして硬化物層に対してエッチングガスを用いてドライエッチングする工程と、を含むことが好ましい。フォトレジスト層の形成においては、更にプリベーク処理を施すことが好ましい。特に、フォトレジスト層の形成プロセスとしては、露光後の加熱処理、現像後の加熱処理(ポストベーク処理)を実施する形態が望ましい。ドライエッチング法でのパターン形成については、特開2013-064993号公報の段落番号0010~0067の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 Pattern formation by the dry etching method includes a step of forming a colored composition layer on a support using the colored composition of the present invention and curing the entire colored composition layer to form a cured product layer. A step of forming a photoresist layer on the cured product layer, a step of exposing the photoresist layer in a pattern and then developing to form a resist pattern, and etching the cured product layer using this resist pattern as a mask. It is preferable to include a step of dry etching with a gas. In forming the photoresist layer, it is preferable to further perform a prebaking treatment. In particular, as the process for forming the photoresist layer, it is desirable to carry out a heat treatment after exposure and a heat treatment (post-baking treatment) after development. Regarding the pattern formation by the dry etching method, the description in paragraphs 0010 to 0067 of JP2013-064993A can be referred to, and this content is incorporated in the present specification.
<光学フィルタ>
 本発明の光学フィルタは、上述した本発明の膜を有する。光学フィルタの種類としては、カラーフィルタおよび赤外線透過フィルタが挙げられ、カラーフィルタであることが好ましい。カラーフィルタとしては、カラーフィルタの着色画素として本発明の膜を有することが好ましい。
<Optical filter>
The optical filter of the present invention has the above-mentioned film of the present invention. Examples of the type of optical filter include a color filter and an infrared transmission filter, and a color filter is preferable. As the color filter, it is preferable to have the film of the present invention as the colored pixels of the color filter.
 光学フィルタは、本発明の膜の表面に保護層が設けられていてもよい。保護層を設けることで、酸素遮断化、低反射化、親疎水化、特定波長の光(紫外線、近赤外線等)の遮蔽等の種々の機能を付与することができる。保護層の厚さとしては、0.01~10μmが好ましく、0.1~5μmがより好ましい。保護層の形成方法としては、有機溶剤に溶解した樹脂組成物を塗布して形成する方法、化学気相蒸着法、成型した樹脂を接着材で貼りつける方法等が挙げられる。保護層を構成する成分としては、(メタ)アクリル樹脂、エン・チオール樹脂、ポリカーボネート樹脂、ポリエーテル樹脂、ポリアリレート樹脂、ポリスルホン樹脂、ポリエーテルスルホン樹脂、ポリフェニレン樹脂、ポリアリーレンエーテルホスフィンオキシド樹脂、ポリイミド樹脂、ポリアミドイミド樹脂、ポリオレフィン樹脂、環状オレフィン樹脂、ポリエステル樹脂、スチレン樹脂、ポリオール樹脂、ポリ塩化ビニリデン樹脂、メラミン樹脂、ウレタン樹脂、アラミド樹脂、ポリアミド樹脂、アルキド樹脂、エポキシ樹脂、変性シリコーン樹脂、フッ素樹脂、ポリカーボネート樹脂、ポリアクリロニトリル樹脂、セルロース樹脂、Si、C、W、Al、Mo、SiO、Siなどが挙げられ、これらの成分を二種以上含有しても良い。例えば、酸素遮断化を目的とした保護層の場合、保護層はポリオール樹脂と、SiOと、Siを含むことが好ましい。また、低反射化を目的とした保護層の場合、保護層は(メタ)アクリル樹脂とフッ素樹脂を含むことが好ましい。 The optical filter may be provided with a protective layer on the surface of the film of the present invention. By providing the protective layer, various functions such as oxygen blocking, low reflection, hydrophobicization, and shielding of light of a specific wavelength (ultraviolet rays, near infrared rays, etc.) can be imparted. The thickness of the protective layer is preferably 0.01 to 10 μm, more preferably 0.1 to 5 μm. Examples of the method for forming the protective layer include a method of applying a resin composition dissolved in an organic solvent to form the protective layer, a chemical vapor deposition method, and a method of attaching the molded resin with an adhesive. The components constituting the protective layer include (meth) acrylic resin, en-thiol resin, polycarbonate resin, polyether resin, polyarylate resin, polysulfone resin, polyethersulfone resin, polyphenylene resin, polyarylene ether phosphine oxide resin, and polyimide. Resin, polyamideimide resin, polyolefin resin, cyclic olefin resin, polyester resin, styrene resin, polyol resin, polyvinylidene chloride resin, melamine resin, urethane resin, aramid resin, polyamide resin, alkyd resin, epoxy resin, modified silicone resin, fluorine Examples thereof include resins, polycarbonate resins, polyacrylonitrile resins, cellulose resins, Si, C, W, Al 2 O 3 , Mo, SiO 2 , and Si 2 N 4, and two or more of these components may be contained. For example, in the case of a protective layer for the purpose of blocking oxygen, the protective layer preferably contains a polyol resin, SiO 2 , and Si 2 N 4 . Further, in the case of a protective layer for the purpose of reducing reflection, the protective layer preferably contains a (meth) acrylic resin and a fluororesin.
 樹脂組成物を塗布して保護層を形成する場合、樹脂組成物の塗布方法としては、スピンコート法、キャスト法、スクリーン印刷法、インクジェット法等の公知の方法を用いることができる。樹脂組成物に含まれる有機溶剤は、公知の有機溶剤(例えば、プロピレングリコール1-モノメチルエーテル2-アセテート、シクロペンタノン、乳酸エチル等)を用いることが出来る。保護層を化学気相蒸着法にて形成する場合、化学気相蒸着法としては、公知の化学気相蒸着法(熱化学気相蒸着法、プラズマ化学気相蒸着法、光化学気相蒸着法)を用いることができる。 When the resin composition is applied to form the protective layer, a known method such as a spin coating method, a casting method, a screen printing method, or an inkjet method can be used as the application method of the resin composition. As the organic solvent contained in the resin composition, a known organic solvent (for example, propylene glycol 1-monomethyl ether 2-acetate, cyclopentanone, ethyl lactate, etc.) can be used. When the protective layer is formed by a chemical vapor deposition method, the chemical vapor deposition method is a known chemical vapor deposition method (thermochemical vapor deposition method, plasma chemical vapor deposition method, photochemical vapor deposition method). Can be used.
 保護層は、必要に応じて、有機・無機微粒子、特定波長の光(例えば、紫外線、近赤外線等)の吸収剤、屈折率調整剤、酸化防止剤、密着剤、界面活性剤等の添加剤を含有しても良い。有機・無機微粒子の例としては、例えば、高分子微粒子(例えば、シリコーン樹脂微粒子、ポリスチレン微粒子、メラミン樹脂微粒子)、酸化チタン、酸化亜鉛、酸化ジルコニウム、酸化インジウム、酸化アルミニウム、窒化チタン、酸窒化チタン、フッ化マグネシウム、中空シリカ、シリカ、炭酸カルシウム、硫酸バリウム等が挙げられる。特定波長の光の吸収剤は公知の吸収剤を用いることができる。これらの添加剤の含有量は適宜調整できるが、保護層の全質量に対して0.1~70質量%が好ましく、1~60質量%がさらに好ましい。 The protective layer may be an additive such as organic / inorganic fine particles, an absorber for light of a specific wavelength (for example, ultraviolet rays, near infrared rays, etc.), a refractive index adjuster, an antioxidant, an adhesive, a surfactant, etc., if necessary. May be contained. Examples of organic / inorganic fine particles include polymer fine particles (for example, silicone resin fine particles, polystyrene fine particles, melamine resin fine particles), titanium oxide, zinc oxide, zirconium oxide, indium oxide, aluminum oxide, titanium nitride, and titanium oxynitride. , Magnesium fluoride, hollow silica, silica, calcium carbonate, barium sulfate and the like. A known absorbent can be used as the light absorber of a specific wavelength. The content of these additives can be adjusted as appropriate, but is preferably 0.1 to 70% by mass, more preferably 1 to 60% by mass, based on the total mass of the protective layer.
 また、保護層としては、特開2017-151176号公報の段落番号0073~0092に記載の保護層を用いることもできる。 Further, as the protective layer, the protective layer described in paragraphs 0073 to 0092 of JP-A-2017-151176 can also be used.
 光学フィルタは、隔壁により例えば格子状に仕切られた空間に、各画素が埋め込まれた構造を有していてもよい。 The optical filter may have a structure in which each pixel is embedded in a space partitioned by a partition wall, for example, in a grid pattern.
<固体撮像素子>
 本発明の固体撮像素子は、上述した本発明の膜を有する。固体撮像素子の構成としては、本発明の膜を備え、固体撮像素子として機能する構成であれば特に限定はないが、例えば、以下のような構成が挙げられる。
<Solid image sensor>
The solid-state image sensor of the present invention has the above-mentioned film of the present invention. The configuration of the solid-state image sensor is not particularly limited as long as it includes the film of the present invention and functions as a solid-state image sensor, and examples thereof include the following configurations.
 基板上に、固体撮像素子(CCD(電荷結合素子)イメージセンサ、CMOS(相補型金属酸化膜半導体)イメージセンサ等)の受光エリアを構成する複数のフォトダイオードおよびポリシリコン等からなる転送電極を有し、フォトダイオードおよび転送電極上にフォトダイオードの受光部のみ開口した遮光膜を有し、遮光膜上に遮光膜全面およびフォトダイオード受光部を覆うように形成された窒化シリコン等からなるデバイス保護膜を有し、デバイス保護膜上に、カラーフィルタを有する構成である。更に、デバイス保護膜上であってカラーフィルタの下(基板に近い側)に集光手段(例えば、マイクロレンズ等。以下同じ)を有する構成や、カラーフィルタ上に集光手段を有する構成等であってもよい。また、カラーフィルタは、隔壁により例えば格子状に仕切られた空間に、各着色画素が埋め込まれた構造を有していてもよい。この場合の隔壁は各着色画素に対して低屈折率であることが好ましい。このような構造を有する撮像装置の例としては、特開2012-227478号公報、特開2014-179577号公報、国際公開第2018/043654号に記載の装置が挙げられる。本発明の固体撮像素子を備えた撮像装置は、デジタルカメラや、撮像機能を有する電子機器(携帯電話等)の他、車載カメラや監視カメラ用としても用いることができる。 On the substrate, there are a plurality of photodiodes constituting the light receiving area of a solid-state image sensor (CCD (charge-coupled device) image sensor, CMOS (complementary metal oxide semiconductor) image sensor, etc.) and a transfer electrode made of polysilicon or the like. A device protective film made of silicon nitride or the like formed on the photodiode and the transfer electrode so as to have a light-shielding film in which only the light-receiving part of the photodiode is opened, and to cover the entire surface of the light-shielding film and the light-receiving part of the photodiode. The configuration has a color filter on the device protective film. Further, a configuration having a condensing means (for example, a microlens or the like; the same applies hereinafter) on the device protective film under the color filter (near the substrate), a configuration having a condensing means on the color filter, and the like. There may be. Further, the color filter may have a structure in which each colored pixel is embedded in a space partitioned by a partition wall, for example, in a grid pattern. In this case, the partition wall preferably has a low refractive index for each colored pixel. Examples of the image pickup apparatus having such a structure include the apparatus described in JP-A-2012-227478, JP-A-2014-179557, and International Publication No. 2018/043654. The image pickup device provided with the solid-state image pickup device of the present invention can be used not only for digital cameras and electronic devices having an image pickup function (mobile phones and the like), but also for in-vehicle cameras and surveillance cameras.
<画像表示装置>
 本発明の画像表示装置は、上述した本発明の膜を有する。画像表示装置としては、液晶表示装置や有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置などが挙げられる。画像表示装置の定義や各画像表示装置の詳細については、例えば「電子ディスプレイデバイス(佐々木昭夫著、(株)工業調査会、1990年発行)」、「ディスプレイデバイス(伊吹順章著、産業図書(株)平成元年発行)」などに記載されている。また、液晶表示装置については、例えば「次世代液晶ディスプレイ技術(内田龍男編集、(株)工業調査会、1994年発行)」に記載されている。本発明が適用できる液晶表示装置に特に制限はなく、例えば、上記の「次世代液晶ディスプレイ技術」に記載されている色々な方式の液晶表示装置に適用できる。
<Image display device>
The image display device of the present invention has the above-mentioned film of the present invention. Examples of the image display device include a liquid crystal display device and an organic electroluminescence display device. For details on the definition of image display devices and the details of each image display device, see, for example, "Electronic Display Device (Akio Sasaki, Kogyo Chosakai Co., Ltd., published in 1990)", "Display Device (by Junaki Ibuki, Industrial Books)" Co., Ltd. (issued in 1989) ”. Further, the liquid crystal display device is described in, for example, "Next Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology (edited by Tatsuo Uchida, Kogyo Chosakai Co., Ltd., published in 1994)". The liquid crystal display device to which the present invention can be applied is not particularly limited, and for example, it can be applied to various types of liquid crystal display devices described in the above-mentioned "next-generation liquid crystal display technology".
 以下に実施例を挙げて本発明をさらに具体的に説明する。以下の実施例に示す材料、使用量、割合、処理内容、処理手順等は、本発明の趣旨を逸脱しない限り、適宜、変更することができる。従って、本発明の範囲は以下に示す具体例に限定されるものではない。 The present invention will be described in more detail with reference to examples below. The materials, amounts used, ratios, treatment contents, treatment procedures, etc. shown in the following examples can be appropriately changed as long as they do not deviate from the gist of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the present invention is not limited to the specific examples shown below.
<分散液の調製>
 下記の表に記載の素材を混合したのち、直径0.3mmのジルコニアビーズ230質量部を加えて、ペイントシェーカーを用いて5時間分散処理を行い、ビーズをろ過で分離して顔料分散液を製造した。下記の表に記載の配合量を表す数値は質量部である。なお、以下において、混錬研磨処理の有無の欄にて「あり」と記載されるものについては、以下の方法で混錬研磨処理を行った着色剤または赤外線吸収剤を用いた。
<Preparation of dispersion>
After mixing the materials listed in the table below, 230 parts by mass of zirconia beads with a diameter of 0.3 mm are added and dispersed for 5 hours using a paint shaker, and the beads are separated by filtration to produce a pigment dispersion. did. The numerical value indicating the blending amount described in the table below is a mass part. In the following, for those described as "Yes" in the column of presence / absence of kneading polishing treatment, a colorant or infrared absorber subjected to kneading polishing treatment by the following method was used.
(混練研磨処理条件)
 着色剤または赤外線吸収剤の5.3質量部、摩砕剤の74.7質量部および粘結剤の14質量部をラボプラストミル((株)東洋精機製作所製)に添加し、装置中の混練物の温度が70℃になるように温度コントロールして、2時間混練した。着色剤または赤外線吸収剤は、下記表の「黄色着色剤」の種類の欄に記載の素材、または、下記表の「その他の着色剤、赤外線吸収剤」の欄に記載の素材を用いた。摩砕剤は中性無水芒硝E(平均粒子径(体積基準の50%径(D50))=20μm、三田尻化学製)を使用した。粘結剤はジエチレングリコールを使用した。混練研磨後の混練物を、24℃の水10Lで水洗処理して摩砕剤および粘結剤を取り除き、加熱オーブンで80℃24時間の処理を行った。
(Kneading and polishing conditions)
5.3 parts by mass of colorant or infrared absorber, 74.7 parts by mass of grinding agent and 14 parts by mass of binder were added to Laboplast Mill (manufactured by Toyo Seiki Seisakusho Co., Ltd.) in the apparatus. The temperature of the kneaded product was controlled so that the temperature of the kneaded product was 70 ° C., and the mixture was kneaded for 2 hours. As the colorant or infrared absorber, the material described in the “Yellow colorant” type column in the table below or the material described in the “Other colorants, infrared absorber” column in the table below was used. As the grinding agent, neutral anhydrous Glauber's salt E (average particle size (50% volume-based diameter (D50)) = 20 μm, manufactured by Mitajiri Chemical Co., Ltd.) was used. Diethylene glycol was used as the binder. The kneaded product after kneading and polishing was washed with 10 L of water at 24 ° C. to remove the grinding agent and the binder, and treated in a heating oven at 80 ° C. for 24 hours.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000043
 上記表中の略語で示す素材の詳細は下記の通りである。 Details of the materials indicated by the abbreviations in the above table are as follows.
(黄色着色剤)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000044
(Yellow colorant)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000044
 上記表中、化合物(1)、化合物(2)、化合物(3)の種類の欄に記載の化合物は、化合物(1)、化合物(2)、化合物(3)の具体例として先に挙げた構造の化合物である。また、モル比1の欄に記載の数値は、式(1)で表される構造と式(2)で表される構造と式(3)で表される構造との合計のモル数に対する、式(1)で表される構造のモル数の比の値である。 In the above table, the compounds described in the column of the types of compound (1), compound (2), and compound (3) are listed above as specific examples of compound (1), compound (2), and compound (3). It is a compound of structure. The numerical value described in the column of molar ratio 1 is the total number of moles of the structure represented by the formula (1), the structure represented by the formula (2), and the structure represented by the formula (3). It is a value of the ratio of the number of moles of the structure represented by the formula (1).
 PY129: C.I.Pigment Yellow129
 PY139: C.I.Pigment Yellow139
 PY150: C.I.Pigment Yellow150
 PY185: C.I.Pigment Yellow185
 PY215: C.I.Pigment Yellow215
PY129: C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 129
PY139: C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 139
PY150: C.I. I. Pigment Yellow150
PY185: C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 185
PY215: C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 215
(その他の着色剤、赤外線吸収剤)
 PG36: C.I.Pigment Green36(緑色着色剤)
 PG58: C.I.Pigment Green58(緑色着色剤)
 PG62: C.I.Pigment Green62(緑色着色剤)
 PG63: C.I.Pigment Green63(緑色着色剤)
 SQ-1: 下記構造の化合物(緑色着色剤)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
 PR254: C.I.Pigment Red254(赤色着色剤)
 PR264: C.I.Pigment Red264(赤色着色剤)
 Pr272: C.I.Pigment Red272(赤色着色剤)
 PO71: C.I.Pigment Orange71(オレンジ色着色剤)
 PB15:6: C.I.Pigment Blue15:6(青色着色剤)
 PV23: C.I.Pigment Violet23(紫色着色剤)
 PBk32: 下記構造の化合物(黒色着色剤)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
 IB: 下記構造の化合物(黒色着色剤)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
 IR1: 下記構造の化合物(近赤外線吸収剤)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
(Other colorants, infrared absorbers)
PG36: C.I. I. Pigment Green36 (green colorant)
PG58: C.I. I. Pigment Green 58 (green colorant)
PG62: C.I. I. Pigment Green62 (green colorant)
PG63: C.I. I. Pigment Green63 (green colorant)
SQ-1: Compound with the following structure (green colorant)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
PR254: C.I. I. Pigment Red254 (red colorant)
PR264: C.I. I. Pigment Red 264 (red colorant)
Pr272: C.I. I. Pigment Red272 (red colorant)
PO71: C.I. I. Pigment Orange 71 (orange colorant)
PB15: 6: C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15: 6 (blue colorant)
PV23: C.I. I. Pigment Violet23 (purple colorant)
PBk32: Compound with the following structure (black colorant)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
IB: Compound with the following structure (black colorant)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
IR1: Compound with the following structure (near infrared absorber)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
(顔料誘導体)
 B1~B15:下記構造の化合物
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
(Pigment derivative)
B1-B15: Compounds with the following structure
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
(分散剤)
 D1:下記構造の樹脂(主鎖に付記した数値はモル比であり、側鎖に付記した数値は繰り返し単位の数である。Mw=24000)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
 D3:下記構造の樹脂(主鎖に付記した数値はモル比であり、側鎖に付記した数値は繰り返し単位の数である。Mw=17000)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
 D4:下記構造の樹脂(主鎖に付記した数値はモル比であり、側鎖に付記した数値は繰り返し単位の数である。Mw=7000)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
 D5:下記構造の樹脂(主鎖に付記した数値はモル比であり、側鎖に付記した数値は繰り返し単位の数である。Mw=16000)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
 D6:下記構造の樹脂(主鎖に付記した数値はモル比であり、側鎖に付記した数値は繰り返し単位の数である。Mw=10000)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
 D7:特許第6432077号公報の段落番号0219に記載のアクリル系ブロック共重合体(EB-1)
 D9:DISPERBYK-142(BYKChemie社製)
 D10:下記構造の樹脂(ブロック共重合体、主鎖に付記した数値はモル比である。Mw=6000)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
 D11:下記構造の樹脂(主鎖に付記した数値はモル比であり、側鎖に付記した数値は繰り返し単位の数である。Mw=7500)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
(Dispersant)
D1: Resin with the following structure (the numerical value added to the main chain is the molar ratio, and the numerical value added to the side chain is the number of repeating units. Mw = 24000)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
D3: Resin having the following structure (the numerical value added to the main chain is the molar ratio, and the numerical value added to the side chain is the number of repeating units. Mw = 17000)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
D4: Resin having the following structure (the numerical value added to the main chain is the molar ratio, and the numerical value added to the side chain is the number of repeating units. Mw = 7000)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
D5: Resin having the following structure (the numerical value added to the main chain is the molar ratio, and the numerical value added to the side chain is the number of repeating units. Mw = 16000)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
D6: Resin having the following structure (the numerical value added to the main chain is the molar ratio, and the numerical value added to the side chain is the number of repeating units. Mw = 10000)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
D7: Acrylic block copolymer (EB-1) described in paragraph No. 0219 of Japanese Patent No. 6432077.
D9: DISPERBYK-142 (manufactured by BYK Chemie)
D10: Resin having the following structure (block copolymer, the numerical value added to the main chain is the molar ratio. Mw = 6000)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
D11: Resin having the following structure (the numerical value added to the main chain is the molar ratio, and the numerical value added to the side chain is the number of repeating units. Mw = 7500)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
(溶剤)
 S1:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)
 S4:乳酸エチル
 S5:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(PGME)
 S6:シクロペンタノン
(solvent)
S1: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA)
S4: Ethyl lactate S5: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME)
S6: Cyclopentanone
(重合禁止剤)
 H1:p-メトキシフェノール
(Polymerization inhibitor)
H1: p-methoxyphenol
<分散液の評価>
(粒径)
 上記で得られた分散液中の顔料の平均粒子径(二次粒子径)を、粒度分布計(Nanotrac UPA-EX150、日機装(株)製)を用いて動的光散乱法により測定した。平均粒子径が小さいほど好ましい。
〔評価基準〕
 A:顔料の平均粒子径が100nm未満である。
 B:顔料の平均粒子径が100nm以上200nm未満である。
 C:顔料の平均粒子径が200nm以上である。
<Evaluation of dispersion>
(Particle size)
The average particle size (secondary particle size) of the pigment in the dispersion obtained above was measured by a dynamic light scattering method using a particle size distribution meter (Nanotrac UPA-EX150, manufactured by Nikkiso Co., Ltd.). The smaller the average particle size, the more preferable.
〔Evaluation criteria〕
A: The average particle size of the pigment is less than 100 nm.
B: The average particle size of the pigment is 100 nm or more and less than 200 nm.
C: The average particle size of the pigment is 200 nm or more.
(初期粘度)
 上記で得られた分散液の25℃における粘度(mPa・s)を、E型粘度計を用いて、回転数1000rpm(revolutions per minute)の条件で測定し、下記基準で評価した。
〔評価基準〕
 A:15mPa・s以下である。
 B:15mPa・sを超え30mPa・s以下である。
 C:30mPa・sを超える。
(Initial viscosity)
The viscosity (mPa · s) of the dispersion liquid obtained above at 25 ° C. was measured using an E-type viscometer under the condition of a rotation speed of 1000 rpm (revolutions per minute), and evaluated according to the following criteria.
〔Evaluation criteria〕
A: It is 15 mPa · s or less.
B: More than 15 mPa · s and less than 30 mPa · s.
C: Exceeds 30 mPa · s.
(経時増粘率)
 上記で得られた分散液を、45℃の温度で、7日間で加熱した。加熱前後の分散液の粘度を測定し、加熱前の分散液の粘度(X(ini))と加熱後の分散液の粘度(X(thermo))の差の絶対値から経時増粘率を算出した。分散液の粘度は、粘度計(TV-22型粘度計、コーンプレートタイプ、東機産業(株)製)を用いて測定した。なお、分散液の粘度の測定は、分散液の温度を25℃に温度調整して行った。
 経時増粘率={|X(thermo)-X(ini)|/X(ini)}×100
〔評価基準〕
 A:経時増粘率が10%未満である。
 B:経時増粘率が10%以上25%未満である。
 C:経時増粘率が25%以上である。
(Thickness over time)
The dispersion obtained above was heated at a temperature of 45 ° C. for 7 days. The viscosity of the dispersion before and after heating is measured, and the viscosity over time is calculated from the absolute value of the difference between the viscosity of the dispersion before heating (X (ini)) and the viscosity of the dispersion after heating (X (thermo)). did. The viscosity of the dispersion was measured using a viscometer (TV-22 type viscometer, cone plate type, manufactured by Toki Sangyo Co., Ltd.). The viscosity of the dispersion liquid was measured by adjusting the temperature of the dispersion liquid to 25 ° C.
Thickness thickening rate over time = {| X (thermo) -X (ini) | / X (ini)} x 100
〔Evaluation criteria〕
A: The thickening rate over time is less than 10%.
B: The thickening rate over time is 10% or more and less than 25%.
C: The thickening rate over time is 25% or more.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000060
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000060
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000061
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000061
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000062
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000062
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000063
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000063
<着色組成物の調製>
 以下の原料を混合して着色組成物を調製した。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000064
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000065
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000066
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000067
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000068
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000069
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000070
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000071
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000072
<Preparation of coloring composition>
The following raw materials were mixed to prepare a coloring composition.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000064
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000065
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000066
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000067
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000068
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000069
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000070
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000071
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000072
 上記の略語で示す素材の詳細は下記の通りである。 The details of the materials indicated by the above abbreviations are as follows.
(分散液)
 G分散液1~73:上述したG分散液1~73
 G比較分散液1:上述したG比較分散液1
 Y分散液1~6:上述したY分散液1~6
 Y比較分散液1:上述したY比較分散液1
 R分散液1~8:上述したR分散液1~8
 R比較分散液1:上述したR比較分散液1
 IR分散液1~4:上述したIR分散液1~4
 分散液g1、r1、b1、y1、ir1、v1、bk1、bk2:上述した分散液g1、r1、b1、y1、ir1、v1、bk1、bk2
(Dispersion)
G dispersions 1 to 73: The above-mentioned G dispersions 1 to 73
G comparative dispersion 1: The above-mentioned G comparative dispersion 1
Y dispersions 1 to 6: The above-mentioned Y dispersions 1 to 6
Y Comparative Dispersion Solution 1: The Y Comparative Dispersion Solution 1 described above
R dispersions 1 to 8: The above-mentioned R dispersions 1 to 8
R comparative dispersion 1: The above-mentioned R comparative dispersion 1
IR dispersions 1 to 4: IR dispersions 1 to 4 described above
Dispersions g1, r1, b1, y1, ir1, v1, bk1, bk2: Dispersions g1, r1, b1, y1, ir1, v1, bk1, bk2 described above.
(バインダー)
 D1、D3、D6、D9:上述した分散剤D1、D3、D6、D9で説明した樹脂
 D2:下記構造の樹脂(Mw=11000、主鎖に付記した数値はモル比である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000073
 D8:下記構造の樹脂(Mw=11000、主鎖に付記した数値はモル比である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000074
(binder)
D1, D3, D6, D9: Resin described by the above-mentioned dispersants D1, D3, D6, D9 D2: Resin having the following structure (Mw = 11000, the numerical value added to the main chain is a molar ratio).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000073
D8: Resin having the following structure (Mw = 11000, the numerical value added to the main chain is the molar ratio)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000074
(重合性モノマー)
 M1:下記構造の化合物の混合物(左側化合物(6官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物)と右側化合物(5官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物)とのモル比が7:3の混合物)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000075
 M2:下記構造の化合物
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000076
 M3:下記構造の化合物
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000077
 M4:コハク酸変性ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサアクリレート
 M5:下記構造の化合物
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000078
 M6:下記構造の化合物
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000079
(Polymerizable monomer)
M1: A mixture of compounds having the following structure (a mixture of a left-side compound (bifunctional (meth) acrylate compound) and a right-side compound (5-functional (meth) acrylate compound) having a molar ratio of 7: 3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000075
M2: Compound with the following structure
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000076
M3: Compound with the following structure
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000077
M4: Succinic acid-modified dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate M5: Compound with the following structure
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000078
M6: Compound with the following structure
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000079
(光重合開始剤)
 F1~F6:下記構造の化合物
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000080
(Photopolymerization initiator)
F1-F6: Compounds with the following structure
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000080
(界面活性剤)
 W1:下記構造の化合物(Mw=14000、繰り返し単位の割合を示す%の数値はモル%である、フッ素系界面活性剤)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000081
 W2:下記構造の化合物(Mw=3000、シリコーン系界面活性剤)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000082
(Surfactant)
W1: A compound having the following structure (Mw = 14000, the value of% indicating the ratio of repeating units is mol%, a fluorine-based surfactant)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000081
W2: Compound with the following structure (Mw = 3000, silicone-based surfactant)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000082
(重合禁止剤)
 H1:p-メトキシフェノール
(Polymerization inhibitor)
H1: p-methoxyphenol
(紫外線吸収剤)
 UV1、UV2:下記構造の化合物
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000083
(UV absorber)
UV1, UV2: Compounds with the following structure
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000083
(酸化防止剤)
 I1:下記構造の化合物
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000084
(Antioxidant)
I1: Compound with the following structure
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000084
(エポキシ化合物)
 G1:EHPE3150((株)ダイセル製)
(Epoxy compound)
G1: EHPE3150 (manufactured by Daicel Corporation)
(溶剤)
 S1:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)
 S2:シクロヘキサノン
 S3:酢酸ブチル
 S5:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(PGME)
 S6:シクロペンタノン
(solvent)
S1: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA)
S2: Cyclohexanone S3: Butyl acetate S5: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME)
S6: Cyclopentanone
<分光特性の評価>
 ガラス基板上に各着色組成物をポストベーク後の膜厚が0.6μmとなるようにスピンコートし、100℃のホットプレートを用いて120秒間加熱処理(プリベーク)を行った。さらに、200℃のホットプレートを用いて300秒間加熱処理(ポストベーク)を行い、膜を形成した。膜が形成されたガラス基板を、紫外可視近赤外分光光度計U-4100((株)日立ハイテクノロジーズ製)を用いて、波長300~1000nmの範囲における光の透過率を測定した。分光特性の評価は、下記式から算出した透過率比Tを用いて評価した。透過率比Tの値が低い値であるほど分光が優れることを示す。
〔評価基準〕
 T=(Tmin/T950)×100(%)
 Tmin:波長350~450nmの最低透過率
 T950:波長950nmにおける透過率
 A:T<5
 B:5≦T<15
 C:15≦T<25
 D:25≦T
<Evaluation of spectral characteristics>
Each coloring composition was spin-coated on a glass substrate so that the film thickness after post-baking was 0.6 μm, and heat-treated (pre-baked) for 120 seconds using a hot plate at 100 ° C. Further, heat treatment (post-baking) was performed for 300 seconds using a hot plate at 200 ° C. to form a film. The light transmittance in the wavelength range of 300 to 1000 nm was measured on the glass substrate on which the film was formed using an ultraviolet-visible near-infrared spectrophotometer U-4100 (manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation). The spectral characteristics were evaluated using the transmittance ratio T calculated from the following formula. The lower the value of the transmittance ratio T, the better the spectroscopy.
〔Evaluation criteria〕
T = (T min / T 950 ) x 100 (%)
T min : Minimum transmittance at wavelength 350 to 450 nm T 950 : Transmittance at wavelength 950 nm A: T <5
B: 5 ≤ T <15
C: 15 ≤ T <25
D: 25 ≤ T
<耐光性の評価>
 分光特性の評価において得られた膜に対し、Xeランプにて紫外線カットフィルタを通して2万ルクスの光を20時間照射した、色度計MCPD-1000(大塚電子(株)製)にて、照射前後の膜の色差のΔEab値を測定した。評価基準は下記の通りとし、評価結果は下記表に記載した。
〔評価基準〕
 A:ΔEab値<2.5
 B:2.5≦ΔEab値<5
 C:5≦ΔEab値<10
 D:10≦ΔEab値
<Evaluation of light resistance>
The film obtained in the evaluation of the spectral characteristics was irradiated with 20,000 lux light for 20 hours through an ultraviolet cut filter with an Xe lamp, and before and after irradiation with a chromaticity meter MCPD-1000 (manufactured by Otsuka Electronics Co., Ltd.). The ΔEab value of the color difference of the film was measured. The evaluation criteria are as follows, and the evaluation results are shown in the table below.
〔Evaluation criteria〕
A: ΔEab value <2.5
B: 2.5 ≤ ΔEab value <5
C: 5 ≤ ΔEab value <10
D: 10 ≤ ΔEab value
<耐湿性の評価>
 シリコンウエハ上に各着色組成物をプリベーク後の膜厚が0.7μmになるようにスピンコートし、100℃のホットプレートを用いて120秒間加熱処理(プリベーク)を行った。次いで、i線ステッパー露光装置FPA-3000i5+(Canon(株)製)を使用して365nmの波長の光を500mJ/cmの露光量で照射して露光した。次いで、220℃のホットプレートを用いて300秒間加熱処理(ポストベーク)を行って膜を形成した。得られた膜について、耐湿性試験機(HASTEST MODEL304R8、HIRAYAMA製)を用いて温度130℃/湿度85%の条件で250時間耐湿性試験を行った後、耐湿性試験後の膜厚を測定した。
 [耐湿性試験後の膜厚]/[耐湿性試験前の膜厚]=Xとしたとき、以下の基準で耐湿性を評価した。
〔評価基準〕
 A:X≧0.95
 B:0.8≦X<0.95
 C:0.65≦X<0.8
 D:X<0.65
<Evaluation of moisture resistance>
Each colored composition was spin-coated on a silicon wafer so that the film thickness after prebaking was 0.7 μm, and heat-treated (prebaked) for 120 seconds using a hot plate at 100 ° C. Next, using an i-line stepper exposure apparatus FPA-3000i5 + (manufactured by Canon Inc.), light having a wavelength of 365 nm was irradiated with an exposure amount of 500 mJ / cm 2 for exposure. Next, a film was formed by heat treatment (post-baking) for 300 seconds using a hot plate at 220 ° C. The obtained film was subjected to a moisture resistance test for 250 hours at a temperature of 130 ° C. and a humidity of 85% using a moisture resistance tester (HASTEST MODEL304R8, manufactured by HIRAYAMA), and then the film thickness after the moisture resistance test was measured. ..
When [film thickness after the moisture resistance test] / [film thickness before the moisture resistance test] = X, the moisture resistance was evaluated according to the following criteria.
〔Evaluation criteria〕
A: X ≧ 0.95
B: 0.8 ≤ X <0.95
C: 0.65 ≤ X <0.8
D: X <0.65
<保存安定性の評価>
 上記で得られた着色組成物を、45℃の温度で、7日間で加熱した。加熱前後の着色組成物の粘度を測定し、加熱前の着色組成物の粘度(X(ini))と加熱後の着色組成物の粘度(X(thermo))の差の絶対値から経時増粘率を算出した。着色組成物の粘度は、粘度計(TV-22型粘度計、コーンプレートタイプ、東機産業(株)製)を用いて測定した。なお、着色組成物の粘度の測定は、着色組成物の温度を25℃に温度調整して行った。
 経時増粘率={|X(thermo)-X(ini)|/X(ini)}×100
〔評価基準〕
 A:経時増粘率が10%未満である。
 B:経時増粘率が10%以上25%未満である。
 C:経時増粘率が25%以上である。
<Evaluation of storage stability>
The coloring composition obtained above was heated at a temperature of 45 ° C. for 7 days. The viscosity of the coloring composition before and after heating is measured, and the viscosity with time is increased from the absolute value of the difference between the viscosity of the coloring composition before heating (X (ini)) and the viscosity of the coloring composition after heating (X (thermo)). The rate was calculated. The viscosity of the coloring composition was measured using a viscometer (TV-22 type viscometer, cone plate type, manufactured by Toki Sangyo Co., Ltd.). The viscosity of the coloring composition was measured by adjusting the temperature of the coloring composition to 25 ° C.
Thickness thickening rate over time = {| X (thermo) -X (ini) | / X (ini)} x 100
〔Evaluation criteria〕
A: The thickening rate over time is less than 10%.
B: The thickening rate over time is 10% or more and less than 25%.
C: The thickening rate over time is 25% or more.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000085
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000085
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000086
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000086
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000087
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000087
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000088
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000088
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000089
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000089
 上記表に示すように実施例の着色組成物はいずれも保存安定性に優れ、かつ、耐光性に優れた膜を形成することができた。更には、分光特性および耐湿性にも優れていた。 As shown in the above table, all of the coloring compositions of Examples were able to form a film having excellent storage stability and excellent light resistance. Furthermore, it was also excellent in spectral characteristics and moisture resistance.
(実施例1001)
 シリコンウエハ上に、緑色着色組成物を製膜後の膜厚が1.0μmになるようにスピンコート法で塗布した。次いで、ホットプレートを用いて、100℃で2分間加熱した。次いで、i線ステッパー露光装置FPA-3000i5+(キヤノン(株)製)を用い、1000mJ/cmの露光量で2μm四方のドットパターンのマスクを介して露光した。次いで、水酸化テトラメチルアンモニウム(TMAH)0.3質量%水溶液を用い、23℃で60秒間パドル現像を行った。その後、スピンシャワーにてリンスを行い、更に純水にて水洗した。次いで、ホットプレートを用いて、200℃で5分間加熱することで、緑色着色組成物をパターニングして緑色画素を形成した。同様に赤色着色組成物、青色着色組成物を同様のプロセスでパターニングして、赤色画素、青色画素を順次形成して、緑色画素、赤色画素および青色画素を有するカラーフィルタを形成した。このカラーフィルタにおいては、緑色画素がベイヤーパターンで形成されており、その隣接する領域に、赤色画素、青色画素がアイランドパターンで形成されている。得られたカラーフィルタを公知の方法に従い固体撮像素子に組み込んだ。この固体撮像素子は好適な画像認識能を有していた。なお、緑色着色組成物としては、G実施例45の着色組成物を使用した。赤色着色組成物としては、R実施例1の着色組成物を使用した。青色着色組成物については後述する。
(Example 1001)
The green coloring composition was applied onto the silicon wafer by a spin coating method so that the film thickness after film formation was 1.0 μm. Then, using a hot plate, it was heated at 100 ° C. for 2 minutes. Next, using an i-line stepper exposure apparatus FPA-3000i5 + (manufactured by Canon Inc.) , exposure was performed with an exposure amount of 1000 mJ / cm 2 through a mask with a dot pattern of 2 μm square. Then, paddle development was carried out at 23 ° C. for 60 seconds using a 0.3% by mass aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH). Then, it was rinsed with a spin shower and further washed with pure water. Then, the green coloring composition was patterned to form green pixels by heating at 200 ° C. for 5 minutes using a hot plate. Similarly, the red coloring composition and the blue coloring composition were patterned by the same process to sequentially form red pixels and blue pixels to form a color filter having green pixels, red pixels and blue pixels. In this color filter, green pixels are formed in a Bayer pattern, and red pixels and blue pixels are formed in an island pattern in an adjacent region thereof. The obtained color filter was incorporated into a solid-state image sensor according to a known method. This solid-state image sensor had a suitable image recognition ability. As the green coloring composition, the coloring composition of G Example 45 was used. As the red coloring composition, the coloring composition of R Example 1 was used. The blue coloring composition will be described later.
(青色着色組成物の調製)
 下記成分を混合し、撹拌した後、孔径0.45μmのナイロン製フィルタ(日本ポール(株)製)でろ過して、青色着色組成物を調製した。
 青色顔料分散液:44.9質量部
 樹脂101:2.1質量部
 重合性化合物101:1.5質量部
 重合性化合物102:0.7質量部
 光重合開始剤101:0.8質量部
 界面活性剤101:4.2質量部
 PGMEA:45.8質量部
(Preparation of blue coloring composition)
The following components were mixed, stirred, and then filtered through a nylon filter (manufactured by Nippon Pole Co., Ltd.) having a pore size of 0.45 μm to prepare a blue coloring composition.
Blue pigment dispersion: 44.9 parts by mass Resin 101: 2.1 parts by mass Polymerizable compound 101: 1.5 parts by mass Polymerized compound 102: 0.7 parts by mass Photopolymerization initiator 101: 0.8 parts by mass Interface Activator 101: 4.2 parts by mass PGMEA: 45.8 parts by mass
 青色着色組成物の調製に使用した原料は、以下の通りである。 The raw materials used to prepare the blue coloring composition are as follows.
 青色顔料分散液
 C.I.ピグメントブルー15:6を9.7質量部、C.I.ピグメントバイオレット23を2.4質量部、分散剤(Disperbyk-161、BYKChemie社製)を5.5質量部、PGMEAを82.4質量部からなる混合液を、ビーズミル(ジルコニアビーズ0.3mm径)により3時間混合及び分散した。その後更に、減圧機構付き高圧分散機NANO-3000-10(日本ビーイーイー(株)製)を用いて、2,000kg/cmの圧力下で流量500g/minとして分散処理を行った。この分散処理を10回繰り返し、青色顔料分散液を得た。
Blue pigment dispersion C. I. Pigment Blue 15: 6 at 9.7 parts by mass, C.I. I. A mixed solution consisting of 2.4 parts by mass of Pigment Violet 23, 5.5 parts by mass of a dispersant (Disperbyk-161, manufactured by BYK Chemie), and 82.4 parts by mass of PGMEA is mixed with a bead mill (zirconia beads 0.3 mm diameter). Was mixed and dispersed for 3 hours. After that, a high-pressure disperser with a decompression mechanism NANO-3000-10 (manufactured by Nippon BEE Co., Ltd.) was used to perform dispersion treatment at a flow rate of 500 g / min under a pressure of 2,000 kg / cm 3. This dispersion treatment was repeated 10 times to obtain a blue pigment dispersion liquid.
 重合性化合物101:KAYARAD DPHA(日本化薬(株)製)
 重合性化合物102:下記構造の化合物
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000090
Polymerizable compound 101: KAYARAD DPHA (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.)
Polymerizable compound 102: A compound having the following structure
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000090
 樹脂101:下記構造の樹脂(Mw=11000、主鎖に付記した数値はモル比である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000091
Resin 101: Resin having the following structure (Mw = 11000, the numerical value added to the main chain is the molar ratio).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000091
 光重合開始剤101:Irgacure OXE01(BASF社製) Photopolymerization initiator 101: Irgacure OXE01 (manufactured by BASF)
 界面活性剤101:下記構造の化合物(Mw=14000、繰り返し単位の割合を示す%の数値はモル%である)の1質量%PGMEA溶液。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000092
Surfactant 101: A 1% by mass PGMEA solution of a compound having the following structure (Mw = 14000, the value of% indicating the ratio of repeating units is mol%).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000092
(実施例1002)
 シリコンウエハ上に、シアン色着色組成物を製膜後の膜厚が1.0μmになるようにスピンコート法で塗布した。次いで、ホットプレートを用いて、100℃で2分間加熱した。次いで、i線ステッパー露光装置FPA-3000i5+(キヤノン(株)製)を用い、1000mJ/cmの露光量で2μm四方のドットパターンのマスクを介して露光した。次いで、水酸化テトラメチルアンモニウム(TMAH)0.3質量%水溶液を用い、23℃で60秒間パドル現像を行った。その後、スピンシャワーにてリンスを行い、更に純水にて水洗した。次いで、ホットプレートを用いて、200℃で5分間加熱することで、シアン色着色組成物をパターニングしてシアン色画素を形成した。同様に黄色着色組成物、マゼンタ色着色組成物を同様のプロセスでパターニングして、黄色画素、マゼンタ色画素を順次形成して、シアン色画素、黄色画素およびマゼンタ色画素を有するカラーフィルタを形成した。このカラーフィルタにおいては、シアン色画素がベイヤーパターンで形成されており、その隣接する領域に、黄色画素、マゼンタ色画素がアイランドパターンで形成されている。得られたカラーフィルタを公知の方法に従い固体撮像素子に組み込んだ。この固体撮像素子は好適な画像認識能を有していた。なお、黄色着色組成物としては、Y実施例1の着色組成物を使用した。シアン色着色組成物およびマゼンタ色着色組成物については後述する。
(Example 1002)
A cyan coloring composition was applied onto a silicon wafer by a spin coating method so that the film thickness after film formation was 1.0 μm. Then, using a hot plate, it was heated at 100 ° C. for 2 minutes. Next, using an i-line stepper exposure apparatus FPA-3000i5 + (manufactured by Canon Inc.) , exposure was performed with an exposure amount of 1000 mJ / cm 2 through a mask with a dot pattern of 2 μm square. Next, paddle development was performed at 23 ° C. for 60 seconds using a 0.3% by mass aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH). Then, it was rinsed with a spin shower and further washed with pure water. Then, the cyan-colored composition was patterned to form cyan-colored pixels by heating at 200 ° C. for 5 minutes using a hot plate. Similarly, the yellow coloring composition and the magenta coloring composition were patterned by the same process to form yellow pixels and magenta color pixels in order to form a color filter having cyan color pixels, yellow pixels and magenta color pixels. .. In this color filter, cyan pixels are formed in a Bayer pattern, and yellow pixels and magenta pixels are formed in an island pattern in an adjacent region thereof. The obtained color filter was incorporated into a solid-state image sensor according to a known method. This solid-state image sensor had a suitable image recognition ability. As the yellow coloring composition, the coloring composition of Y Example 1 was used. The cyan coloring composition and the magenta coloring composition will be described later.
(シアン色着色組成物、マゼンタ色着色組成物の調製)
 下記表に記載の種類の色材と、下記表に記載の種類の分散剤と、下記表に記載の溶剤の一部とを混合し、直径0.3mmのジルコニアビーズ230質量部を加えて、ペイントシェーカーを用いて5時間分散処理を行い、ビーズをろ過で分離して、固形分20重量%の顔料分散液を製造した。
 次に、得られた顔料分散液と、下記表に記載の種類の溶剤の残りと、下記表に記載の種類のバインダーと、下記表に記載の種類の重合性化合物と、下記表に記載の種類の光重合開始剤と、下記表に記載の種類の紫外線吸収剤と、下記表に記載の種類の界面活性剤と、下記表に記載の種類のエポキシ化合物とを混合して着色組成物を調製した。下記表に、各着色組成物中の各成分の配合量を示す。各成分の配合量の数値は質量部である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000093
(Preparation of cyan coloring composition and magenta coloring composition)
Mix 230 parts by mass of zirconia beads having a diameter of 0.3 mm by mixing the types of coloring materials listed in the table below, the dispersants listed in the table below, and a part of the solvents listed in the table below. The dispersion treatment was carried out for 5 hours using a paint shaker, and the beads were separated by filtration to produce a pigment dispersion having a solid content of 20% by mass.
Next, the obtained pigment dispersion, the rest of the solvents of the types listed in the table below, the binders of the types listed in the table below, the polymerizable compounds of the types listed in the table below, and the polymerizable compounds listed in the table below. A coloring composition is prepared by mixing various types of photopolymerization initiators, types of ultraviolet absorbers listed in the table below, surfactants of the types listed in the table below, and epoxy compounds of the types listed in the table below. Prepared. The table below shows the blending amount of each component in each coloring composition. The numerical value of the blending amount of each component is a mass part.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000093
 上記の略語で示す素材は以下の通りである。
(色材)
 PB15:4 : C.I.ピグメントブルー15:4
 PR122 : C.I.ピグメントレッド122
The materials indicated by the above abbreviations are as follows.
(Color material)
PB15: 4: C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15: 4
PR122: C.I. I. Pigment Red 122
(分散剤、バインダー)
 D1:下記構造の樹脂(主鎖に付記した数値はモル比であり、側鎖に付記した数値は繰り返し単位の数である。Mw=24000)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000094
 D2:下記構造の樹脂(主鎖に付記した数値はモル比である。Mw=11000)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000095
 D3:下記構造の樹脂(主鎖に付記した数値はモル比であり、側鎖に付記した数値は繰り返し単位の数である。Mw=16000)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000096
 D4:Efka PX 4300(BASF社製、アクリル樹脂)
(Dispersant, binder)
D1: Resin with the following structure (the numerical value added to the main chain is the molar ratio, and the numerical value added to the side chain is the number of repeating units. Mw = 24000)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000094
D2: Resin having the following structure (the numerical value added to the main chain is the molar ratio. Mw = 11000)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000095
D3: Resin having the following structure (the numerical value added to the main chain is the molar ratio, and the numerical value added to the side chain is the number of repeating units. Mw = 16000)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000096
D4: Efka PX 4300 (BASF, acrylic resin)
(重合性化合物)
 M1:下記構造の化合物の混合物(左側化合物(6官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物)と右側化合物(5官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物)とのモル比が7:3の混合物)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000097
 M2:下記構造の化合物
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000098
(Polymerizable compound)
M1: A mixture of compounds having the following structure (a mixture of a left-side compound (bifunctional (meth) acrylate compound) and a right-side compound (5-functional (meth) acrylate compound) having a molar ratio of 7: 3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000097
M2: Compound with the following structure
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000098
(光重合開始剤)
 F1:Irgacure OXE02(BASF社製)
(Photopolymerization initiator)
F1: Irgacure OXE02 (manufactured by BASF)
(紫外線吸収剤)
 UV1:下記構造の化合物
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000099
(UV absorber)
UV1: Compound with the following structure
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000099
(界面活性剤)
 W1:下記構造の化合物(Mw=14000、繰り返し単位の割合を示す%の数値はモル%である、フッ素系界面活性剤)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000100
(Surfactant)
W1: A compound having the following structure (Mw = 14000, the value of% indicating the ratio of repeating units is mol%, a fluorine-based surfactant)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000100
(エポキシ化合物)
 G1:EHPE-3150((株)ダイセル製、エポキシ化合物)
(Epoxy compound)
G1: EHPE-3150 (manufactured by Daicel Corporation, epoxy compound)
(溶剤)
 S1:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)
 S2:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(PGME)
(solvent)
S1: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA)
S2: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME)

Claims (12)

  1.  黄色着色剤と、硬化性化合物と、を含む着色組成物であって、
     前記黄色着色剤は、式(1)で表される構造と式(2)で表される構造と式(3)で表される構造との合計のモル数に対する、式(1)で表される構造のモル数の比が0.50~0.99である着色剤Aを含む、
     着色組成物;
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
     式中、R~Rはそれぞれ独立して水素原子または置換基を表し、Xは、環を構成する原子または原子団を表し、R~RおよびXの少なくとも一つは隣接する原子との結合手を含んでいてもよい。
    A coloring composition containing a yellow colorant and a curable compound.
    The yellow colorant is represented by the formula (1) with respect to the total number of moles of the structure represented by the formula (1), the structure represented by the formula (2) and the structure represented by the formula (3). Contains colorant A, which has a ratio of the number of moles of the structure to 0.50 to 0.99.
    Coloring composition;
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    In the formula, R 1 to R 6 independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, X 1 represents an atom or an atomic group constituting a ring, and at least one of R 1 to R 6 and X 1 is adjacent to each other. It may include a bond with the atom to be used.
  2.  前記着色剤Aは、前記式(1)で表される構造を有する化合物と、前記式(2)で表される構造および前記式(3)で表される構造から選ばれる少なくとも1種の構造を有する化合物と、を含む、請求項1に記載の着色組成物。 The colorant A has at least one structure selected from a compound having a structure represented by the formula (1), a structure represented by the formula (2), and a structure represented by the formula (3). The coloring composition according to claim 1, which comprises a compound having the above.
  3.  前記着色剤Aは、前記式(1)で表される構造を有する化合物と、前記式(2)で表される構造を有する化合物と、を含む、請求項1または2に記載の着色組成物。 The coloring composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the colorant A contains a compound having a structure represented by the formula (1) and a compound having a structure represented by the formula (2). ..
  4.  前記式(1)で表される構造が下記式(1a)で表される構造であり、
     前記式(2)で表される構造が下記式(2a)で表される構造であり、
     前記式(3)で表される構造が下記式(3a)で表される構造である、
     請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載の着色組成物;
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
     式中、R~Rはそれぞれ独立して水素原子または置換基を表し、R~R12は、それぞれ独立して水素原子または置換基を表し、R~R12のうち隣接する2つの基同士は結合して環を形成してもよく、R~R、R~R12の少なくとも一つは隣接する原子との結合手を含んでいてもよい。
    The structure represented by the above formula (1) is a structure represented by the following formula (1a).
    The structure represented by the above formula (2) is a structure represented by the following formula (2a).
    The structure represented by the formula (3) is a structure represented by the following formula (3a).
    The coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    In the formula, R 1 to R 6 independently represent hydrogen atoms or substituents, and R 9 to R 12 independently represent hydrogen atoms or substituents, respectively, and two adjacent R 9 to R 12 are adjacent to each other. The two groups may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and at least one of R 1 to R 6 and R 9 to R 12 may include a bond with an adjacent atom.
  5.  前記式(1)で表される構造が下記式(1b)で表される構造であり、
     前記式(2)で表される構造が下記式(2b)で表される構造であり、
     前記式(3)で表される構造が下記式(3b)で表される構造である、
     請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載の着色組成物;
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
     式中、R~R16は、それぞれ独立して水素原子または置換基を表し、R~R16のうち隣接する2つの基同士は結合して環を形成してもよく、R~R16の少なくとも一つは隣接する原子との結合手を含んでいてもよい。
    The structure represented by the above formula (1) is a structure represented by the following formula (1b).
    The structure represented by the above formula (2) is a structure represented by the following formula (2b).
    The structure represented by the formula (3) is a structure represented by the following formula (3b).
    The coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
    Wherein, R 9 ~ R 16 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a substituent, two groups adjacent to each other among R 9 ~ R 16 may form a ring, R 9 ~ At least one of R 16 may include a bond with an adjacent atom.
  6.  更に、赤色着色剤及び緑色着色剤から選ばれる少なくとも1種を含む、請求項1~5のいずれか1項に記載の着色組成物。 The coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 5, further comprising at least one selected from a red colorant and a green colorant.
  7.  更に、赤外線吸収剤を含む、請求項1~6のいずれか1項に記載の着色組成物。 The coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 6, further comprising an infrared absorber.
  8.  カラーフィルタ用または赤外線透過フィルタ用である、請求項1~7のいずれか1項に記載の着色組成物。 The coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 7, which is for a color filter or an infrared transmission filter.
  9.  請求項1~8のいずれか1項に記載の着色組成物から得られる膜。 A film obtained from the coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 8.
  10.  請求項9に記載の膜を有する光学フィルタ。 An optical filter having the film according to claim 9.
  11.  請求項9に記載の膜を有する固体撮像素子。 A solid-state image sensor having the film according to claim 9.
  12.  請求項9に記載の膜を有する画像表示装置。 An image display device having the film according to claim 9.
PCT/JP2021/001141 2020-01-21 2021-01-15 Color composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device WO2021149596A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202180007478.5A CN114846089A (en) 2020-01-21 2021-01-15 Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
JP2021573118A JPWO2021149596A1 (en) 2020-01-21 2021-01-15

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2020007748 2020-01-21
JP2020-007748 2020-01-21

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021149596A1 true WO2021149596A1 (en) 2021-07-29

Family

ID=76991751

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2021/001141 WO2021149596A1 (en) 2020-01-21 2021-01-15 Color composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JPWO2021149596A1 (en)
CN (1) CN114846089A (en)
WO (1) WO2021149596A1 (en)

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2013061622A (en) * 2011-08-23 2013-04-04 Toyo Ink Sc Holdings Co Ltd Coloring composition for color filter and color filter
WO2017038252A1 (en) * 2015-09-04 2017-03-09 富士フイルム株式会社 Material, composition, curable composition, cured film, optical filter, solid imaging element, infrared ray sensor, camera module, and production method for material

Family Cites Families (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR101550427B1 (en) * 2011-03-18 2015-09-04 토요잉크Sc홀딩스주식회사 Colored composition for color filters, and color filters

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2013061622A (en) * 2011-08-23 2013-04-04 Toyo Ink Sc Holdings Co Ltd Coloring composition for color filter and color filter
WO2017038252A1 (en) * 2015-09-04 2017-03-09 富士フイルム株式会社 Material, composition, curable composition, cured film, optical filter, solid imaging element, infrared ray sensor, camera module, and production method for material

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
ODA, HIRONORI: "Photofading of Dyes : The effect of substituent groups to the photofading of Quinophthalone dye", JOURNAL OF NAGOYA WOMEN'S UNIVERSITY, vol. 28, 1982, pages 147 - 152 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN114846089A (en) 2022-08-02
JPWO2021149596A1 (en) 2021-07-29

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2021215133A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element and image display device
WO2021157501A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
WO2021166859A1 (en) Colored composition, film, red pixel, color filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and kit
JP2024040152A (en) Coloring composition, film, color filter and solid-state imaging device
WO2021166855A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, red pixel, color filter, solid-state image sensing device, image display apparatus, and kit
JP7233518B2 (en) Coloring composition, cured film, pattern forming method, color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
JP7080325B2 (en) Curable composition, film, color filter, manufacturing method of color filter, solid-state image sensor and image display device
JP7045456B2 (en) Coloring composition, film, color filter, manufacturing method of color filter, solid-state image sensor and image display device
WO2020184245A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, color filter, solid-state imaging element and image display device
JP7284184B2 (en) Coloring composition, film, method for producing color filter, color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
JP7095091B2 (en) Photosensitive composition, film, color filter, solid-state image sensor and image display device
WO2021172142A1 (en) Colored photosensitive composition, cured product, color filter, solid-state imaging element, image display apparatus, and asymmetrical diketopyrrolopyrrole compound
WO2021166858A1 (en) Colored composition, film, red pixel, color filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and kit
WO2020241389A1 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, cured film, color filter, solid-state imaging element and image display device
JPWO2020022247A1 (en) Curable composition, method for producing curable composition, film, color filter, method for producing color filter, solid-state image sensor and image display device
JP7290731B2 (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
WO2021149596A1 (en) Color composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
JP7302014B2 (en) Coloring composition, film, color filter, solid-state imaging device and image display device
JP7371121B2 (en) Colored compositions, films, optical filters, solid-state imaging devices, and image display devices
JP7285932B2 (en) Coloring composition, film, color filter, solid-state imaging device and image display device
WO2020196392A1 (en) Structure, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and infrared sensor
JP7436647B2 (en) Colored compositions, films, optical filters, solid-state imaging devices, and image display devices
WO2023112840A1 (en) Photosensitive composition, film, color filter, solid imaging element, and image display device
WO2022004683A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, color filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
WO2021230122A1 (en) Magenta photosensitive resin composition, film, color filter, solid-state image sensor and visual display unit

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21744611

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2021573118

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21744611

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1